Skip to main content

Full text of "Brown alumni monthly"

See other formats


BROWN 

ALUMNI  MONTHLY 


OCTOBER  1955 


SUCCESSION  IN 

THE  PRESIDENCY: 

Keeney  and  Wriston 


BROWN 


ALUMNI 
MONTHLY 


OCTOBER 
VOL.  LVI 


1955 
NO.  1 


Published  October,  November,  December,  January,  February,  March,  April,  May  and  July  by  Brown  University,  Providence  12,  R    I.  Admitted  to 
the  second  class  of  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  August  24,  1912,   at  the  Providence  Post  Office.  Additional  entry  at  Brattleborc,  Vt. 


SINCE  THE  18th  CENTURY,  the  bell  in  the  cupola 
of  University  Hall  has  punctuated  the  days  of  Brown 
University.  It  has  summoned  the  student  to  class  and  dis- 
missed him;  it  has  marked  the  opening  of  College  and  an- 
nounced the  Senior's  last  sing  on  Class  Night;  it  has  helped 
celebrate  victories  on  the  gridiron  and  in  the  theatres  of 
war;  it  has  saluted  great  visitors;  it  has  rung  for  every  mem- 
orable occasion  of  state  and  significance  on  College  Hill. 
The  bell  rang  at  5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  Aug.  16  to 
welcome  the  election  of  a  new  President  of  the  University. 
He  is  40-year-old   Barnaby   C.   Keeney,   who   joined   the 


As  the  Search  Got  Under  Way 
At  that  1954  meeting  the  Corporation  provided  for  a 
committee  to  implement  the  transition  from  President  Wris- 
ton's  administration  to  the  next.  The  committee,  consti- 
tuted with  Chancellor  Tanner  as  Chairman,  had  the  rather 
general  designation  of  "Committee  on  Tenure."  In  addi- 
tion to  Tanner,  a  Providence  attorney,  the  committee  in- 
cluded the  following:  John  Nicholas  Brown,  Providence 
business  man  and  former  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy, 
a  descendant  of  the  family  active  in  the  early  support  of  the 
University  and  giving  its  name  to  it  in  consequence;  Dr. 


The  Brown  Corporation  Found  Its  Man 
Right  on  Campus  and  Named  the  Dean 

BARNABY  KEENEY 
12TH  PRESIDENT 


Brown  Faculty  in  1946,  inspired  its  students  as  Professor, 
and  later  counselled  them  as  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 
and  Dean  of  the  College.  There  could  not  have  been  a  more 
popular  choice.  Dr.  Keeney  is  the  12th  in  the  succession 
which  began  with  James  Manning  in  1765  and  continued 
through  the  administration  of  Henry  Merritt  Wriston,  who 
on  that  same  August  afternoon  became  President  Emeritus. 
At  the  meeting  of  the  Corporation  in  June,  1954,  Dr. 
Wriston  called  attention  to  the  approach  of  his  65th  birth- 
day when  he  would  become  "eligible"  for  retirement.  "The 
situation  is  favorable  for  a  transition,"  he  had  said,  a  point 
he  dwelt  on  at  some  length.  Moreover,  new  decisions  were 
in  the  making  for  the  future  of  the  University  (more  ap- 
parent as  the  year  continued),  and  the  man  who  would  be 
charged  with  carrying  out  programs  should  be  a  leader  in 
their  planning. 


THE  COVER  PHOTO  shows  the  University's  new  Presi- 
dent, Dr.  Barnaby  C.  Keeney,  and  his  predecessor. 
Dr.  Henry  M.  Wriston.  Upon  his  election  on  Aug.  16, 
Dr.  Keeney  also  became  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Fellows  and  (photo  on  facing  page)  took  his  engage- 
ment as  such  from  Senator  Theodore  Francis  Green 
'87,  senior  Fellow.  Oct.  31   is  the  inauguration  day. 


W.  Russell  Burwell  '15  of  Cleveland,  a  former  Dean  of 
Freshmen  at  Brown,  now  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Brush 
Laboratories  and  other  companies;  Arthur  B.  Homer  '17 
of  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  President  of  Bethlehem  Steel  Corp.;  W. 
Easton  Louttit  '25  of  Providence,  President  of  the  Louttit 
Laundry  Co.;  Donald  G.  Millar  '19  of  Greenfield,  Mass., 
President  of  the  Greenfield  Tap  and  Die  Corp.;  James  L. 
Palmer  '19  of  Chicago,  President  of  Marshall  Field  and 
Co.;  Fred  B.  Perkins  '19,  Associate  Justice  of  the  Superior 
Court  of  Rhode  Island;  Mrs.  Gilbert  Verney  '28  of 
Dedham,  Mass.,  civic  leader  and  prominent  Pembroke  Col- 
lege alumna;  and  Thomas  J.  Watson  Jr.  '37  of  New  York, 
President  of  International  Business  Machines. 

It  was  a  conscientious  committee.  Active  since  last  Fall, 
it  redoubled  its  activities  through  the  Spring  but  had  not 
completed  its  investigations  at  Commencement  time.  Nearly 
100  persons  were  commended  to  the  committee  for  con- 
sideration or  discovered  by  it.  Its  members  travelled  widely 
for  personal  interviews  with  some  of  those  most  favorably 
regarded. 

There  is  a  theme  which  recurs  in  folklore,  fiction,  and  ex- 
perience about  searches  for  diamonds,  bluebirds,  and  other 
treasures.  At  the  end  of  long  and  adventurous  journeys,  the 
quest  ends  with  the  return  home  to  find  there  what  is  sought. 
So  it  was  with  the  committee  looking  for  a  President  for 
Brown  University. 


PRESIDENT  KEENEY 


Under  Consideration  from  the  Start 

As  Chancellor  Tanner  told  the  Corporation  in  making 
his  report  in  August,  "it  is  now  appropriate  to  disclose  that, 
from  the  time  of  our  first  meeting,  we  have  had  under  active 
consideration  the  name  of  the  person  whom  we  will  now 
recommend.  Our  continuing  research  has  been  based  upon 
our  determination  to  subject  this  person  to  critical  compari- 
son with  all  qualified  persons  discovered  by  us  or  suggested 
to  us. 

"At  our  request,  we  were  guided  in  our  deliberations  and 
helped  in  our  inquiries  by  Dr.  Wriston,  who  has,  however, 
consistently  refrained  from  expressing  a  personal  opinion  as 
to  anyone  under  serious  consideration.  His  generalizations, 
made  in  his  statement  to  the  Corporation,  were,  however, 
continuously  before  us:  that  the  Faculty  would  appreciate 
the  leadership  of  a  scholar,  that  a  prime  qualification  is  the 
possession  of  energy,  that  character,  as  an  index  of  trust- 
worthiness, is  an  essential,  and  that  a  profound  commitment 
to  this  University  as  a  life  purpose  rather  than  as  a  stepping- 
stone  to  something  else  is  the  best  manifestation  of  such 
character. 

"With  enthusiastic  unanimity,  we  recommend  the  elec- 
tion of  our  present  Dean,  Barnaby  C.  Keeney,  to  become 
the  12th  President  of  Brown  University.  We  have  found  no 
other  person  who  is  in  our  judgment  as  well  qualified  to 
guide  the  immediate  future  destinies  of  our  University  or 
as  able  to  assure  a  successful  and  orderly  transition  from  the 
present  to  a  new  administration." 

The  "enthusiastic  unanimity"  of  the  committee  was  re- 
peated by  the  Corporation  in  accepting  this  recommenda- 
tion. Judge  Perkins  left  the  meeting,  went  downstairs  to 
the  second-floor  office  of  the  Dean.  Dr.  Wriston  also  ac- 
companied them  before  the  Corporation,  where  Dr.  Keeney 
took  his  engagement  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Fellows 
from  Senator  Theodore  Francis  Green  '87,  the  Senior  Fel- 
low. (The  President  "shall  always  be  a  Fellow,"  says  the 
Brown  Charter.) 

Before  presiding  over  the  balance  of  the  Corporation 
meeting,  President  Keeney  bespoke  his  faith  in  Brown  and 


its  liberal  atmosphere,  and  accepted  his  office  "with  hu- 
mility, gratitude,  and  confidence,  confidence  in  the  strength 
of  this  University,  which  has  never  attained  a  higher  state 
than  under  the  leadership  of  Henry  Merritt  Wriston.  .  .  . 
I  hope  that  I  may  grow  into  his  gown,"  he  said. 

Praise  from  His  Predecessor 

Dr.  Wriston  said  of  the  Corporation  action:  "This  is  an 
admirable  appointment;  Dean  Keeney  meets  all  the  specifi- 
cations for  the  office  of  President.  He  is  a  man  of  high 
character,  with  moral  stamina  equal  to  his  war-tested  physi- 
cal courage.  He  is  a  true  scholar,  trained  in  one  of  the  most 
rigorous  disciplines,  and  has  shown  himself  to  be  a  first- 
class  teacher.  At  Brown  for  nine  years  he  has  gained  experi- 
ence in  the  classroom,  as  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  and 
as  Dean  of  the  College.  He  is  already  familiar  with  many 
of  the  vital  problems  in  education.  In  all  his  work  he  has 
revealed  unusual  insight,  and  has  shown  marked  originality 
of  mind  and  expression.  He  has  been  primarily  responsible 
for  the  notable  increase  in  the  percentage  of  boys  who  suc- 
cessfully complete  their  degree  requirements.  The  constit- 
uency can  rely  on  him  to  maintain  and  improve  standards 
and  to  forward  the  University  program  with  resourcefulness 
and  wisdom. 

"Mrs.  Keeney  has  wide  acquaintance  within  the  Faculty 
circle  and  the  community;  she  will  meet  her  many  new  re- 
sponsibilities with  competence  and  great  charm." 

The  new  President  will  be  installed  on  Oct.  31.  Dr. 
Keeney  and  his  family  of  five  will  have  moved  into  the 
President's  House  at  55  Power  St.  by  the  time  this  issue  is 
read,  for  the  move  was  planned  for  early  September.  The 
Corporation's  action  with  respect  to  the  installation  was 
worded  as  follows,  based  on  a  recommendation  "that  at 
an  appropriate  time  later  in  the  year  1955  a  ceremony  of 
installation  of  the  new  President  before  selected  guests 
shall  take  place  and  that  a  committee  to  have  charge  of 
such  an  occasion  be  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Fellows  in 
consultation  with  the  Chancellor." 

In  presenting  the  name  of  Dr.  Keeney,  the  "Committee 
on  Tenure"  ofi'ered  some  estimates  of  him,  in  addition  to 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


some  formal  facts  of  biography:  "Qualified  commentators 
in  fiis  field  of  scholarship  assert  that  there  are  few,  if  any, 
persons  in  the  field  who  are  his  equal.  His  progression 
through  the  various  posts  of  Associate  Dean  of  the  Grad- 
uate School,  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  and  Dean  of 
the  College  at  Brown  University  is  of  course  familiar  to 
members  of  this  Corporation.  His  associates  in  administra- 
tive office  testify  that  his  work  is  superlative. 

"In  recent  years  he  has  represented  the  University  with 
great  distinction,  according  to  reports  from  many  sources, 
in  intercollegiate  academic  conferences.  In  1949-1950,  un- 
der a  grant  in  aid  of  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New 
York,  he  visited  about  20  American  universities.  He  has 
been  singularly  successful  in  negotiation  with  Foundations 
for  financial  support  of  scholarly  projects  at  Brown  Univer- 
sity. He  knows  thoroughly  the  problems,  strength,  and  weak- 
nesses of  our  University  and  is  enthusiastic  and  confident 
concerning  its  future.  We  have  carefully  investigated  his 
resources  of  physical  and  nervous  energy  and  believe  that 
they  are  adequate  to  the  demands  which  we  and  he  realize 
would  be  made  upon  them.  We  are  assured  that  his  elec- 
tion would  be  greeted  with  enormous  enthusiasm  by  the 
present  student  body  of  the  University.  (The  alumni  know 
him  and  like  him,  too,  the  Chancellor  added.) 

"Finally,  realizing  that  emergencies  will  occur  in  the  fu- 
ture at  Brown  University,  we  gain  from  his  very  impressive 
war  record  some  assurance  as  to  the  fortitude  and  resource- 
fulness of  the  gentleman  whom  we  recommend.  For  ex- 
ceptional service  under  fire  in  World  War  II,  during  which 
he  advanced  from  the  rank  of  Private  to  Captain  AUS,  he 
was  awarded  the  Purple  Heart,  the  Bronze  Star  Medal,  and 
the  Silver  Star.  The  citations*  accompanying  the  latter  two 
make  stirring  reading  for  any  American  citizen." 

The  committee's  choice  of  Dean  Keeney  as  its  recom- 
mendation for  the  presidency  was  a  well-guarded  secret. 
Under  the  circumstances,  the  task  of  the  Brown  University 
Public  Relations  Office  was  a  most  delicate  and  confidential 
one  as  it  prepared  for  the  probability  of  his  election.  Al- 
though messengers  were  dispatched  to  New  York,  Boston, 
and  Hartford  to  be  ready  with  information  for  press,  radio, 


*  "citation  for  the  silver  star:  To  Captain  Barnaby  C. 
Keeney,  01041809  (then  First  Lieutenant),  Headquarters  35th 
Infantry  Division,  for  gallantry  in  action  in  Holland  and  Ger- 
many from  2  to  6  March  1945.  Captain  Keeney,  commanding 
Mil  Team  427G,  accompanied  leading  elements  of  an  infantry- 
armor  task  force  which  moved  swiftly  through  Siegfried  defenses 
before  the  Rhine.  Frequently  advancing  on  foot  and  under  fire, 
he  obtained  information  of  enemy  disposition  through  skillful 
interrogation  of  civilians  and  prisoners  of  war.  When  he  learned 
that  a  building  on  the  highway  east  of  Straelen  was  serving  as 
a  German  forward  observation  post,  he  moved  forward  under 
fire,  accompanied  by  three  infantrymen,  and  captured  nine 
Germans,  including  two  artillery  observers.  His  intrepidity, 
zealous  devotion  to  duty  and  skillful  questioning  immeasurably 
aided  in  the  swift  advance  of  his  unit  to  the  Rhine.  Entered  mili- 
tary service  from  Massachusetts." 

—GO  No.  26,  Hq  35th  Inf  Div,  12  Apr  45. 

"citation  for  the  bronze  star  medal:  To  Captain  Bar- 
naby C.  Keeney,  01041809,  Headquarters  35th  Infantry  Divi- 
sion, for  meritorious  service  in  connection  with  military  opera- 
tions against  an  enemy  of  the  United  States  in  France,  Belgium, 
Luxembourg,  Holland  and  Germany  from  13  December  1944 
to  9  May  1945.  Throughout  this  period  of  combat  opera- 
tions. Captain  Keeney  has  performed  his  duties  as  officer-in- 
charge  of  Mil  427-G  in  an  exceptional  manner.  His  leadership, 
initiative,  devotion  to  duty,  and  aggressive  ingenuity  have  con- 
tributed materially  to  the  success  of  the  Division  through  his 
prompt  reception  and  dissemination  of  intelligence  data.  Captain 
Keeney's  outstanding  service  reflects  credit  upon  his  character 
as  an  officer  and  is  in  accord  with  military  tradition.  Entered 
military  service  from  Massachusetts." 

—GO  No.  41,  Hq  35th  Inf  Div,  5  Jun  45. 


and  television  there,  in  addition  to  local  releases  in  Rhode 
Island,  releases  were  held  until  word  of  the  Corporation 
action.  The  widespread  publicity  given  the  election  was  a 
tribute  to  the  thoroughness  of  the  preparation.  This  mag- 
azine was  also  kept  informed  of  developments  by  the  com- 
mittee, but  we  have  made  use  of  the  complete  material  as- 
sembled by  Howard  S.  Curtis,  Director  of  Public  Relations, 
and  his  staff.  The  following  biography  draws  heavily  on 
their  work: 

As  Schoolboy  and  Undergraduate 

Dr.  Keeney  is  the  son  of  Robert  M.  Keeney  and  the  late 
Maud  Barnaby  Conrad  Keeney  of  Farmington,  Conn.  His 
father,  who  was  born  in  Somersville,  Conn.,  was  an  en- 
gineer in  metallurgy  whose  work  took  him  to  various  sec- 
tions of  the  country.  Barnaby  Keeney  was  born  on  Oct.  17, 
1914,  in  Halfway,  Ore.,  while  his  father  was  employed  there 
as  engineer  for  a  gold  mine.  Later  the  family  moved  to 
Chicago,  then  to  Denver,  and  in  1928  returned  to  Con- 
necticut where  the  boy  entered  the  Hartford  Public  High 
School. 

As  a  high  school  student  Keeney  was  active  in  sports  and 
other  extra-curricular  ventures.  He  was  elected  President 
of  the  Student  Council  in  his  Senior  year.  His  greatest 
success  as  an  athlete  was  as  a  State  champion  quarter-miler. 
In  his  Senior  year  he  was  captain  of  both  the  track  and 
cross-country  teams.  Keeney  had  an  excellent  scholastic 
record  and  was  graduated  near  the  top  of  his  class.  A  Boy 
Scout,  Keeney  achieved  the  high  rank  of  Eagle  Scout. 

Upon  finishing  high  school  in  1932,  Keeney  entered  the 
University  of  North  Carolina,  and  four  years  later  was 
graduated  as  the  top  man  in  his  class.  His  major  field  of 
study  was  in  Ancient  History  with  a  minor  in  French 
Literature.  He  was  elected  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa  and  during 
his  Junior  and  Senior  years  was  President  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  Chapter.  Keeney  continued  his  in- 
terest in  track  and  during  his  Sophomore  year  made  his 
letter.  He  joined  Sigma  Chi  fraternity,  and  as  a  Sophomore 
was  elected  Vice-President  of  his  Class. 

Obtaining  a  fellowship  to  the  Harvard  Graduate  School, 
Keeney  began  work  on  advanced  degrees  at  once.  The  em- 
phasis of  his  study  was  upon  Medieval  History,  and  in  June 
1937  he  was  awarded  a  Master's  degree.  He  chose  as  the 
topic  for  his  doctoral  dissertation  "Judgment  by  Peers." 
This  dealt  with  the  development  of  the  protection  of  an  in- 
dividual's life  and  property  against  an  arbitrary  state.  He 
was  awarded  the  degree  in  June  of  1939.  The  most  sig- 
nificant of  the  various  fellowships  he  held  was  the  Sheldon 
Travelling  Fellowship  for  research  in  England. 

Remaining  at  Harvard,  Dr.  Keeney  was  appointed  an 
Assistant  in  History  during  the  academic  year  1939-40  and 
from  1940-42  was  a  Tutor  and  Instructor  in  the  Division  of 
History,  Government,  and  Economics. 

Military  Service  Included  Combat 

On  Dec.  8,  1941,  Dr.  Keeney  volunteered  for  service  in 
the  U.  S.  Army  and  in  January,  1942,  at  Cambridge,  Mass., 
was  inducted  as  a  Private.  He  was  put  into  an  anti-aircraft 
artillery  unit  and  sent  to  Fort  Eustis,  Va.,  for  basic  training. 
Upon  completion  Corporal  Keeney  was  ordered  to  Officer 
Candidate  School  at  the  anti-aircraft  school  at  Camp  Davis, 
North  Carolina,  where  after  three  months  he  was  commis- 
sioned a  2nd  Lieutenant,  completing  the  course  with  num- 
ber one  ranking  in  his  class.  Keeney  stayed  at  Camp  Davis 
for  a  year  teaching  gunnery.  In  August  1943  he  was  trans- 
ferred to  Fort  Bliss,  Texas,  as  a  staff  officer  in  an  anti-air- 
craft group. 

At  this  point  Keeney's  language  ability  in  French  and 
German  was  recognized  and  in  December,   1943,  he  was 


OCTOBER   1955 


again  transferred,  this  time  to  the  Military  Intelhgence 
Training  Center  at  Camp  Ritchie,  Md.  Here  he  took  the 
training  courses  in  interrogation  and  then  was  assigned  to 
the  teaching  staff  for  several  months. 

In  September,  1944,  Keeney  went  overseas,  where  he 
later  joined  the  35th  Infantry  Division  as  officer  in  charge 
of  an  interrogation  team.  His  duties  included  the  question- 
ing of  civilians  and  prisoners  and  carrying  out  the  general 
intelligence  program  of  the  Division.  Keeney  saw  action  in 
the  Battles  of  the  Rhinelands,  Ardennes  { Battle  of  the 
Bulge)  and  Central  Europe.  He  was  separated  from  mili- 
tary service  in  October,  1945,  with  the  rank  of  Captain. 

Resuming  the  Scholar's  Life 

While  still  in  the  Army  Keeney  was  awarded  a  John 
Simon  Guggenheim  Post  Service  Fellowship  for  further 
study  in  History.  He  expanded  his  doctoral  subject,  which 
became  the  basis  of  a  book  by  the  same  name. 

Having  joined  the  Brown  University  Faculty  in  Septem- 
ber, 1946,  as  an  Assistant  Professor  of  medieval  history, 
Keeney  was  appointed  Associate  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School  two  years  later,  at  the  age  of  34.  The  following  July 
he  became  Dean.  In  this  capacity  Dr.  Keeney  worked  to- 
ward broadening  the  financial  support  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  was  successful  in  obtaining  several  grants  from 
Foundations.  At  that  same  time,  July,  1949,  he  was  pro- 
moted to  an  Associate  Professorship,  given  a  Brown  A.M. 
degree  ad  eiindem,  and  received  a  grant  from  the  Carnegie 
Corporation  of  New  York  to  study  graduate  education 
throughout  the  United  States. 

During  this  period  Dr.  Keeney  resumed  his  connection 
with  Harvard  University.  He  taught  History  during  the 
summer  session  of  1947  and  was  a  Visiting  Lecturer  and 
Examiner  in  History  during  the  academic  year  1947-48. 


NOTIFIED  of  his  election  as  12th  President  of  Brown  University,  Dr. 
Bornoby  C.  Keeney  was  on  his  way  to  the  Corporation  meeting  Aug.  16. 
But  he  stopped  long  enough  to  let  us  get  this  photo  of  him  with  Judge 
Fred  B.  Perkins  '19,  who  had  gone  to  notify  him  in  his  capacity  as 
Secretary  of  the  Corporation,  and   Dr.  Wriston. 


EW  PRESIDENT  was  presented  to  the  Faculty 
ately  before  his  acceptance  speech  to  the  Cor- 
At  left,  he  is  shown  on  his  way  from  U.H. 
nning  with  Chancellor  Harold  B.  Tanner  '09 
escorting  him. 


THE    KEENEY    FAMILY,    shown    here   with    the    new    President,    includes    his   wife,    the   former   Mary 

Critchfield   of   Hartford;    12-year-old   Barbara;   Tommy,  9;   and   Elizabeth   Barnoby,  2   next  January. 

At  the  left,  on  informal  portrait  of  Dr.  Keeney  at  home. 


In  June  of  1951,  with  the  newly-acquired  rank  of  full 
Professor  at  Brown,  Dr.  Keeney  took  a  leave  of  absence 
from  the  University  for  service  in  Washington,  D.  C,  with 
the  Central  Intelligence  Agency.  He  returned  to  the  Brown 
campus  in  the  spring  of  1952  to  resume  his  duties  as  Dean 
of  the  Graduate  School  and,  in  addition,  to  assume  those  as 
Acting  Dean  of  the  College.  The  latter  post  had  become 
vacant  with  the  appointment  of  Dr.  James  S.  Coles  as  Pres- 
iflent  of  Bowdoin  College. 

In  announcing  the  appointment  of  Dr.  Keeney  in  the 
dual  capacity.  Dr.  Henry  M.  Wriston,  President,  said  at  the 
time,  "It  is  extremely  important  to  have  an  experienced  and 
seasoned  administrator  thoroughly  familiar  with  all  the 
Brown  procedures  and  a  recognized  leader  in  the  intellec- 
tual life  of  the  campus."  The  following  year  Dr.  Keeney 


OCTOBER   1955 


relinquished  the  Graduate  School  deanship   and  became 
full-time  Dean  of  the  College. 

With  a  few  interruptions  for  military  and  government 
service  Dr.  Keeney  has  taught  History  over  a  16-year  pe- 
riod. He  has  taught  Freshman  courses  in  general  European 
History,  as  well  as  conducting  courses  for  upperclassmen 
and  graduate  seminars.  As  a  medievalist  he  has  concen- 
trated upon  the  history  of  Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages  and 
the  constitutional  history  of  England  in  the  Middle  Ages. 

In  the  Conduct  of  University  Affairs 

At  Brown  Dr.  Keeney  is  a  member  of  numerous  key 
Faculty  committees  that  are  fundamental  in  the  control  of 
the  University's  academic  life.  He  is  Chairman  of  the  Board 
of  Admission  and  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standing;  a 
member  of  the  Committee  on  Curriculum,  the  Athletic  Ad- 
visory Council,  the  Commencement  Committee,  the  Faunce 
House  Advisory  Board,  and  has  served  on  the  Committee 
on  Scholarly  Publications  and  the  Board  of  Governors  of 
the  Faculty  Club.  He  has  been  an  active  participant  in  in- 
formal groups  set  up  for  "shop  talk." 

He  is  the  author  of  a  book  and  numerous  articles  and 
reviews  dealing  with  medieval  history  and  educational  sub- 
jects. Among  them  are:  "Petitions  in  the  Parliament  Holden 
at  Westminster,  1327-28,"  published  in  the  Huntington 
Library  Quarterly  in  1942;  "Military  Service  and  the  De- 
velopment of  Nationalism,  1272-1327,"  appearing  in  Spec- 
ulum in  1947;  "The  Mediaeval  Idea  of  the  State:  The  Great 
Cause,  1291-92,"  published  in  the  University  of  Toronto 
Law  Review,  1949;  "The  Two-Chambered  Ivory  Tower," 
Phi  Kappa  Phi  Quarterly,  1953;  "Peaceful  Relations  Be- 
tween Faculty  and  Business  Officers,"  College  and  Univer- 
sity Business,  1953  (reprinted  in  Brown  Alumni  Monthly); 
and  the  book  "Judgment  by  Peers,"  published  by  Harvard 
University  Press,  first  printed  in  1949  and  now  in  its  second 
printing.  A  forthcoming  article,  "A  Dead  Horse  Flogged 
Again,"  will  appear  in  Speculum. 

Dr.  Keeney  has  delivered  a  number  of  papers  before  vari- 
ous learned  societies.  On  two  occasions  he  has  been  invited 
to  give  the  principal  address  before  the  Mediaeval  Acad- 
emy of  America.  His  subject  in  195)  was  "The  Political 
Ideas  of  the  English  Baronage  in  the  13th  Century,"  and  in 
1955  "Some  Observations  on  Mediaeval  History  and  His- 
torians." The  latter  was  at  Chapel  Hill,  where  the  returned 
alumnus  was  cordially  greeted.  In  1945  he  delivered  a  paper 
before  the  American  Historical  Association  entitled,  "De- 
velopments Toward  Nationalism  in  the  13th  and  14th  Cen- 
turies," and  in  1953  before  the  same  group  commented  on 
the  papers  on  medieval  English  history.  Last  spring  he  re- 
turned to  his  Alma  Mater  for  meetings  there  of  the  Medi- 
eval Academy  of  America. 

Brown's  New  "First  Lady" 

Dr.  Keeney  married  the  former  Mary  Critchfield  of  Hart- 
ford on  June  27,  1941.  They  have  three  children — Barbara 
Alice,  who  will  be  twelve  in  October  and  enters  the  seventh 
grade  at  the  Mary  C.  Wheeler  School  this  fall;  Thomas 
Critchfield,  who  will  be  nine  in  September  and  enters  the 
fourth  grade  at  Moses  Brown  School;  and  Elizabeth  Bar- 
naby,  who  will  be  two  next  January. 

Mrs.  Keeney  attended  the  Oxford  School  in  Hartford 
and  Russell  Sage  College,  Troy,  N.  Y.,  graduating  from  the 
latter  in  1937.  At  college  she  had  a  major  in  Physical  Edu- 
cation and  a  minor  in  English  Literature.  For  three  years 
after  college  she  taught  Physical  Education  at  the  Green 
Vale  School  at  Glen  Head,  Long  Island. 

In  community  and  campus  affairs  Mrs.  Keeney  is  active 
in  the  Children's  Concert  Program  of  the  R.  I.  Philhar- 
monic, and  a  member  of  the  board  for  Nickerson  House. 


She  is  a  Past  President  of  the  Parents  Association  of  the 
Mary  C.  Wheeler  School  and  a  former  member  of  the 
School's  Board  of  Trustees.  Mrs.  Keeney  has  also  served 
as  an  officer  in  Brown  faculty  wives'  associations. 

Although  Dr.  Keeney's  life  as  a  Dean  and  Professor  has 
been  a  full  one,  he  finds  time  for  outside  interests.  He  has 
a  garden  and  raises  vegetables  for  family  use.  He  is  an 
avid  salt  water  fisherman,  favoring  surf  casting  for  stripers 
and  tautog.  (There  are  a  few  Faculty  colleagues  who  insist 
he  is  not  as  successful  a  fisherman  as  they.  This  running 
argument  has  been  settled  to  no  one's  satisfaction.)  For  a 
year  or  two  he  has  spent  considerable  time  building  addi- 
tions on  the  summer  cottage.  From  his  high  school  and 
college  days  Dr  Keeney  has  retained  a  strong  interest  in 
athletics  and  for  a  number  of  years  has  been  a  member  of 
the  University's  Athletic  Advisory  Council.  He  follows  the 
progress  of  all  Brown  teams  and  with  few  exceptions  has 
seen  every  home  football  game  since  coming  to  Brown. 

Dr.  Keeney  has  been  a  member  of  the  American  His- 
torical Society  and  Mediaeval  Academy  of  America  since 
1939  and  is  at  present  on  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 
Council  of  the  latter.  He  served  as  Assistant  Editor  of  the 
journal  Speculum  from  1947-49,  and  has  been  on  the  Ad- 
visory Board  since  1951.  A  Trustee  of  the  Mary  C.  Wheeler 
School  in  Providence  for  the  past  several  years,  he  is  also 
Brown's  representative  on  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Rhode  Island  School  of  Design.  During  the  past  year  he 
was  elected  a  Trustee  of  the  Moses  Brown  School.  He  also 
serves  as  Secretary  to  the  Administrative  Board  of  the 
George  A.  and  Eliza  Gardner  Howard  Foundation.  Dr. 
Keeney  is  a  member  of  the  Central  Congregational  Church. 
He  is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  University 
Professors,  the  Rhode  Island  Historical  Society,  the  Provi- 
dence Art  Club,  and  the  Providence  Review  Club. 


The 

195 

5  Homecoming  Program 

FRIDAY,  OCTOBER  7 

4:30- 

6:00* 

Coffee  Hour,  West  Lounge,  Faunce 
House. 

6:00- 
7:00- 

7:00* 
7:20* 

Fraternity    Poster    Display,    Wriston 
Quadrangle. 

Football   Rally,   Faunce   House  Ter- 
race. 

7:30 
7:30 

Homecoming  Football  Dinner,  Sharpe 

Refectory. 

Ladies'    Dinner,    President's     Dining 

Room,  Sharpe  Refectory. 

SATURDAY,  OCTOBER  8 

9:00-11:00* 

Pictorial    History    and   Athletic    Dis- 
play, West  Lounge,  Faunce  House. 

11:00* 

Varsity  Soccer,  Brown  vs.  Penn,  Al- 
drich  Field. 

11:00- 

1:45 

Picnic  Lunch  under  the  Big  Top,  Al- 
drich  Field. 

2:00 

Varsity  Football,  Brown  Field. 

4:30- 

6:00* 

Coffee    Hour    and    Reception,    West 
Lounge,  Faunce  House. 

5:30- 

5:00 
7:30 

Fraternity  and  Dormitory  Receptions. 
Buffet  Supper,  Sharpe  Refectory. 

*  Events   starred   are   free   to   Homecoming   guests. 

8 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


TO  MAKE  THE  FALL  FESTIVE; 


The  Biggest  Homecoming 


ELECTION  of  Edward  N.  Robinson  96,  Brown  coach  for  a  quarter-cen- 
tury, to  Footboll's  Hall  of  Fame  will  be  marked  by  a  reunion  of  his 
former  players  as  a  feature  of  the  1955  Homecoming  Dinner.  Among 
them  will  be  members  of  the  Rose   Bowl  squad.  The  photo,  from  Brown 

OCTOBER'S  for  reunions,  too.  The  biggest  and  best 
Homecoming  ever  planned  for  Brown  alumni  is  in 
prospect  for  Oct.  7  and  8,  built  around  a  banner  football 
attraction,  the  Dartmouth  game  at  Brown  Field.  The  pro- 
gram is  more  ambitious  than  at  any  time  since  the  war,  in- 
cluding a  Homecoming  Dinner  Friday  night  in  Sharpe  Re- 
fectory but  stacked  with  events  appropriate  to  the  festive 
weekend. 

The  fall  reunion  on  College  Hill  is  the  gayer  in  that  it 
embraces  the  whole  family  in  its  hospitality,  bigger  in  that 
it  covers  more  than  the  afternoon  of  the  game.  With  ample 
precedent  in  the  thrilling  upsets  of  Holy  Cross  and  Princeton 
in  1953  and  1954,  the  Brown  Bear's  supporters  will  be 
hoping  to  make  it  three  in  a  row.  Dartmouth  rooters  are 
making  this  their  major  New  England  rallying  point  away 
from  Hanover  and  will  join  the  Brunonians  in  the  Friday 
night  dinner  on  the  Hill.  The  coupon  on  the  back  cover  of 
this  issue  makes  your  reservation  all  the  easier. 

The  old  grad  will  get  his  first  welcome  Friday  afternoon 
in  the  West  Lounge  of  Faunce  House,  where  a  coffee  hour 
is  scheduled  from  4:30  to  6.  A  special  exhibit  will  be  on 
the  walls,  with  pictorial  highlights  from  University  history, 
including  its  athletics.  Members  of  the  Pictorial  History 
Committee  will  be  on  hand  to  describe  some  of  the  items  and 
in  general  explain  what  their  new  project  is.  Complete  in- 
formation about  the  weekend  will  also  be  available  at  the 
door. 


Archives,  shows  the  eleven  lined  up  early  in  the  1915  season  on  Aldrich 
Field:  line,  left  to  right — Joshua  Weeks,  Mark  Farnum,  Wallace  Wade, 
Ken  Sprague,  Edgar  Staff,  Ray  Ward,  Edmund  Butner;  backs— Clair 
Purdy,  Capt.  Harold  Andrews,  Harold  Saxton,  and  Fritz  Pollard. 

More  than  ever  before,  the  alumni  will  be  able  to  look  in 
on  undergraduate  specialties  for  the  weekend.  The  "posters" 
built  outside  the  fraternity  houses  in  the  Wriston  Quadrangle 
will  be  ready  for  inspection  and  judging  between  6  and  7. 
There  are  always  some  ingenious  animated  entries  in  this 
annual  competition  where  rivalry  is  keen.  At  7  the  football 
rally  sponsored  by  the  Brown  Key  and  the  Cheerleaders  will 
get  under  way  on  the  Faunce  House  Terrace,  with  the 
alumni  invited  to  show  the  students  some  of  their  old-time 
enthusiasm.  Following  the  rally,  the  Brown  Band  will  escort 
the  dinner  guests  to  Sharpe  Refectory. 

Specially  invited  to  the  1955  Homecoming  are  members 
of  the  Brown  Varsity  squad  of  1915  on  the  40th  anniversary 
of  the  season  that  led  them  to  the  first  Rose  Bowl  game  op 
New  Year's  Day,  1916.  Sharing  the  honors  with  them  will  bf 
Dartmouth's  famous  1919  eleven,  one  of  the  best  in  Han- 
over history.  It  was  knocked  out  of  a  Rose  Bowl  bid  by 
Brown's  upset  victory  that  fall.  These  two  squads  will  bf 
presented  to  the  crowd  at  the  rally  and  have  places  of  honor 
at  the  Dinner. 

The  first  annual  Homecoming  Football  Dinner  will  have 
celebrities  at  the  head  table  from  both  Brown  and  Dart- 
mouth. Thomas  F.  Gilbane  '33,  center  on  the  spectacular 
1932  eleven  and  Alumni  Trustee,  will  do  the  honors  as 
toastmaster.  Principal  speakers  will  be  Bill  Cunningham, 

(Continued  on  page  11) 


OCTOBER    1955 


REPLACEMENT    IN   SIGHT:   A  new  building   for  Brown's  eminent  Department  of  Psychology  will  supplant  the  Waterman  St.  makeshifts  shown  above. 


FOUR  MILLION  MORE  FOR  BROWN: 


Another  Rockefeller  Gift! 


THIS  TIME  there  was  no  Commencement  throng  on 
the  Brown  Campus  to  cheer  the  magnificent  news. 
Only  the  Advisory  and  Executive  Committee  of  the  Corpo- 
ration was  on  hand,  convened  in  mid-July  in  special  session, 
to  learn  that  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  '97  had  made  a  new 
gift  to  the  University — four  million  dollars.  This  gift,  the 
largest  single  benefaction  in  the  University's  history,  fol- 
lowed within  six  weeks  an  earlier  one  of  one  million,  both 
unrestricted  as  to  their  use  in  the  donor's  generous  intent. 

At  the  Alumni  Dinner  on  June  2  the  assembly  in  Sharpe 
Refectory  had  jumped  to  its  feet  to  cheer  and  applaud  the 
action  of  their  fellow  alumnus.  The  new  gift  was  reported 
by  letter  to  President  Wriston  during  the  summer  calm  on 
College  Hill,  similarly  without  advance  notice.  But  the 
prominence  given  it  in  the  nation's  press  swiftly  spread  the 
word  to  the  public,  and  Brunonians  "far  and  near"  did  their 
shouting  individually  at  the  news. 

Of  the  new  gift,  made  in  the  form  of  securities,  $750,000 
will  go  toward  the  construction  of  a  badly  needed  building 
for  Brown's  distinguished  Department  of  Psychology.  To 
date,  the  Department's  program  of  instruction  and  eminent 
research  has  been  conducted  in  a  sprawling  group  of  three 
converted  frame  residences  on  Waterman  St.,  with  addi- 
tional quarters  on  Brown  St.  in  Appleton  House.  Seldom 
has  so  remarkable  a  program  been  so  ill-housed  for  so  long, 
and  everyone  rejoices  in  the  new  prospect. 

The  Endowment  Funds  Will  Benefit 

The  balance  of  the  second  gift,  it  was  determined  at  the 
July  meeting  of  the  A.  &  E.  Committee,  will  be  allocated 
to  endowment  funds  for  the  •general  purposes  of  the  Uni- 


versity. At  its  June  meeting,  the  Corporation  had  voted  to 
use  the  first  gift  of  a  million  toward  the  development  of  a 
new  quadrangle  in  the  area  owned  by  the  University 
bounded  by  Benevolent,  Brown,  and  Charles  Field  Sts. 

Mr.  Rockefeller  said  in  his  July  letter:  "On  June  2nd  I 
wrote  you  making  a  gift  to  Brown  of  securities  having  a 
market  value  of  approximately  $1,000,000.  To  that  gift  I 
want  now  to  add,  for  the  same  general  purposes,  securities 
having  a  market  value  of  substantially  $4,000,000,  to  be 
used,  both  income  and  principal,  for  any  of  the  corporate 
purposes  of  the  University."  The  June  donation  had  been 
accompanied  by  a  splendid  tribute  to  the  leadership  and 
achievement  of  President  Wriston  during  his  term  at  Brown, 
nearly  19  years. 

Commenting  on  the  new  gift  of  $4,000,000  and  the  pro- 
posed use,  Dr.  Wriston  said:  "This  gift  comes  at  a  singu- 
larly strategic  moment,  when  the  administration  of  the 
University  is  in  transition  from  a  management  which  has 
been  in  charge  for  nearly  19  years.  It  is,  therefore,  a  mark 
of  confidence  in  the  inner  integrity  of  the  institution  itself 
and  an  evidence  of  faith  in  its  stability,  program,  and  pur- 
pose which  is  uniquely  appropriate  at  this  time. 

"A  New  Age  oj  Enlightened  Giving" 

"Moreover,  a  gift  of  these  dimensions,  completely  unre- 
stricted as  it  is,  will  hearten  all  those  who  believe  that  inde- 
pendent gift-supported  institutions  are  an  essential  element 
in  the  vast  and  varied  pattern  of  American  higher  educa- 
tion. It  is  evidence  also  that  the  days  of  significant  philan- 
thropy are  not  over,  but  rather  that  a  new  age  of  enlightened 
giving  is  dawning.  It  gives  assurance  that  individual  giving 


10 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


upon  an  adequate  scale  will  be  ever  more  available  to  but- 
tress and  strengthen  institutions  which,  by  their  standards 
and  prior  achievements,  have  demonstrated  their  worth  in 
the  public  interest.  This  has  already  been  made  manifest 
during  the  last  few  years  by  the  significant  increase  in  the 
thoughtful,  proportionate  support  given  institutions  by  their 
alumni  as  well  as  by  the  remarkable  change  in  giving  by 
business  corporations  and  by  the  communities  in  which  the 
institutions  are  located. 

"Mr.  Rockefeller's  recent  gift  of  $1,000,000  was,  by 
vote  of  the  Corporation  on  June  4,  assigned  toward  the  con- 
struction of  a  new  quadrangle  for  the  men's  college,  esti- 
mated to  cost  $2,500,000.  Land  for  the  site  has  been  as- 
sembled, plans  are  being  drawn,  and  construction  will  start 
on  their  completion.  Such  an  assignment  was  possible  be- 
cause the  University,  through  an  increase  in  tuition,  had 
already  increased  Faculty  salaries.  These  new  dormitories 
will  enable  the  University  to  maintain  and  increase  its 
present  residential  character.  The  balance  of  $1,500,000 
required  for  the  new  quadrangle  is  being  raised  in  con- 
tributions from  other  sources. 

"At  its  meeting  (in  July)  the  Executive  Committee  of 
the  Fellows  and  Trustees  assigned  $750,000  from  Mr. 
Rockefeller's  second  gift  of  $4,000,000  toward  the  cost  of 
erecting  a  building  for  the  Psychology  Department.  The 
balance  of  $3,250,000  was  placed  with  the  endowment 
funds  for  the  general  purposes  of  the  University. 

"Wider  Scope  for  Distinguished  Teaching" 

"The  Psychology  Building,  to  which  part  of  this  gift  is 
now  assigned,  has  been  in  the  development  program  of  the 
University  for  a  considerable  number  of  years  and  was 
marked  in  the  course  of  the  last  two  years  as  the  academic 
building  with  the  highest  priority.  The  selection  of  Psy- 
chology for  a  building  is  occasioned  by  the  fact  that  Brown, 
under  the  leadership  first  of  Dr.  Leonard  Carmichael  (now 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution),  then  of  the  late  Dr.  Walter 
S.  Hunter,  and  now  of  Dr.  Harold  Schlosberg,  has  had  one 
of  the  most  distinguished  Departments  of  Psychology  in 
the  country  but  has  been  housed  in  old  and  ill-adapted 
wooden  buildings.  It  will  give  much  wider  scope  for  the 
distinguished  teaching  and  research  of  the  Department." 

The  gift  was  made  on  July  7.  Announcement  was  de- 
ferred in  order  to  give  the  Officers  of  the  University  and  the 
Executive  Committee  of  its  Fellows  and  Trustees  ample 
time  to  review  plans  and  make  decisions  based  on  adequate 
consideration.  This  latest  benefaction  from  Mr.  Rockefeller 
thus  came  almost  in  the  last  month  of  Dr.  Wriston's  ad- 
ministration and  gave  it  one  more  extraordinary  mark  of 
attainment,  even  on  the  verge  of  the  Corporation's  action 
to  name  a  successor  to  him. 

In  his  first  letter  to  Dr.  Wriston  Mr.  Rockefeller  had 
written:  "The  years  during  which  you  have  been  President 
of  Brown  University  have  marked  one  of  the  most  signif- 
icant eras  of  its  long  and  distinguished  history.  Under  your 
leadership  the  University  has  made  phenomenal  growth  on 
the  physical  side  and,  at  the  same  time,  has  been  as  signally 
stimulated  and  refreshed  in  its  intellectual  life.  Your  broad 
outlook,  your  progressive  spirit,  your  courage  and  your 
ability  to  command  the  confidence  and  the  respect  of  the 
students,  the  faculty  and  the  alumni,  as  well  as  your  bril- 
liant powers  of  head  and  heart,  have  all  combined  to  en- 
hance still  further  the  stature  which  Brown  has  long  en- 
joyed among  the  educational  institutions  of  the  country. 

"As  an  alumnus,  in  recognition  of  these  achievements, 
also  an  expression  of  my  high  regard,  admiration  and  es- 
teem for  you,  it  is  my  pleasure  at  this  time  to  make  a  gift 
to  Brown  of  securities  having  a  market  value  of  $1,000,000 
more  or  less." 


Homecoming  Plans 

(Continued  from  page  9) 

former  Dartmouth  star  who  is  now  columnist  for  the  Boston 
Herald,  and  Furber  Marshall  '19,  former  Brown  player  and 
coach,  both  popular  in  the  after-dinner  spot.  The  rival 
Athletic  Directors,  Paul  F.  Mackesey  '32  and  Red  Rolfe  of 
Dartmouth,  will  round  out  the  speaking  program.  The 
music  will  also  have  an  intercollegiate  aspect  with  the  ap- 
pearance of  two  double-quartets:  the  Jabberwocks  of 
Brown  and  the  Dartmouth  Engineers. 

Tickets  for  the  Homecoming  Dinner  are  available  at 
$3.50  each.  In  addition,  the  alumnus  may  bring  with  him 
his  son,  grandson,  or  other  sub-Freshman  and  pay  only 
$1.50  more  for  his  guest.  In  other  words,  the  host  of  a  boy 
can  pay  the  fare  for  both  for  only  $5.00. 

While  the  men  are  enjoying  their  dinner  in  the  main  hall 
of  the  Refectory,  the  ladies  will  gather  for  their  own  meal 
in  the  agreeable  setting  of  the  President's  Dining  Room  of 
the  Refectory.  The  Jabberwocks  plan  to  serenade  them,  too. 
Tickets  for  the  ladies'  dinner  will  be  on  sale  at  the  door,  at 
$2.50  each. 

For  the  morning  interlude  on  Saturday,  the  pictorial 
history  display  and  athletic  trophies  will  again  be  on  view 
in  Faunce  House  from  9  until  II.  At  the  latter  hour,  the 
athletic  program  begins  with  Brown  meeting  Penn  in  an  Ivy 
League  soccer  game  on  Aldrich  Field. 

The  Big  Top  on  Aldrich  Field  will  also  be  the  rallying 
point  during  the  luncheon  hour,  following  the  pattern  of  last 
year's  popular  innovation.  This  year,  however,  it's  a  picnic 
lunch;  you  can  buy  a  spread  for  the  whole  family.  Set-ups 
will  be  provided,  although  many  prefer  to  spread  a  blanket 
beside  the  playing  field  and  watch  the  soccer  while  eating 
lunch.  Prizes  will  be  given  away  at  the  Brown  tent:  a  Brown 
Chair,  a  Brown  Mirror,  and  a  set  of  the  new  Brown  Glasses. 
Refreshments  will  be  available.  There's  plenty  of  parking, 
of  course,  across  Elmgrove  Ave.  beside  the  stadium.  The 
big  appeal  of  the  box  luncheon  is  the  opportunity  to  find 
your  friends  and  be  together  informally  at  noon. 

The  football  kickoff  is  scheduled  for  2  o'clock,  and  out- 
of-Staters  should  be  reminded  that  Rhode  Island  will  still 
be  on  Extended  Daylight  Time.  The  bandsmen  will  provide 
pre-game  color  as  well  as  leading  off  in  the  half-time 
specialties.  The  undergraduates  seem  to  want  to  pick  them- 
selves a  Homecoming  Queen  again  this  year,  and  she  will  be 
introduced  from  the  field. 

The  Homecoming  Committee  plans  a  coffee  hour  after 
the  game  in  Faunce  House  to  provide  a  general  meeting- 
place  on  the  Campus.  Fraternity  and  dormitory  receptions 
are  traditional,  too,  at  this  time.  The  weekend  program  ends 
with  the  traditional  Refectory  buffet  supper  served  from 
5:30  to  7:30.  No  reservations  are  needed  for  this  annually 
popular  event,  for  tickets  may  be  bought  at  the  door 
($1.00). 

The  Homecoming  Committee,  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Associated  Alumni,  Robert  H.  Goff  '24,  includes 
Jackson  H.  Skillings  '37  and  Robert  T.  Engles  '40,  Co- 
Chairmen;  Alfred  J.  Owens  '36,  Treasurer;  Eben  S.  Church, 
Jr.,  '40,  advertising;  and  John  F.  Barry,  Jr.,  '50  and  Richard 
W.  White  '50,  executive  assistants. 

By  the  way,  if  you  haven't  made  your  application  for 
football  tickets  yet,  don't  wait  to  mail  your  checks  to  the 
Division  of  Athletics,  Brown  University,  Providence  12, 
R.  I.  Reserved  seats  went  on  public  sale  Sept.  22  at  $3.50 
and  $2.00.  There  are  children's  tickets  at  half-price.  You 
should  add  25^  for  insurance  and  mailing. 


OCTOBER    1955 


II 


>C\"V^ 


nil 


ft- MM  L 


^J 


KF 


THE  WRISTON   QUADRANGLE, 
So  named  by  Corporation  vote  Aug.  16 


Henry  Wriston 


REMARKS 
on  RETIRING 


12 


I  MAY  SEEM  rO  IREAT  the  present  situation  casu- 
ally," said  Henry  Wriston  on  the  evening  of  Aug.  16. 
"If  I  do,  it  is  something  of  an  act.  When  I  am  filled  with  the 
deepest  emotions,  I  can  survive  by  pretending  I  don't  no- 
tice." 

That  afternoon,  with  the  election  of  Barnaby  C.  Keeney 
as  12th  President  of  Brown  University,  Dr.  Wriston's  own 
term  in  office  had  ended.  He  had  continued  for  more  than  a 
year  after  reaching  the  age  of  voluntary  retirement  and  after 
notifying  the  Corporation  that  he  wished  to  take  advantage 
of  that  option,  partly  for  reasons  of  health.  He  had  com- 
pleted more  than  1 8  years  as  President,  leading  the  Univer- 
sity forward  and  far.  Of  that,  more  another  month. 

It  had  not  been  an  easy  month  for  Dr.  Wriston.  There 
had  been  the  vast  routine  of  closing  out  files  and  enter- 
prises in  anticipation  of  leaving  Brown,  of  leaving  a  home 
and  an  office  ready  to  welcome  the  new  incumbent.  His 
father,  with  whom  his  relationship  had  always  been  a  won- 
derful one,  had  died  on  July  3 1 .  For  the  moment  at  least, 

BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


his  attitude  told  you,  the  less  attention  paid  to  his  leave- 
taking  the  better. 

He  called  the  Corporation  meeting  to  order  at  4  on  the 
16th,  in  the  familiar  room  on  the  third  floor  of  University 
Hall,  whose  reconstruction  he  had  inspired.  He  was  given  a 
fond  ovation  as  the  meeting  began.  He  left  the  meeting 
shortly,  returning  as  escort  to  his  successor. 

Within  the  hour  he  came  out  of  U.H.,  grinned  at  a  pho- 
tographer, returned  the  greeting  of  someone  else,  crossed 
the  College  Green,  and  passed  through  the  John  Nicholas 
Brown  Gate  onto  George  St.,  walking  alone.  There,  instead 
of  continuing  down  Brown  St.  to  55  Power,  he  turned  left 
to  go  to  join  Mrs.  Wriston  and  his  daughter  at  Gardner 
House,  the  University  guest  house.  He  had  finished  his  job 
at  Brown,  turned  over  his  keys  and  his  duties,  made  way  for 
the  next  President.  As  he  left  the  Campus  on  that  lonely 
walk,  a  movie  camera  followed,  from  the  close-up  at  U.H. 
to  the  long-shot  at  the  gate.  On  television  that  night  over 
WJAR-TV,  it  made  a  memorable  sequence.  You  shared 
his  feelings. 

On  George  St.,  Dr.  Wriston  looked  across  the  way  at  the 
new  Quadrangle,  in  the  provision  of  which  he  had  been  so 
deeply  involved.  The  University  Corporation  had  just  voted 
to  name  it  "The  Wriston  Quadrangle."  A  simple  thing, 
giving  a  name — but  it  had  not  been  done  lightly.  In  grati- 
tude, too,  was  the  designation,  too,  of  Dr.  Wriston  as  Presi- 
dent Emeritus. 

That  Night  at  Dinner 

That  night  the  Trustees  and  Fellows  heard  him  express 
some  thoughts  occasioned  by  the  day's  developments,  dur- 
ing a  Corporation  dinner  at  the  Hope  Club:  "The  presi- 
dency of  Brown  University  is  a  peculiar  office,"  he  said. 
"The  Charter  defines  hardly  any  powers,  though  it  tells  how 
the  President  may  be  fired.  The  best  definition  of  his  func- 
tion that  I  know  of  is  still  Marjorie  Nicolson's:  'A  College 
President  is  the  recipient  of  the  ultimate  buck.' 

"A  President  gets  credit  for  what  others  do — that's  im- 
portant. I've  received  credit  for  what  has  been  done  at 
Brown  by  a  wonderful  Faculty  and  a  great  team  of  Admin- 
istrative Officers.  But  my  most  precious  memories,  I  think, 
are  centered  in  the  groundsmen,  the  carpenters,  the  elec- 
tricians, and  the  plumbers.  I  respected  their  ability  and  con- 
sidered them  good  friends,  too. 

"I  didn't  discover  Barney  Keeney.  It  was  Jim  Hedges  who 
rammed  him  down  my  throat.  Our  relationship  has  been  less 
personal  and  more  official  than  in  some  cases  at  Brown. 
There  was  the  age  gap:  he  was  being  graduated  from  col- 
lege about  the  time  I  came  to  Brown  as  President.  But  there 
has  been  a  growth  of  affection  which  you  can't  escape  if  you 
work  with  him.  He  came  highly  praised  as  a  scholar,  the 
first  medievalist  we  had  had  in  some  years.  He  became  a 
superb  teacher — I  know  that  from  the  words  of  his  pupils, 
who  tell  how  he  inspired  them. 

"Now,  Barney  and  I  see  things  differently.  You  should 
guard  against  comparing  us.  His  mistakes  will  not  be  mine; 
his  achievements  will  not  be  mine.  If  he  were  to  imitate  me, 
that  would  be  bad.  But  he  won't  try — he's  too  original  for 
that.  He  has  a  philosophy  of  the  liberal  arts  which  is  fresh 
and  vivid,  even  in  dealing  with  a  concept  which  has  been 
worn  threadbare  and  dulled  by  the  cliches  of  those  who 
would  support  it.  The  need  of  the  hour  is  not  to  water  it 
down  but  to  make  it  a  vigorous  intellectual  experience,  to 
prepare  a  man  for  life  in  the  world  in  which  he  lives.  There 
is  no  one  in  the  United  States  to  whom  I  would  so  readily 
turn  as  an  expositor  and  champion  of  the  liberal  arts. 

"I  have  known  many  you  have  had  under  consideration, 
and  for  many  I  have  a  great  and  profound  respect.  I  didn't 
know  them  all.  But  I  don't  think  any  one  who  was  men- 


tioned is  to  be  compared  with  the  man  you  have  chosen. 
"College  officers  also  happen  to  be  human  beings.  One 
thing  which  has  left  a  mark  on  my  life  has  been  the  problem 
of  telling  others  that  it  was  now  time  for  them  to  retire.  It 
is  difficult  for  many  men  to  know  the  proper  time  for  them 
to  quit  what  they  are  doing.  When  faced  with  the  necessity 
of  telling  myself  the  time  had  come  for  retirement,  it  was 
the  same  struggle.  It  is  not  easy  to  tell  yourself  this — to  re- 
tire now  and  like  it.  But  it  needed  doing. 

The  "Hurried  Patience"  Required 

"And  now  you  have  a  12th  President.  He  is  first  of  all  a 
scholar,  as  befits  a  scholastic  institution.  He  knows  rigorous 
disciplines,  their  rewards  and  dangers.  He  has  been  a  first- 
class  teacher  in  a  teaching  institution.  Brown  is  an  institu- 
tion in  which  there  is  no  substitute  for  scholarship,  which 
includes  both  teaching  and  research.  Barney  knows  both; 
he  would  perhaps  prefer  to  pursue  them,  untroubled,  but 
the  call  is  otherwise.  A  College  President  requires  above  all 
else  a  hurried  patience,  a  patience  tempered  with  pressure. 
It's  a  difficult  art,  which  Barney  possesses.  He  has  always 
pressured  me  with  patience. 

"Your  12th  President  is  a  man  of  moral  courage.  I  never 
saw  his  war  citations  until  the  other  day,  for  he  wouldn't 
have  produced  them  except  under  duress.  The  war  has  left 
its  mark  on  his  attitudes.  He  has  both  physical  and  moral 
courage.  As  a  Dean,  it  was  the  latter  he  most  often  had  to 
call  upon;  he  will  need  it  even  more  as  a  President.  The 
pressures  on  a  President  are  often  subtle.  It  is  a  temptation, 
for  example,  to  achieve  good  causes  by  shoddy  means. 
There's  the  test,  for  means  and  end  are  the  same  in  the  long 
run.  Barney  has  shown  he  could  take  responsibility,  not 
with  calmness  but  with  inner  turmoil,  even  personal  agony. 
He  will  meet  the  test. 

"Barney  also  showed  his  greatest  sense  of  fitness  in  sur- 
rendering to  the  right  girl.  We  all  know  and  recognize  the 
fiction  that  the  man  pursues  the  girl,  but  we  are  all  aware  of 
what  really  happens.  Barney  surrendered  to  a  girl  of  tact 
and  charm  and  grace.  It  was  evidence  of  his  passive  wisdom. 

"A  President  enjoys  the  taste  of  power  sometimes — not 
often.  Barney  is  your  choice  to  preserve  the  great  objective 
of  our  Charter,  the  building  of  true  character,  to  stimulate 
minds,  to  nourish  mature  scholarship  and  great  teaching. 
He  will  use  his  powers  with  skill  and  charm  and  address. 
And,  as  you  shall  learn,  he  can  beg,  with  the  best  of  them. 

"I  take  my  leave  with  full  confidence  in  him,  and  with  my 
heartiest  wishes." 

Dr.  Wriston's  Future  Plans 

The  next  morning  Dr.  Wriston  left  for  his  summer  home 
at  Marston's  Mills  on  Cape  Cod,  which  he  plans  to  make 
his  principal  residence  from  now  on.  In  New  York,  how- 
ever, he  and  Mrs.  Wriston  will  also  have  an  apartment  this 
fall  when  he  undertakes  his  next  work,  which  was  subse- 
quently identified. 

Later  in  the  year  the  Corporation  proposes  to  hold  a 
dinner  in  honor  of  the  President-Emeritus.  Other  groups 
will  seek  the  opportunity,  too,  particularly  since  Dr.  Wriston 
sought  to  avoid  reference  to  his  impending  retirement  at 
many  of  the  alumni  meetings  where  he  was  a  guest  last 
spring. 

Although  it  was  suggested  that  he  might  retain  an  office 
in  University  Hall,  Dr.  Wriston  did  not  wish  it.  Remaining 
on  the  fourth  floor  of  U.H.  is  a  substantial  reference  library 
and  personal  records.  Under  the  care  of  the  secretary  who 
came  with  him  from  Lawrence  College,  Miss  Ruth  Sand- 
bom,  this  collection  rests  there  at  his  pleasure.  The  other 
relics  of  Henry  Merritt  Wriston,  less  measurable,  are  every- 
where on  College  Hill. 


OCTOBER   1955 


13 


HIS  SPEECH  OF  ACCEPTANCE: 


A  Presidential  Pledge 


BROUGHT  before  the  Corporation  on  Aug.  16  follow- 
ing his  election  as  the  12th  President  of  Brown  Uni- 
versity, Dr.  Barnaby  C.  Keeney  made  the  following  re- 
sponse : 

"I  accept  this  high  office  with  humility,  gratitude  and 
confidence,  confidence  in  the  strength  of  this  University, 
which  has  never  attained  a  higher  state  than  under  the  lead- 
ership of  Henry  Merritt  Wriston.  Man  for  man,  our  Fac- 
ulty compares  favorably  with  that  of  any  institution. 

"As  a  result  of  the  recent  increase  in  salaries,  our  Pro- 
fessors have  been  freed  of  many  of  the  personal  worries 
that  distract  members  of  this  learned  profession,  and  the 
University  has  been  relieved  of  part  of  the  worry  of  holding 
them  in  a  highly  competitive  situation.  They  are  diligent  in 
their  research,  and  devoted  to  their  teaching,  so  much  so 


Wriston  to  Direct 
American  Assembly 

DR.  WRISTON'S  PLAN  for  future  activity  was  an- 
nounced late  in  August.  He  will  become  Executive 
Director  of  the  American  Assembly,  sponsor  of  the  famous 
"Arden  House"  meetings,  and  will  continue  as  President 
and  a  Director  of  the  Council  on  Foreign  Relations.  On 
the  Council  for  Financial  Aid  to  Education  he  will  remain 
as  a  Trustee. 

The  Assembly  was  founded  in  1950  by  President  Eisen- 
hower when  he  was  President  of  Columbia  University.  It 
is  a  non-partisan,  educational  organization  which  conducts 
conferences  on  current  national  problems.  It  brings  together 
from  both  political  parties  influential  representatives  of 
business,  labor,  agriculture,  education,  government,  and 
other  walks  of  American  life,  representing  a  variety  of 
viewpoints.  The  facts  and  findings  of  these  conferences  are 
disseminated  on  a  national  scale  and,  because  they  represent 
the  concurrence  of  diverse  interests,  have  had  significance 
for  national  policy.  A  by-product  of  the  Assemblies  is  the 
mutual  respect  and  understanding  which  have  emerged 
from  the  discussion  of  conflicting  points  of  view. 

Dr.  Wriston  will  resume  his  directorship  immediately 
after  the  Eighth  American  Assembly,  which  is  being  held 
at  Arden  House,  Harriman,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  13-16  on  "The  48 
States:  Their  Tasks  as  Policy  Makers  and  Administrators." 
His  appointment  was  announced  by  Clarence  Francis, 
Chairman  of  the  Assembly's  National  Policy  Board,  and  by 
Columbia's  representative  in  the  administration  of  the  As- 
sembly, Courtney  C.  Brown.  It  sounds  like  a  post  lively  with 
opportunity  and  compatible  to  his  background  and  inclina- 
tions. President  Kirk  of  Columbia  said; 

"The  American  Assembly  is  indeed  fortunate  to  obtain 
the  leadership  of  such  an  outstanding  man.  His  breadth  of 
interest  and  wide  association  with  the  leaders  of  the  nation 
cannot  fail  to  enhance  still  further  the  Assembly's  work." 


that  Brown  is  recognized  as  one  of  the  models  of  undergrad- 
uate instruction.  We  have  an  administrative  strength  here 
that  has  no  equal,  and  our  resources  of  personnel  are  both 
broad  and  deep. 

"Our  students,  men  and  women,  graduate  and  under- 
graduate, are  well-selected  and  represent  a  broad  cross-sec- 
tion of  the  best  of  the  qualified  population.  The  undergrad- 
uates have  developed  an  intellectual  awareness  and  vigor 
that  is  unique  in  my  experience.  Our  libraries  and  labora- 
tories are  splendid.  Our  physical  plant  is  the  best  kept  that 
I  have  ever  seen. 

Successes  and  Problems 

"In  brief,  the  University  is  in  remarkably  fine  condition. 
Yet  each  of  our  successes  brings  with  it  a  new  set  of  prob- 
lems, and  almost  all  of  our  present  problems  are  the  result 
of  our  success.  This  does  not  make  them  any  easier  to  deal 
with,  but  it  does  make  them  more  pleasant  to  approach. 
As  we  solve  them  together,  we  will  doubtless  produce  new 
ones. 

"It  would  be  idle  for  me  to  enumerate  in  detail  our  vari- 
ous needs,  for  you  know  them  as  well  as  I  and  better.  It 
would  be  foolish  for  me  at  this  time  to  lay  out  a  detailed 
program  of  action  until  we  have  worked  out  priorities  and 
have  together  approached  solutions. 

"Our  intellectual,  our  spiritual,  and  our  material  re- 
sources are  presently  enormous.  It  is  only  because  of  our 
abilities  and  our  potentialities  that  they  are  almost  all 
strained.  Only  a  little  while  ago,  shortly  after  the  war,  many 
were  sure  that  private  education  could  not  survive  without 
direct  Federal  subsidy.  Many  others  were  as  sure  that  this 
was  not  so.  Our  tremendous  growth  in  strength  here  at 
Brown  is  ample  refutation  of  this  first  view.  We  have  found 
sources  of  support  that  were  hoped  for,  but  not  expected. 

"I  have  never  been  alarmed  by  our  financial  situation,  nor 
am  I  now.  I  have  always  felt  that  when  the  excellence  of 
Brown  was  fully  recognized  by  her  alumni  and  others  that 
support  would  become  available.  The  success  of  annual 
giving,  the  interest  of  the  Foundations  and  their  support, 
and  the  magnificence  of  Mr.  Rockefeller's  two  gifts  indicate 
that  I  have  been  right.  I  do  not  think  that  we  have  ap- 
proached our  potential  in  attracting  funds.  If  we  continue 
to  develop  as  we  have,  we  shall  continue  to  acquire  new 
and  greater  resources.  I  hope  that  we  will  never  have  so 
much,  however,  that  we  will  not  have  to  think  carefully 
about  the  use  of  our  income. 

In  a  Liberal  Atmosphere 

"Throughout  all  its  years,  the  purpose  of  Brown  has  re- 
mained steadfast.  It  has  been  to  produce  men  and  then 
women  of  learning,  quality,  and  integrity,  some  of  whom 
will  be  leaders,  some  of  whom  will  be  creators,  most  of 
whom  will  be  'duly  qualified  for  discharging  the  offices  of 
life  with  usefulness  and  reputation.' 

"I  do  not  know  any  other  way  to  fulfill  Brown's  purpose 
than  to  continue  what  we  are  now  doing  and  always  have 
done,  but  to  do  it  better.  The  educated  man  must  have  de- 
veloped intellectually,  emotionally,  and  physically;  he  must 


14 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


FIRST  TEAM:   On  the  day  of   President  Keeney's  election,   he  posed  with 
the  other  top  University  Hall  administrators.  Left  to  right:  Vice-President 


Thomas  B.  Appleget  '17,  Dr.  Keeney,  Provost  Samuel  T.  Arnold  '13,  and 
Vice-President  F.  Morris  Cochran. 


have  attained  proper  perspective  and  balance  in  these  as- 
pects of  his  person.  We  are  in  the  business  of  helping  people 
to  learn  to  think,  to  feel,  and  to  act  in  a  balanced  way.  It 
does  not  make  any  difference  whether  the  individual  is  go- 
ing to  be  an  engineer,  a  businessman,  a  poet,  or  a  clergy- 
man. He  should  have  all  of  these  capacities.  The  best  place 
I  know  to  develop  them  is  in  a  liberal  atmosphere.  Our  ex- 
perimental curriculum  and  the  developments  that  will  grow 
from  it  promise  to  give  a  new  vitality  to  the  liberal  tradition. 

"All  of  these  questions  are  simplified  by  the  simplicity  of 
the  University.  There  is  none  in  the  world  that  has  less 
built-in  distractions  in  the  form  of  vocational  training  than 
does  Brown.  Our  undergraduates,  our  graduate  students 
and  our  Faculty  are  united  in  a  single  purpose — to  study 
and  to  teach  the  liberal  arts  and  the  sciences,  both  pure  and 
applied.  The  character  of  our  instruction  and  of  our  re- 
search is  such  that  the  sciences  at  Brown  are  truly  liberal 
arts.  I  for  one  see  no  reason  that  we  should  be  distracted 
from  our  present  integrity,  our  aim  should  be  to  develop 
greater  excellence  within  our  present  purposes. 

"This  Corporation  has  traditionally  been  one  of  the 
model  Corporations  in  American  university  life.  I  do  not 
think  that  you  know  how  proud  of  you  and  how  grateful  to 
you  our  Faculty  has  always  been;  grateful  for  what  you  have 
provided,  and  proud  of  your  steadfast  refusal  to  permit  in- 
terference with  the  free  pursuit  of  learning  and  free  in- 
struction. Our  instructors  are  well  aware  that  this  freedom 
imposes  serious  responsibilities  on  them. 


"No  one  could  succeed  to  Mr.  Wriston's  office  without 
comparing  himself  unfavorably  with  his  predecessor.  In  the 
period  I  know  best,  the  13th  century,  the  highest  compli- 
ment that  could  be  paid  a  knight  was  the  epithet,  vir 
streniius  et  nobilis.  He  has  been  a  strenuous  and  noble  Pres- 
ident. The  clarity  of  his  perception,  the  vigor  of  his  leader- 
ship, the  courage  of  his  decisions,  and  the  integrity  of  his 
purpose  have  made  Brown  what  she  is  today. 

"I  hope  that  I  may  grow  into  his  gown." 

To  Follow  the  School  Year 

Now  ALUMNI,  TOO.  can  follow  the  school  year  with 
the  handsome  new  BROWN  UNIVERSITY  CALEN- 
DAR, published  by  the  University  Store.  It's  a  handy-sized, 
1 12-page  engagement  pad  running  from  September  through 
August,  with  a  picture  of  Brown  for  every  week  in  the  year 
and  a  couple  more  besides.  There's  a  big  map  of  the  cam- 
pus included,  too,  along  with  a  schedule  of  important  events 
throughout  the  1955-56  academic  year.  Pictures  of  sports, 
social  activities  and  classroom  life  at  both  Brown  and  Pem- 
broke are  among  the  56  pictures  included. 

Don't  miss  out  on  cmy  part  of  the  campus  year — order 
your  BROWN  UNIVERSITY  CALENDAR  now  by  send- 
ing $1.50  plus  $.10  for  mailing  ($1.60  in  all)  together  with 
your  name  and  address  to  Box  1878,  Brown  University, 
Providence  12,  R.  I. 


OCTOBER    1955 


15 


A  MEETING 
OF  FRIENDS 


NO  CONGRATULATIONS  meant  more  to  the  new  President  of  Brown 
than  those  of  his  Faculty  colleagues.  From  top  to  bottom:  Lawrence 
Wroth  of  the  JCB;  Jess  Bessinger,  temporarily  bearded;  W.  Freeman 
Twaddell,  that  week  returned  from  a  Fulbright  year  in  Egypt;  Sharon 
Brown  '15;  and  Registror  Milton  E.  Noble  '44.  Candids  by  Annette 
Gregoire,  Brown  Photo  Lob. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  FACULTY  had  a  tip  that  some- 
thing was  afoot  when  a  special  meeting  was  called  for 
Manning  Hall  at  5  o'clock  that  August  afternoon.  On  two 
days'  notice.  Department  Chairmen  spread  the  word,  and 
a  group,  remarkable  for  its  numbers  (about  200),  as- 
sembled, leaving  summer  research  on  campus  and  else- 
where and  various  nearby  holidays.  Shirtsleeves  and  antici- 
pation characterized  the  scene. 

The  bell  on  U.H.  had  stopped  ringing  when  Chancellor 
Tanner  and  Dr.  Keeney  entered  by  the  west  stairway  to  the 
upper  hall.  While  still  walking  toward  the  center  of  the 
area  before  the  platform,  the  Chancellor  said  simply:  "Gen- 
tlemen, it  is  my  privilege  to  present  the  12th  President  of 
Brown  University." 

Dr.  Keeney's  colleagues  stood  and  applauded,  as  he  sat 
down  behind  a  small  table.  It  was  not  an  exuoerant  out- 
burst, for  the  element  of  surprise  was  missing.  One  man 
said,  "Why  didn't  I  bet  more  than  a  dollar?"  But  there  was 
a  great  contentment  with  the  choice  and  a  great  friendly 
pleasure  in  the  greeting. 

President  Keeney  looked  up  and  grinned.  There  was  a 
collective  grin  in  response — an  audible  grin,  if  such  a  thing 
is  possible. 

"We  wanted  you  to  know  about  this  before  you  read  it  in 
the  papers,"  the  President  said.  "It  will  be  on  the  radio  and 
TV  tonight."  Now  that  the  moment  was  here.  Dr.  Keeney 
was  having  a  little  trouble  expressing  what  he  had  had  in 
mind  to  say.  The  words  were  not  memorable,  but  the  mo- 
ment was,  with  all  its  cordiality  and  sincerity,  on  both  sides 
of  the  table  that  now  separated  him  from  his  colleagues. 

"I  couldn't  ask  for  a  better  Faculty  to  preside  over,"  he 
continued.  "I  look  forward  to  working  with  you.  I  con- 
template no  dramatic  changes.  None  is  necessary.  No  body 
bears  the  mark  of  Mr.  Wriston  more  than  this  Faculty.  His 
policies  are  sound;  some  may  be  modified  a  little,  and  some 
new  policies  may  come  into  effect  as  the  situation  demands 
in  future.  I  know  we'll  work  this  out  together.  That's  all  I 
have  to  say — this  is  not  a  regular  meeting,  and  no  motion 
to  adjourn  is  needed.  That's  all,  unless  someone  has  some- 
thing to  say." 

There  was  applause  again,  even  heartier  than  before,  and 
people  started  forward.  Each  shook  Dr.  Keeney's  hand,  of- 
fering congratulations  and  best  wishes  in  an  impromptu 
reception  of  a  sort.  The  men  left  the  hall,  grinning  and  chat- 
ting. It  was  the  shortest  Faculty  meeting  on  record,  if  it's 
on  the  record.  The  Manning  Hall  custodian  remarked,  "I 
took  a  couple  of  hours  to  set  the  place  up.  I  lighted  a  cig- 
arette outside,  and  it  was  over  before  I  had  a  chance  to 
finish  it." 

Dr.  Keeney  posed  for  a  few  pictures  outside,  then  re- 
turned to  University  Hall,  going  this  time  not  to  the  second 


16 


mm^..^fM  A'  1^ 


floor  office  of  the  Dean  but  to  the  President's  Office.  He 
found  the  key  on  his  enlarged  key-ring  and  walked  in  for 
the  first  time  in  his  new  capacity.  It  was  no  longer  Dr. 
Wriston's  office.  A  newspaperman  was  with  him  for  his 
first  interview. 

In  his  pocket,  unused,  was  a  little  statement  he  had  pre- 
pared to  read  to  the  Faculty.  "I  was  too  choked  up,"  he  ad- 
mitted later. 

Here's  what  it  said:  "I  could  not  have  accepted  this  posi- 
tion if  I  were  not  completely  confident  of  the  general  qual- 
ity of  the  Faculty  and  the  Administrative  Staff.  We  know 
each  other  very  well.  This,  of  course,  will  make  some  things 
easier  and  some  things  harder. 

"When  I  became  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  Paul 
Buck  (then  Provost  of  Harvard)  wrote  me  a  piece  of  advice 
which  I  have  always  remembered  and  frequently  reread 
(two  or  three  times  a  year,  he  later  told  us) .  Mr.  Buck  said, 
in  effect,  that  he  thought  I  would  get  along  all  right  so  long 


as  I  continued  to  think  like  a  Professor.  I  hope  that  I  shall 
be  able  to  continue  to  do  so. 

"I  should  be  very  foolish  if  I  laid  out  a  detailed  plan  for 
the  future  at  this  time,  nor  shall  I  do  so.  .  .  .  When  I  came 
to  Brown  in  the  fall  of  1946,  I  soon  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  this  was  a  wonderful  place,  yet  it  has  become  much 
better.  I  do  not  see  that  there  is  a  necessary  limit  to  our 
continued  improvement.  By  improvement,  I  do  not  mean 
growth,  though  I  do  not  exclude  growth  either.  I  shall  need 
a  great  deal  of  help,  and  I  shall  not  hesitate  to  ask  you  for  it. 
I  shall  need  a  great  deal  of  advice,  though  I  do  not  suppose 
that  I  shall  take  all  that  I  am  given. 

"We  all  know  that  Mr.  Wriston's  hand  is  more  evident 
in  the  composition  of  this  body  than  in  any  area  of  the  Uni- 
versity. He  has  left  the  University  in  such  condition  that  I 
see  no  need  for  rapid  change  and  none  for  change  for 
change's  sake.  .  .  .  We  are  in  the  happy  position  of  being 
able  to  work  from  a  position  of  great  strength." 


THE  PRESS  WAS  PLEASED  : 


Some  Comments  on  Brown's  Choice 


NEWSPAPER  COMMENT  on  the  election  of  Brown's 
new  President  combined  cordial  approval  of  the 
choice  and  renewed  appreciation  of  his  predecessor.  In 
Providence,  the  Journal  and  Bulletin  said,  under  the  head- 
ing, "New  Hands  Take  the  Helm  at  Brown": 

"  'With  enthusiastic  unanimity  we  recommend  the  election  of 
our  present  dean,  Barnaby  C.  Keeney,  to  become  the  12th  Presi- 
dent of  Brown  University.' 

"And  those  who  know  Dean  Keeney  by  his  performance  dur- 
ing nine  years  at  Brown,  by  his  general  reputation  in  the  scho- 
lastic world  and  by  the  bright  promise  he  holds,  will  share  both 
the  enthusiasm  and  the  unanimity  of  the  Brown  Corporation's 
10-man  presidential  selection  committee. 

"The  wisdom  of  not  going  beyond  the  confines  of  Brown 
University  for  the  new  President  is  confirmed  in  the  solid  record 
of  Dean  Keeney's  achievements.  That  record  had  to  stand  the 
rigid  test  of  comparison  with  those  of  nearly  100  educators  who 
had  been  weighed  as  possible  candidates  in  the  thorough,  na- 
tion-wide search. 

"The  criteria  used  in  the  selection  of  Dr.  Wriston's  successor 
were  naturally  based  on  the  qualities  of  Dr.  Wriston  himself, 
as  the  best  guarantee  that  the  policies  which  have  given  Brown 
University  a  new  distinction  and  prestige  would  be  maintained. 

"Dean  Keeney's  brilliance  as  a  scholar,  his  quiet  efficiency  as 
an  administrator  and  his  mature  faith  as  an  educator,  together 
with  strong  personal  character  tested  and  proved  in  the  armed 
services,  carried  their  own  recommendations  of  suitability  and 
would  have  been  sufficient  in  themselves.  But  for  nine  years 
Dean  Keeney  has  been  associated  intimately  with  President 
Wriston,  during  which  time  he  has  worked  into  the  core  of  the 
University  and  is  familiar  not  only  with  the  problems  of  Brown 
in  constantly  critical  times  but  with  the  manner  and  spirit  in 
which  they  need  to  be  handled. 

"No  finer  keystone  to  his  administration  could  have  been 
fashioned  than  Dean  Keeney's  statement  to  the  Corporation 
upon  his  accepting  the  presidency:  'Our  aim  should  be  to  de- 
velop greater  excellence  within  our  present  purposes.'  That  con- 
cise expression  sums  up  the  character  of  Dean  Keeney  and  the 
hopes  of  his  administration. 

"Dean  Keeney's  field  of  scholarship  has  been  the  mediaeval 
period,  but  its  attractions  have  not  confined  him  to  an  ivory 
tower  in  the  13th  Century;  he  is  as  contemporary  as  the  front 
page  of  a  daily  newspaper,  and  alertly  sensitive  to  the  clamor- 
ous world  around  him.  As  an  administrator,  he  combines  the 
large  vision  so  essential  to  successful  policy  with  balanced  re- 
gard for  execution  and  details,  carried  out  with  courtesy  and 
the  quiet  manner  of  assurance  and  self-possession.  As  an  edu- 
cator, he  hews  firmly  to  the  traditions  of  Brown,  so  vigorously 
strengthened  by  Dr.  Wriston:   dedication  to  the  truth  of  the 


liberal  arts  and  sciences  as  the  way  of  the  cultivated  and 
rounded  man  in  a  democracy. 

"Personally,  Dean  Keeney  has  the  attractiveness  of  good 
manners  in  the  highest  meaning  of  that  word,  a  sympathetic 
consideration  of  the  views  of  others  that  betokens  the  genuinely 
liberal  mind,  and  a  pleasant  approach  to  men  and  affairs  that 
reflects  a  warm  heart.  In  so  many  temperamental  characteris- 
tics, he  is  reminiscent  of  the  late  E.  Benjamin  Andrews. 

"Dean  Keeney's  fine  taste  for  the  apt  and  his  sincere  respect 
for  his  distinguished  predecessor  were  both  admirably  illus- 
trated when  he  told  the  Brown  Corporation: 

"  'I  hope  that  I  may  grow  into  his  gown.'  " 

To  Continued  Eminence 

In  Portland,  Me.,  the  editorial  in  the  Press  Herald  had  its 
theme  in  the  headline:  "Keeney  Takes  Over  Where  Wriston 
Left  Off."  It  said: 

"A  University  is  no  better  than  its  President. 

"Brown  University's  eminence  in  the  academic  world  is  a 
direct  product  of  the  brilliant  and  courageous  leadership  of 
Henry  M.  Wriston,  President  from  1937  to  1955.  He  became 
known  as  one  of  the  best  university  Presidents  not  only  in  New 
England  but  in  the  nation. 

"His  successor  at  Brown  is  40-year-old  Dr.  Barnaby  Conrad 
Keeney,  Dean  of  the  College.  Keeney's  challenge  is  to  do  as 
well  as  Wriston,  but  the  new  President's  background  of  scholar- 
ship and  leadership  indicate  that  the  Trustees  knew  what  they 
were  doing  in  making  the  selection.  Brown  can  look  forward 
to  continued  eminence." 

Time  magazine's  report  included  this  reference:  "It  was,  as 
blunt  Henry  Wriston  said,  'an  admirable  appointment.'  A  tough- 
minded  scholar  with  often  unattainably  high  standards,  Barney 
Keeney  has  long  seemed  marked  for  success.  .  .  .  Though  an 
erudite  specialist  on  the  13th  century,  Keeney  proved  early  that 
he  was  a  talented  administrator.  But  more  important,  he  also 
turned  out  to  be  much  the  same  sort  of  plain-speaker  as  Henry 
Wriston.  .  .  .  But  he  has  made  himself  one  promise  that,  if 
kept,  will  make  him  a  rare  sort  of  president  indeed.  'In  1949,' 
says  Keeney,  'Provost  Paul  Buck  of  Harvard  wrote  me  that  I 
would  do  all  right  as  an  administrator  as  long  as  I  continue  to 
think  as  a  professor.  That's  the  spirit  in  which  I  intend  to  carry 
on.'  "  The  leading  story  in  the  Education  section,  it  was  ap- 
propriately headlined  "The  Professor." 

Newsweek's  report  on  the  "Promotion  at  Brown"  also  noted 
that  the  40-year-old  scholar  had  also  been  judged  a  "superla- 
tive" administrator  and  was  "an  energetic  man  with  a  forward 
spirit."  The  concluding  sentence:  "He  has  a  subdued  sense  of 
humor:  'It  is  a  vital  requirement  of  scholarship  that  it  be  com- 
municated on  every  level,  and  it  must  be  clearly  understood 
that  the  scholar  does  not  lose  dignity  by  being  intelligible.'  " 


OCTOBER   1955 


17 


BARNABY  C.  KEENEY:  He  hopes  to  continue  to  "think  like  a  Professor." 
18 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


JS  he  had  done  when  Henry  Merrill  Wrislon  first 
_^^  arrived  in  Providence  as  Brown  University's  11th 
President,  Selig  Greenberg  came  up  the  Hill  again  to  inter- 
view Barnaby  C.  Keeney,  the  new  designate,  for  his  news- 
paper, the  Evening  Bulletin  of  Providence.  Busy  taking 
candid  portraits  throughout  much  of  the  period  was  Thomas 
Stevens,  Bulletin  photographer. 

"Take  one  of  Mr.  Greenberg,  too,  will  you?"  Dr.  Keeney 
requested.  "It  will  be  a  souvenir  for  me,  and  1  can  stick  pins 
in  it  if  1  don't  like  what  he  says." 

There  will  be  no  pin-pricks  in  that  photo,  for  the  sympa- 
thetic report  of  the  conversation  surety  must  have  pleased 
the  President.  We  take  the  liberty  of  printing  the  interview 
as  it  appeared  on  Aug.  18.  At  the  end  of  his  article,  we  add 
some  comments  of  Dr.  Keeney  which  are  perhaps  of  more 
interest  to  Brunonians  than  to  the  general  public. 


KEENEY: 

The  Man  and 
His  Philosophy 


By  SELIG  GREENBERG  '27 


DR.  BARNABY  C.  KEENEY  took  time  off  from  his 
first  full  day  as  president  of  Brown  University  yester- 
day afternoon  for  an  interview. 

The  interview,  held  in  the  tradition-laden  President's  Of- 
fice in  historic  University  Hall  was  an  informal  and  stimu- 
lating affair. 

Tall,  slim  and  with  a  boyish  smile  frequently  lighting  up 
his  face,  Dr.  Keeney  sat  in  his  shirt-sleeves  under  the  por- 
trait of  solemn  and  bewigged  Dr.  James  Manning,  the  first 
President  of  Brown,  and  talked  with  charm  and  vigor  for 
nearly  an  hour  and  a  half  about  a  great  many  things. 

The  conversation  ranged  all  the  way  from  his  hobbies 
and  his  skill  as  a  carpenter  and  gardener  to  such  weightier 
matters  as  his  educational  philosophy,  the  influence  which 
schooling  as  a  medieval  historian  has  had  in  shaping  his 
views  and  personality,  the  difference  between  training  and 
education,  the  future  of  Brown,  and  the  manner  in  which 
universities  can  best  contribute  toward  the  preservation  of 
individual  liberties  in  the  United  States. 

The  Intervieiver  Was  Tempted 

Inevitably,  there  was  the  temptation  to  compare  Dr. 
Keeney  with  his  dynamic  predecessor,  Dr.  Henry  M.  Wris- 
ton. 

Such  comparisons  are  usually  risky,  and  it  would  cer- 
tainly be  misleading  to  describe  the  40-year-old  new  Pres- 
ident as  a  younger  edition  of  Dr.  Wriston.  Dr.  Keeney  is  a 
strong  individuahst,  and  the  last  thing  he  may  be  expected 
to  do  is  to  try  to  imitate  his  predecessor. 


But  according  to  people  who  know  both  men  well,  they 
have  much  in  common.  Both  have  a  great  deal  of  charm 
and  are  forceful  and  outspoken,  sometimes  to  the  point  of 
tartness.  Both  are  devoted  and  vigorous  exponents  of  the 
crucial  role  of  liberal  education.  Both  are  a  rare  combina- 
tion of  scholar  and  administrator,  with  a  lively  interest  in 
contemporary  affairs  and  a  disdain  for  any  academic  ivory 
tower.  Both  have  pronounced  views  on  many  subjects  and 
rarely  hesitate  to  express  them. 

Dr.  Wriston  and  Dr.  Keeney  also  share  a  common  en- 
thusiasm for  tinkering  with  tools.  The  new  president  of 
Brown  has  papered  and  painted  every  room  in  his  large 
house  on  Creighton  St.  and  in  the  last  couple  of  years  has 
built  additions  to  his  summer  home  at  Little  Compton  with- 
out any  outside  help.  He  describes  himself  with  a  deprecat- 
ing air  as  "a  pretty  good  rough  carpenter  on  anything  where 
it  does  not  matter  whether  you're  a  quarter  of  an  inch  off." 

He  is  particularly  proud  of  his  garden  at  Little  Compton, 
where  he  raises  much  of  the  family's  supply  of  vegetables. 
"I  wish  you'd  say,"  he  insisted,  "that  my  vegetable  garden  is 
even  better  than  the  one  Jim  Adams  has."  There  is  appar- 
ently quite  a  bit  of  friendly  competition  on  that  score  be- 
tween him  and  Dr.  James  P.  Adams,  former  Vice-President 
of  Brown  and  new  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
State  Colleges,  who  is  now  living  at  Little  Compton  year- 
round. 

Just  as  Dr.  Wriston  did.  Dr.  Keeney  comes  to  his  new 
job  with  two  other  advantages.  Born  in  Oregon  and  edu- 
cated at  Chicago,  Denver,  Hartford,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C,  and 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  he  has,  like  his  predecessor,  an  unusually 
broad  view  of  the  size  and  variety  of  the  United  States. 
And,  like  Dr.  Wriston,  his  training  as  a  historian  has 
equipped  him  with  a  keen  sense  of  perspective,  of  seeing 
things  within  their  context. 

Dr.  Keeney  feels  that  his  training  as  a  specialist  in  me- 
dieval history  has  profoundly  influenced  his  thinking  and 
attitudes.  "A  medieval  historian,"  he  said,  "has  to  deal  with 
evidence  that  doesn't  have  a  very  firm  basis  and  is  never 
complete.  That  strikes  me  as  a  very  good  preparation  for 
dealing  with  people." 

Furthermore,  he  thinks  that  the  dissertation  for  his  de- 
gree of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  he  wrote  at  Harvard  16  years 
ago  on  the  development  of  protection  of  an  individual's  life 
and  property  against  an  arbitrary  state  has  a  marked  co- 
gency for  our  own  times.  His  doctoral  thesis,  entitled  "Judg- 
ment by  Peers,"  was  a  study  of  the  process,  starting  as  far 
back  as  the  second  century,  whereby  the  courts  came  be- 
tween the  ruler  and  his  subjects  in  Western  Europe  in  an 
effort  to  curb  the  executive's  unlimited  powers.  This  process 
of  trying  to  control  arbitrary  government  powers,  he  thinks, 
is  "still  going  on  and  is  to  some  extent  as  much  of  a  problem 
today  as  it  was  at  the  time  of  King  John." 

Dr.  Keeney,  who  has  long  decried  research  feeding  upon 
trivia  and  scholarly  gobbledygook,  recalled  with  obvious 
pride  that  his  doctoral  dissertation  was  the  second  shortest 
ever  accepted  in  the  history  department  at  Harvard.  He  said 
it  ran  for  only  115  pages,  including  50  pages  of  footnotes 
and  bibliography.  "But  I  think,"  he  added  ruefully,  "that 
this  conciseness  was  in  part  due  to  the  fact  that  I  had  broken 
a  small  bone  in  my  right  hand  just  before  I  started  writing." 

The  Future  of  the  University 

When  the  conversation  turned  to  the  plans  he  had  in 
mind  for  Brown,  Dr.  Keeney  proved  to  be  both  frank  and 
careful. 

He  said  he  had  worded  the  statements  he  made  to  the 
University  Corporation  and  to  the  Faculty  immediately 
after  his  election  on  Tuesday  "very  carefully  in  order  to 
avoid  commitments  as  to  the  future." 


OCTOBER   1955 


19 


The  new  President  had  told  the  Faculty  that  while  he  be- 
lieves the  present  University  policies  are  "sound,"  he  will 
in  time  "undoubtedly  modify  some  and  produce  some  other 
new  ones." 

Asked  to  elaborate  on  the  changes  he  might  be  contem- 
plating, he  replied  that  "the  policies  we  have  right  now  are 
designed  to  take  care  of  circumstances  that  exist  now.  I'm 
quite  sure  that  we  won't  change  any  fundamental  objectives 
but  I'm  equally  sure  that  we  will  find  other  ways  of  meet- 
ing them  as  circumstances  change."  In  this  connection,  Dr. 
Keeney  described  himself  as  a  man  who  "likes  to  take  a 
long  time  reaching  a  decision  and  then  carry  it  out  as 
quickly  as  possible." 

As  to  the  question  of  what  the  proper  size  of  the  student 
body  at  Brown  might  be  in  the  years  to  come,  he  said,  "the 


Presidents  of  Bro-wn  University 

1765-91 

James  Mannmg. 

1792-1802 

lonathan  Maxcy. 

1802-26 

Asa  Messer. 

1827-55 

Francis  Wayland. 

1855-67 

Barnas  Sears. 

1868-72 

Alexis  Caswell. 

1872-89 

Ezekiel  Oilman  Robinson. 

1889-98 

Elisha  Benjamin  Andrews. 

1899-1929 

William  Herbert  Perry  Faunce. 

1929-37 

Clarence  Augustus  Barbour. 

1937-55 

Henry  Merritt  Wriston. 

1955- 

Barnaby  Conrad  Keeney. 

proper  size  is  the  number  of  well  qualified  students  that  we 
can  properly  take  care  of."  Noting  that  the  number  of  male 
undergraduates  at  Brown  has  increased  by  about  15  per  cent 
in  the  last  three  years,  primarily  because  fewer  students  are 
flunked  out,  he  said  there  was  no  doubt  in  his  mind  that 
"we  will  continue  to  grow  as  long  as  the  pressure  of  desir- 
able applicants  continues  to  increase  and  as  long  as  we  can 
take  care  of  them  properly." 

His  own  feeling,  he  emphasized,  is  that  "we  have  an  ob- 
ligation to  give  a  first-rate  education  to  as  many  people  as 
we  can."  At  the  same  time,  he  said,  "I  don't  think  this  is 
ever  going  to  be  a  big  place.  But  then,  I  suppose,  the  tend- 
ency is,  when  you  look  at  a  place  that  you're  extremely  fond 
of,  to  say  that  this  is  about  the  right  size." 

There  are  two  factors.  Dr.  Keeney  observed,  which  might 
force  a  limitation  on  enrollment  at  Brown.  He  listed  the  first 
as  the  difficulty  of  recruiting  a  faculty  of  sufficient  size  and 
caliber  and  the  second  as  the  danger  of  losing  cohesiveness 
in  the  student  body.  "But  at  the  moment,"  he  declared, 
"neither  point  has  been  reached." 

Teaching  and  "Helping  to  Learn" 

"The  sole  purpose  of  a  university  is  to  profess — which 
means  to  act  as  a  professor.  A  professor  has  several  func- 
tions. He  teaches,  he  helps  people  learn  and  he  expands 
human  knowledge.  That's  what  a  university  is  for.  That's 
the  difference  between  teaching  and  helping  people  to  learn, 
the  difference  between  training  and  education.  It's  a  very 
simple  matter  to  take  a  person  with  normal  intelligence  and 
teach  him  a  body  of  material.  It's  a  very  complicated  prob- 
lem to  take  that  same  person  and  similar  material  and  to 
help  him  to  learn  to  think  about  it,  to  put  evidence  together, 
to  draw  conclusions,  to  express  these  conclusions  and,  if 
appropriate,  to  act  upon  them." 

Dr.  Keeney  also  observed  that  "the  only  reason  to  go  to 


college  is  to  learn  how  to  think  and  to  learn  something  to 
think  about.  It  is  impossible,"  he  said,  "to  educate  anyone. 
All  that  one  can  do  is  to  put  him  in  a  position  where  he  can 
find  an  education.  It  is  obvious  that  a  great  deal  of  what  is 
to  be  expected  of  the  school  used  to  be  expected  of  the  fam- 
ily, and  it  is  equally  clear  that  a  good  deal  of  the  deteriora- 
tion of  the  schools  is  the  result  of  their  effort  to  replace  the 
family,  because  they  cannot  do  it,  no  matter  how  hard 
they  try. 

"A  student  who  is  well-motivated  usually  gets  his  motiva- 
tion at  home,  either  from  his  parents'  interest  in  learning  or 
from  their  ignorance  and  ambition  that  he  himself  rise 
above  them.  If  the  student's  father  is  contemptuous  of  in- 
tellectuals; if  the  most  elevated  reading  matter  around  the 
house  is  the  Reader's  Digest  and  other  popular  magazines; 
if  the  student  never  sees  his  parents  reading  a  book  with  a 
stiff  cover;  if  he  never  hears  them  discuss  serious  matters 
not  directly  connected  with  their  own  affairs,  it  will  be  very 
hard  for  him  to  put  himself  into  a  frame  of  mind  where  he 
can  be  educated." 

One  major  problem  confronting  American  education.  Dr. 
Keeney  declared,  involves  "the  misapplication  of  democ- 
racy to  education."  "Every  American  citizen,"  he  said, 
"should  have  equal  opportunities  to  education.  But  it  should 
always  be  remembered  that  he  can  use  these  opportunities 
only  within  the  limits  of  his  abilities.  This  has  been  forgot- 
ten. The  result  is  that  the  level  of  a  good  deal  of  instruction 
is  set  so  far  down  that  the  abilities  of  the  ablest  people  are 
seldom  exercised  and  never  tested." 

Hoiv  to  Attract  Good  Teachers 

Another  problem  "of  utmost  seriousness,"  he  said,  "is  to 
make  teaching,  both  in  schools  and  in  colleges,  attractive 
enough  as  a  career  so  that  enough  of  the  ablest  people  will 
take  up  education  as  a  career  and  stay  in  it  and  thus  provide 
a  sufficient  number  of  first-rate  teachers.  This  can't  be  done 
with  money  alone.  One  of  the  keys  to  the  problem  is  the 
financial  position  of  teachers.  But  other  key  factors  are  un- 
derstanding, sympathy  and  independence  for  teachers." 

Dr.  Keeney  asserted  that  the  best  way  in  which  the  liberal 
arts  colleges  can  contribute  toward  the  solution  of  the 
teacher  shortage  problem  "is  by  being  themselves  attractive 
as  an  environment  and  by  having  instructors  whom  students 
admire  enough  to  want  to  be  like  them."  He  said  the  reason 
he  himself  had  gone  into  teaching  was  admiration  for  sev- 
eral of  his  professors  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina. 
Universities,  he  added  "can  and  should  do  a  great  deal  to 
help  teachers  who  are  already  teaching  in  the  community 
to  improve  themselves." 

From  the  discussion  of  the  meaning  of  liberal  education 
and  the  importance  of  giving  college  students  "a  chance  to 
experiment  with  ideas"  the  conversation  naturally  switched 
to  the  American  obsession  with  internal  security  in  recent 
years  and  to  its  effect  in  eroding  the  Bill  of  Rights. 

Several  years  ago,  when  it  took  a  lot  more  courage  to 
say  so  than  it  does  now.  Dr.  Keeney  had  said  in  a  speech  in 
an  obvious  reference  to  congressional  investigations  that 
"the  character  of  the  men  who  initiate  investigations  leads 
me  to  believe  that  their  purpose  is  not  the  one  they  pretend, 
but  rather  to  induce  conformity  and  stultify  free  inquiry." 

The  situation  appears  to  have  improved  materially  in  re- 
cent months,  he  said,  because  "the  U.S.  Senate  finally  de- 
cided to  police  itself  and  because  some  people,  notably  Dr. 
Wriston  among  them,  had  enough  guts  to  stand  up  and  op- 
pose the  infringement  of  our  liberties  and  the  presumption 
that  a  person  is  guilty  without  due  process  of  law." 

The  universities  can  best  help  preserve  freedom  of  speech 
and  opinion.  Dr.  Keeney  declared,  "by  turning  out  people 
who  know  what  they  are  talking  about  and  can  express 


20 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


themselves  clearly."  The  universities,  he  said,  "have  to  im- 
press upon  people  that  whenever  they  say  anything  they're 
open  to  criticism  and  to  convince  them  that  there  are  some 
things  a  man  has  to  fight  for  at  the  risk  of  secondary  things 
and  that  he  has  to  save  his  fighting  for  these  vital  things. 
In  doing  this,  the  college  has  got  to  avoid  identifying  itself 
with  any  faction.  It  must  stand  on  fundamental  principles. 
"As  for  members  of  the  Faculty,  it  is  very  well  and 
proper  for  them  to  hold  their  speech  until  they  know  what 
they  are  talking  about.  But  it  is  very  evil  for  them  to  hold 
their  speech  when  they  do  know  what  they  are  talking  about 
or  when  they  have  something  relevant  to  say,  whether  it  is 
popular  or  not." 

The  President  at  Home 

Although  he  is  not  a  chain  smoker.  Dr.  Keeney  smoked 
quite  a  few  cigarettes  in  the  course  of  the  interview.  He  said 
he  smokes  "more  than  a  pack  a  day"  and  conceded  that  he 
had  been  smoking  more  than  his  usual  quota  in  the  last 
day  or  two. 

Aside  from  his  gardening,  carpentry  work  and  other 
chores  around  his  home  in  Providence  and  summer  cottage 
in  Little  Compton,  Dr.  Keeney  is  an  avid  salt  water  fisher- 
man. All  of  these  activities,  he  commented,  provide  him 
with  just  about  as  much  exercise  as  he  wants.  "When  I  got 
out  of  the  army,"  he  remarked,  "I  made  a  formal  resolution 
that  I'd  never  take  any  exercise.  As  far  as  I'm  concerned, 
walking  is  a  good  way  to  get  from  place  to  place." 

The  Keeneys  don't  have  a  television  set,  and  the  only 
time  the  new  Brown  President  listens  to  the  radio  is  on  his 
way  to  and  from  work  in  his  car.  He  probably  will  not  be 
using  his  car  to  get  to  work  after  he  moves  with  his  family 
to  the  President's  House  at  55  Power  St.  (This  move  was 
made  in  September.) 

Aside  from  his  professional  reading  and  the  newspapers, 
he  reads  spy  stories,  detective  stories  and  a  few  novels  and 
is  a  regular  follower  of  the  New  Yorker  magazine,  along 
with  most  issues  of  the  Atlantic  and  Harper's. 

When  he  was  asked  if  he  reads  the  comics,  he  nodded  his 
head  vigorously  in  the  affirmative,  observing  that  "I  have 
to  keep  my  finger  on  the  pulse  of  the  nation." 

He  used  to  be  pretty  good  at  bridge  but  gave  it  up  a  few 
years  ago  because  it  was  taking  too  much  time.  "I  spend  a 
great  deal  of  time  just  sitting  and  thinking,"  he  said.  "That's 
my  favorite  relaxation." 


RAYMOND  C.  ARCHIBALD:  the  Brown  emeritus,  internationally  renowned 

as  a  mathematician,  died  July  26  at  Sackville,  N.   B.  An  appreciation  of 

his  life   will    appear   in   our   next   issue.   The   photo   shows  his   portrait  at 

the  time  of  its  presentation  to  the  University. 


MAJ.  GEN.  WILLIAM  C.  CHASE  '16  retired  in  July  as  commander  of  the 

U.  S.  Military  Assistance  Advisory  Group   in  Taiwan.   He  had   been  with 

the   Chinese    Nationalists   since    1951    and    built   their   defensive   strength. 

Free  China  gave  him  a  great  sendoff  as  he  returned  home. 


Another  thing  Dr.  Keeney  said  which  is  likely  to  have  an 
important  bearing  on  his  regime  at  Brown  was  this:  "Col- 
leges, faculties  and  student  bodies  that  are  not  getting  bet- 
ter are  getting  worse.  They  cannot  stand  still." 

Our  Oxvn  Postscript 

It  was  the  Editor's  good  fortune  to  be  present  during  the 
above  interview,  a  fine  synthesis.  We  have  little  to  add,  but 
some  of  our  notes  suggest  a  postscript: 

One  factor  in  determining  the  size  of  a  university,  he 
said,  was  the  availability  of  a  good  faculty.  President 
Keeney  said  Brown  was  now  able  to  take  its  pick  of  the 
good  young  men  just  out  of  graduate  school  for  its  junior 
teaching  and  research  posts.  They  like  to  come  to  Brown 
because  of  its  quality  and  reputation,  the  able  students  in 
their  classes.  "They  have  people  to  talk  to  among  their  col- 
leagues, and  they  are  left  alone  to  teach,  with  a  minimum 
of  committee  duties."  "There  is  always  a  danger  that  the 
Administration  will  devour  the  Faculty — even  at  Brown.  I 
don't  intend  to  let  the  Faculty  be  eaten." 

"No  institution  should  grow  beyond  the  point  where  its 
student  body  loses  its  cohesiveness,"  he  continued.  "Brown 
is  not  yet  at  that  point;  the  student  body  is  more  cohesive 
than  ever.  The  Quadrangle  has  helped,  we  have  experienced 
people  dealing  with  the  undergraduates,  their  own  leader- 
ship has  improved — it's  a  happy  place,  both  as  it  affects 
professor  and  student."  As  for  student  survival,  a  factor  in 
Brown's  growth  during  a  period  when  admissions  were  rela- 
tively stable.  Dr.  Keeney  said  Dean  Bergethon  should  re- 
ceive more  credit  for  this  situation. 

When  talking  about  the  individual's  freedom  to  think  and 
speak.  Dr.  Keeney  said  he  had  been  concerned  a  few  years 
ago  because  students  felt  the  general  restraint  that  was  in  the 
air  and  hesitated  to  be  outspoken,  even  in  class.  Once  again, 
however,  they  seemed  ready  to  speak  up  again,  as  the  na- 
tional atmosphere  had  improved.  That  was  as  it  should  be 
on  a  college  campus. 


OCTOBER    1955 


21 


A  SECNAV  GUEST  GIVES 

A  REPORT 
ON  ABLE 

Riding  a  Midshipman  Cruise, 

The  Editor  Found  It  a  Lively 

Atlantic  for  the  Task  Force 


MIDSHIPMAN  JOSEPH  J.  MILUSKI,  USNR,  below,  one  of  three  Bruno- 
nians  aboard  the  USS  Columbus  for  Cruise  Able,  gets  the  feel  of  a 
three-inch  gun  as  he  peers  through  the  telescopic  sights.  The  Scranton 
Sophomore  was  one  of  3000  future  Naval  Officers  who  took  training  ciur- 
ing  the  two-month  exercises.  Bock  on  the  Campus,  he's  a  candidate  for 
the    1955    Brown   football   Varsity.    (Navy   photos) 


ONCE  UPON  A  TIME  I  was  a  V.I.P.  You  don't  have 
to  take  my  word  for  it — the  Navy  said  I  was.  It 
stamped  my  baggage  check  with  those  very  letters  in  big 
purple  ink.  They  were  an  inch  and  five-eighths  tall — I 
know,  for  I  measured  them.  I'd  never  seen  anything  so 
beautiful  before,  and  no  one  had  ever  said  such  a  nice 
thing  about  me.  But  all  the  time  I  kept  wanting  to  say, 
"Shucks,  I'm  just  a  little  old  magazine  editor,  even  if  I  do 
get  to  go  on  a  Midshipman  Cruise.  Really,  I'm  not  even  I, 
let  alone  V;  I'm  just  a  P." 

It  was  another  of  those  polite,  hospitable  fictions  like 
saying  I  was  a  guest  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  who 
doesn't  know  me  from  a  hole  in  the  ocean.  But  the  Navy 
was  playing  the  game.  Throughout  the  month  I  was  aboard 
the  USS  Columbus  as  an  observer  on  Cruise  Able,  I  got 
the  V.I.P.  treatment  (although  it  was  friendlier  than  that). 
From  the  moment  I  reported  to  that  fine  skipper,  Capt.  J. 
Donald  L.  Grant,  the  welcome  seemed  genuine  and  the 
favors  unmistakable.  It  was  a  month  I  shall  never  forget, 
building  a  strong  respect  and  regard  for  the  Navy,  partic- 
ularly for  all  aboard  the  Columbus,  who  know  their  jobs 
so  well  and  were  sharing  their  knowledge  with  the  Mid- 
shipmen. 

Still,  I  couldn't  understand  my  privileged  status  until  one 
day  in  the  middle  of  the  Atlantic  somebody  heaved  Oscar 
over  the  side.  Oscar  floated  there  on  the  waves,  wearing  his 
life-jacket  in  the  middle  of  a  yellow  stain  that  showed  you 


where  he  was  while  he  drifted  farther  and  farther  behind 
the  Columbus.  Someone  had  hollered,  "Man  overboard," 
and  there  were  various  alarms.  The  big  heavy  cruiser 
stopped  doing  however  many  knots  it  was,  and  we  waited. 
A  crew  had  run  to  a  lifeboat,  it  had  been  lowered  over 
the  side,  and  took  off  after  Oscar.  Back  they  came  soon, 
and  the  last  I  saw  of  Oscar  was  his  being  carried  away  in  a 
chicken-wire  stretcher  called  a  Stokes  litter.  Oscar,  of 
course,  was  a  dummy,  although  a  thoroughly  wet  one  by 
now,  and  they  were  being  expeditiously  careful  with  him. 

The  Columbus  began  doing  knots  again.  We  were  stand- 
ing around  at  the  place  we'd  been  sent  so  they  could  count 
noses  and  make  sure  it  wasn't  one  of  us  instead  of  Oscar 
who  had  been  tossed  overboard.  Everybody  looked  pleased 
because  the  watch  and  the  boat  crew  had  been  on  the  job 
and  the  dummy  had  been  rescued  in  short  order.  The  men 
had  done  it  before  and  knew  how. 

Another  of  these  SecNav  guests  asked  an  officer,  "Don't 
you  feel  a  little  silly  going  to  all  that  fuss  to  bring  back  a 
dummy?" 

"No,  sir,"  said  the  officer,  seriously.  "Even  if  it's  just  a 
drill,  you  play  the  game."  He  said  "play  the  game"  as 
though  there  were  quotes  around  the  phrase,  and  you  knew 
it  wasn't  the  first  time  the  attitude  had  been  expressed.  It 
was  probably  an  order,  standard  procedure.  And  it  was, 
of  course,  the  only  way  to  go  about  it. 

What  It's  All  About 

It  was  all  serious  business,  this  training  of  1500  Mid- 
shipmen aboard  a  task  force  of  up  to  20  ships  for  these  two 
months.  They  were  the  V.I.P.'s,  for  they  are  future  officers 
of  the  Navy,  preparing  to  take  their  places  beside  the 
veteran  officers  who  are  also  V.I.P.'s.  Some  of  the  Midship- 
men were  from  the  ROTC  at  Brown  University,  and  that  is 
how  I  happened  to  be  aboard  as  a  very  privileged  indi- 
vidual. 

Of  the  thousands  of  permanently  commissioned  officers 
of  the  Navy,  about  one  half  are  Naval  Academy  graduates. 
But,  even  if  the  Navy  were  radically  reduced,  the  output  at 
Annapolis  would  probably  be  insufficient  to  maintain  the 
officer  strength  required.  The  principal  source  of  the  other 
officers  is  the  Naval  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  pro- 
gram. 

"This  program,  known  as  the  Holloway  Plan,  was  in- 
augurated soon  after  World  War  II  with  a  view  to  obtain- 
ing a  segment  of  the  officer  corps  from  especially  chosen 
graduates  of  the  nation's  outstanding  colleges  and  univer- 
sities." I'm  quoting  from  a  booklet  of  general  information 
given  the  guests  on  the  cruise.  "The  young  men  are  se- 
lected in  accordance  with  strict  criteria  of  proficiency,  apti- 
tude, moral  and  physical  qualifications;  and  are  chosen  as 
those  best  suited  to  adjust  and  correlate  their  choice  of 
civilian  undergraduate  training  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Naval  Service.  Fifty-two  seats  of  higher  learning  across  the 
nation  participate  in  this  program.   .  .  ." 

Brown  University  is  one  of  the  52  and  had  an  ROTC 
unit  even  before  the  Holloway  Plan.  Each  year  at  Com- 
mencement you  see  70  or  more  Brown  graduates  change 
from  cap  and  gown  into  the  uniform  of  Ensign  (or  Marine 
Lieutenant),  those  who  have  completed  their  requirements 
in  Naval  Science  and  Tactics  and  get  their  commissions. 

"Each  candidate,  after  selection,  must  fulfill  the  entrance 
requirements  of  the  institution  to  which  assigned;  such 
assignment  being  made  insofar  as  practicable  in  accordance 
with  the  candidate's  expressed  preferences.  Similarly,  after 
entrance,  the  curriculum  followed  is  of  the  Midshipman's 
own  choice  within  the  boundaries  imposed  by  certain  re- 
quired courses  and  training  periods  administered  by  the 
Department  of  Naval  Science.  .  .  . 


PETER  B.  HOWARD  of  the  Naval  ROTC  Unit  at  Brown  mans  his  watch 
in  the  engine  room  of  the  USS  Columbus.  A  straight-A  student  and 
wrestling  star  during  his  Freshman  year  at  Brown,  Howard  visited  Spain, 
England,  and  Cuba  along  with  the  other  Midshipmen  on  the  1955 
Cruises.  His  father  is  Herbert  A.  Howard  '28,  head  of  the  Math  Depart- 
ment at  Loomis  School. 


"The  Junior  Officer  upon  reporting  to  his  first  duty  has 
acquired  his  basic  education  and  has  been  well  grounded 
in  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  naval  profession.  The 
NROTC  and  Naval  Academy  graduate  are  on  equal  foot- 
ing. They  are  given  responsibility  and  advancement  com- 
mensurate with  their  demonstrated  ability  and  willingness 
to  build  upon  their  initial  basic  knowledge  and  to  benefit 
and  develop  from  the  experience  gained  from  their  ship- 
board assignments." 

They  Look  Forward  to  the  Cruises 

A  cruise  similar  to  Able  is  conducted  each  summer  to 
train  these  future  officers,  one  of  a  series  of  three  which 
each  Midshipman  completes  during  his  undergraduate 
training.  (Because  of  its  location  Brown  is  also  able  to  work 
in  a  short  destroyer  cruise  in  the  spring  recess.)  This  past 
summer  there  were  three  practice  squadrons,  Cruise  Able 
being  commanded  by  Rear  Admiral  R.  E.  Libby,  COM- 
BATCRULANT,  which,  as  far  as  1  know,  means  Com- 
mander of  Battleships  and  Cruisers  in  the  Atlantic.  Able 
was  regarded  by  men  better  qualified  to  judge  than  I  as  the 
best  Midshipman  Cruise  ever  conducted  by  the  Navy. 

Since  they'd  left  the  States  while  the  Brown  Commence- 
ment season  was  at  its  height,  the  cruise  was  half  over 
when  I  reported  aboard  the  Columbus  at  Torquay,  Eng- 


OCTOBER   1955 


23 


MIDSHIPMAN  JOHN  J.  ROACH  '57  took  navigation  training  as  one  of 
the  aspects  of  his  work  on  the  heavy  cruiser  USS  Columbus.  He  leans  out 
1o  compute  the  ship's  position  in  the  official  Navy  photo  above.  Operations 
was  o  major  phase  of  training  on  Cruise  Able,  along  with  engineering, 
<tunnery,  end  deck  seamanship.  Roach,  from  West  Hartford,  played 
Freshman   boseboll  at  Brown   last  Spring. 


land,  on  July  5  (5  July,  their  time).  But  there  was  plenty 
left  for  me  to  see,  and  the  three  Brown  Sophomores  aboard 
could  "fiil  me  in"  on  what  had  already  happened. 

They'd  come  aboard  at  Norfolk  early  in  June  and  been 
assigned  to  quarters,  drawing  upper  bunks  in  the  tiers  of 
four  since  they  were  "third-classmen"  like  the  Annapolis 
"youngsters."  They'd  found  that  their  uniforms  and  gear 
would  actually  go  into  their  lockers,  had  gone  through  the 
line  for  their  first  meal,  had  tours  of  the  ship,  and  been  as- 
signed to  their  divisions.  A  submarine  had  put  on  a  demon- 
stration for  them,  with  the  Midshipmen  topside  to  observe. 
There  was  no  time  lost,  for  the  Navy  had  a  lot  to  show 
them. 

Their  schedule  had  gone  something  like  this  for  their 
first  full  day,  just  as  the  weather  was  beginning  to  get  rough 
on  the  stomach:  Reveille  sounded  at  5:30,  with  a  public 
address  voice  identifying  the  bugle  call  in  case  there  was 
any  doubt  about  it.  That's  when  they  commenced  striking 
bells,  too,  and  the  ship's  bell  gets  a  full-bodied  wallop. 

At  0545  (might  as  well  get  used  to  the  military  time  of 
day)  the  voice  said,  "Turn  to.  Scrub  down  weather  decks. 
Sweep  down  compartments.  Empty  trash."  Simplified,  that 
meant  work.  At  0630  it  was  breakfast.  And  we'll  testify 
right  here  that  the  food  was  generous  and  good.  That  was 
true  not  only  in  the  officers'  wardroom,  where  you'd  expect 
it,  the  warrant  officers'  mess  and  chiefs'  mess,  where  I  was 
honored  with  hospitality,  but  in  the  crew's  mess,  too.  The 
Midshipmen  took  their  meal  before  the  regular  ship's  crew, 
and  I  shared  one  dinner  with  the  Brunonians. 


At  0815  came  the  first  of  four  to  six  hour-long  daily  in- 
struction sessions  for  the  Midshipmen.  Generally  these  were 
in  the  three  major  fields  of  operations,  gunnery,  and  en- 
gineering, where  they  continued  what  had  been  started  back 
with  the  equipment  in  Lyman  Hall  and  the  counterparts  on 
other  campuses.  If  the  class  was  on  deck,  they  sat  with 
shoes  off  so  that  the  rubber  heels  wouldn't  scuff-mark  the 
immaculate  planking.  (In  my  innocence,  I  thought  it  was 
just  for  comfort,  at  first.) 

The  Way  They  Learned 

This  continued  until  the  noon  meal,  dinner,  at  1130.  Un- 
til 1300  (I  never  did  get  over  the  necessity  of  subtracting  12 
to  find  out  the  p.m.  time)  there  was  a  free  period.  This  was 
one  of  the  chances  to  shop  at  the  amazingly  stocked  ship's 
store,  use  the  crew's  lounge  and  library,  take  a  nap,  try  the 
soda  fountain,  or  start  work  on  that  monster,  the  cruise 
log.  In  the  log  they  had  to  write  out  the  answers  to  ques- 
tions based  on  the  day's  drills  or  instruction.  There  was 
more  instruction  in  the  afternoon,  including  on  that  first 
day  a  session  at  the  guns  when  aircraft  came  over  to  give 
the  crews  practice  in  tracking  them.  The  Midshipmen 
"knocked  off"  ship's  work  at  1615,  had  supper  at  1700, 
saw  a  movie  at  2000,  and  were  ready  for  a  night's  sleep  at 
2200 — unless  they  had  watch,  star-sights,  or  other  late 
chores. 


THE  EDITOR  rode  the  high  line  to  a  destroyer 
in  mid-ocean  and  found  more  Brunonians 
aboard  her.  He  ended  the  1955  Midshipman 
Cruise  as  an  impressed  witness  and  "honorary 
Commodore." 


;24 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Each  day  the  routine  continued,  fixed  in  its  format  but 
infinite  in  its  variants:  division  and  unit  tactics,  ship  han- 
dling, surface  and  anti-aircraft  traclcing,  loading  drill,  gun- 
firing  training,  a  smoke-screen  demonstration  by  the  de- 
stroyers in  the  task  force  (archaic  stuff  in  view  of  modern 
radar,  they  thought),  engineering  and  damage  control  drills, 
general  drills  related  to  fire,  abandoning  ship,  and  collision, 
communications  exercises  with  lights,  flags,  and  voice  radio, 
standing  watches.  There  were  zone  inspections  in  opera- 
tions, gunnery,  engineering,  navigation,  damage  control, 
propulsion,  and  supply — Captain's  inspection  of  personnel 
and  living  quarters,  too. 

There  was  the  hard  work  involved  in  that  deceptively  gay 
phrase,  "titivating  ship."  The  name  "field  day"  that  pre- 
pared for  inspections  also  had  an  ironic  sound  to  it — it  was 
no  clambake  outing.  The  Regulars  in  the  ship's  company 
entertained  the  Midshipmen  at  a  "happy  hour"  smoker,  the 
Midshipmen  reciprocating  later  with  their  own  program. 

They  learned  how  to  take  a  Navy  shower:  wet  down, 
turn  water  off,  soap  up  and  lather,  rinse  off  quickly,  get 
out.  "The  Army  moves  on  its  stomach;  the  Navy  moves  on 
water.  Conserve  fresh  water  and  insure  an  adequate  supply 
for  all.  Underway,  water  is  made  by  the  ship's  evaporators, 
which  must  also  keep  up  with  the  demands  of  the  steaming 
boilers."  The  latter,  incidentally,  require  far  purer  water 
than  is  standard  for  drinking.  One  day  7000  more  gallons 
of  water  were  used  than  the  distilling  units  made,  and  there 
was  a  threat  of  "water  hours." 

They  were  reminded  of  the  difference  between  "Aye, 
aye,  sir"  and  "Yes,  sir."  In  answering  "Aye,  aye,  sir,"  you 
indicate  you  understand  an  order  and  will  carry  it  out. 
Yes  is  a  simply  affirmative  answer.  "A  good  sailor  will  not 
interchange  the  two."  The  published  Plan  of  the  Day  in- 
corporated such  hints,  along  with  an  order  not  to  lean  on 
lifelines — "it's  unseamanlike,  slovenly,  and  dangerous." 
Electric  lamps  were  not  to  be  unscrewed  nor  removed 
from  the  sockets  to  reduce  illumination.  Ammunition  con- 
tainers and  cartridge  cases  were  accountable  equipment,  not 
to  be  diverted  for  personal  use.  There  were  small  points, 
along  with  the  big  points. 

The  hard  work  of  learning  to  be  an  officer  continued. 
But  there  were  welcome  respites,  the  holiday  routines  of 
Saturday  afternoons  and  Sundays  at  sea  and  especially  the 
liberty  ports.  The  latter  were  anticipated  and  afterward 
savored  again  in  recollection. 

Making  the  'Most  of  "Liberty" 

If  seeing  the  world  is  still  one  of  the  rewards  of  a  Navy 
career,  the  Midshipmen  are  introduced  to  it  on  their  cruise. 
That  first  glimpse  of  Gibraltar  was  one  example  of  it,  but 
a  week  in  Spain  and  a  week  in  England  gave  them  a  chance 
for  real  sight-seeing  under  the  best  of  auspices  and  in  the 
best  of  uniforms  for  the  purpose.  Nothing  was  planned  nor 


USS  COtUMBUS  and 
her  skipper.  Captain 
J.  Donald  t.  Granf. 
He's  "good  people," 
likes  his  officers  and 
all  aboard  her. 


handled  more  impressively  on  the  cruise  than  the  provision 
for  tours  on  shore. 

An  admirable  booklet  given  to  all  took  150  pages  to  tell 
of  history,  national  customs,  attitudes,  points  of  interest, 
theatres  as  well  as  museums,  restaurants  as  well  as  cathe- 
drals. It  offered  simple  phrases  in  the  foreign  tongue  (in- 
cluding England's  English),  lists  of  reliable  shops  and 
cafes,  transportation,  tipping,  advice,  and  appreciation.  Ap- 
propriately, the  first  pages  described  the  historic  waters  in 
which  the  task  force  would  be  sailing.  But  it  was  more  than 
indoctrination;  it  was  also  an  introduction  to  pleasures  and 
human  relations  as  well  as  sites.  I've  never  seen  a  guide- 
book so  sound,  so  illuminating,  so  helpful,  such  good 
reading. 

Excerpts  are  never  comparable  to  the  cumulative  effect, 
but  here  are  some  random  samples  of  its  tone:  "(In  Spain) 
it  is  futile  to  become  impatient.  The  only  things  that  un- 
failingly begin  on  time  are  the  bullfights.  So  relax,  even 
if  you  have  to  struggle  to  do  so."  "In  this  area  (Paris)  you 
will  be  frequently  badgered  by  women.  Don't  flatter  your- 
selves that  they  are  merely  impressed  by  your  uniforms." 
"In  no  other  country  are  there  so  few  regulations;  yet  the 
British  obey  the  rules."  It  was  a  companionable  book  rather 
than  a  preachment. 

Money  could  be  exchanged  aboard  ship,  and  there  were 


OCTOBER    1955 


25 


lessons  in  "practical  Spanish,"  as  there  were  later  classes  in 
French  for  those  going  on  the  quick  jump  to  Paris.  Tours 
were  arranged  at  modest  fees,  including  accommodations 
in  Madrid.  A  military  mass  was  held  for  the  whole  fleet 
in  the  13th  century  Catholic  Cathedral  of  Valencia,  with 
the  Archbishop  officiating.  It  was  an  impressive  experience. 
Two-way  entertainment  was  cordial  and  continuous.  In 
return  for  hospitality  ashore,  visitors  aboard  included  mem- 
bers of  a  cultural  society,  underprivileged  children,  daugh- 
ters of  the  town's  first  families,  and  30  native  dancers  who 
gave  a  performance  on  the  fantail.  Good  will  was  definitely 
in  the  making,  with  a  fine  friendliness  on  both  sides. 

There  was  fun,  in  the  holiday  spirit.  One  Midshipman 
sustained  a  bon-ton  wound  when  a  champagne  bottle  ex- 
ploded and  cut  his  ankle.  And  there  were  the  bullfights. 
I've  never  had  so  vivid  a  description  of  them  in  Hemingway 
as  I  got  from  a  seaman.  Souvenirs  had  been  brought  back 
as  well  as  memories,  although  men  were  warned  away  from 
Spanish  shawls  ("probably  made  in  China").  "Personnel 
who  attended  the  bullfights  and  have  in  their  possession  any 
bandarillas  (darts)  with  bull's  blood  on  them  are  warned 
that  they  are  extremely  dangerous,  can  cause  blood  poison- 
ing, and  should  be  disposed  of  immediately." 

They  Made  Friends  Everywhere 

All  this  I  missed,  joining  the  cruise  at  Torquay  in  Devon. 
But  I  could  imagine  what  went  on  from  what  I  saw  in  Eng- 
land. What  had  happened  to  the  old  British  reserve?  They 
were  taking  warmly  to  the  Midshipmen,  and  the  Americans 
to  the  English.  In  London,  the  Midshipmen  were  every- 
where— at  evensong  in  Westminster,  in  groups  around 
Morris  dancers  in  the  square,  in  the  galleries,  at  the  Tower. 
You  were  proud  of  them  and  the  way  they  made  the  most 
of  their  $31  tour.  People  liked  them. 

On  the  steps  of  St.  Martin's  in  the  Fields  I  joined  a  group 
awaiting  the  arrival  of  a  group  of  Russian  clergy,  the  first 
such  visitation  in  England  in  many  years.  When  I  men- 
tioned Brown  University  to  a  reporter  from  the  Manchester 
Guardian,  I  said  I  supposed  he'd  never  heard  of  it.  He  in- 
troduced me  to  Midshipman  David  Labowitz  '58  of  the 
Brown  Daily  Herald,  who  was  in  on  the  proceedings  as 
"working  press."  He  wasn't  missing  a  bet,  and  there  were 
hundreds  like  him. 

Back  in  Torquay,  the  British  and  the  Midshipmen  were 
hitting  it  off  famously.  (There'd  been  no  celebration  of  the 
Fourth  of  luly  out  of  deference  to  their  hosts,  but  the  21- 
gun  national  salute  had  been  a  reminder.)  Honorary  mem- 
bership was  provided  at  the  Torquay  Ex-Service  Men's 
Association  and  the  YMCA.  There  was  a  Rotary  Club  gar- 
den party  in  Torre  Abbey  gardens,  a  nightly  dance  in  the 
Town  Hall  under  Royal  Naval  Association  auspices,  an- 
other at  Oldway,  Paignton  ("for  100  enlisted  men — volun- 
teers preferred"),  special  services  at  "Abide  with  Me" 
Church  and  others,  a  regatta  at  the  Britannia  Royal  Naval 
College,  invitations  to  cricket.  The  town  was  theirs.  A  sign 
on  the  quay  said  "Welcome,  You  Guys." 

The  Columbus  did  its  entertaining,  too:  the  Lord  Mayor 
and  Mayoress,  the  City  Council,  Red  Cross  people,  air 
cadets,  sea  scouts,  kids  from  homes  for  boys  and  girls. 
Pretty  girls  came  aboard  100  at  a  time  for  receptions  given 
by  the  Midshipmen.  One  lad  had  19  letters  from  Torquay 
waiting  for  him  when  we  reached  Guantanamo.  Their  con- 
tents were  cordial,  I  was  sure,  judging  from  the  way  he  en- 
joyed smelling  the  envelopes.  (A  sullen  shipmate  accused 
him  of  mailing  them  to  himself.)  At  any  rate,  it  was  good 
liberty,  all  agreed,  and  the  English  were,  in  that  flattering 
Navy  phrase,  "good  people."  As  a  gesture  of  appreciation, 
the  ship's  company  turned  over  to  the  Chaplains  their  left- 
over English  silver;  the  $365  went  back  to  Torquay  for 
charity,  part  of  it  for  a  television  set  for  an  orphanage. 


The  newcomer  aboard  felt  welcome  but  not  yet  "at 
home"  on  the  first  day  at  sea,  July  11,  Cuba-bound.  The 
first  morning  there  was  smoke  just  outside  my  quarters, 
followed  by  a  great  business  of  bugle,  bell,  squawk-box 
and  bustle.  Sailors  whh  hose,  extinguishers,  masks,  and 
efficiency  moved  in,  and  the  "fire"  was  soon  officially  out. 
I  later  learned  that  I  should  have  been  out  on  deck  at  an 
assigned  station  for  all  emergency  situations.  But,  not  know- 
ing, I  stayed  where  I  was  and  had  a  front-row  spot  for  the 
action. 

The  next  day  there  was  a  repeat  on  the  drill.  They 
wouldn't  catch  me  this  time:  I  showed  up  where  I  belonged 
— but  too  soon.  We  weren't  supposed  to  move  until  an  as- 
sembly blew,  thus  giving  time  for  the  fire-party  to  reach 
the  scene  without  having  to  buck  the  traffic.  A  day  later  the 
drill  was  for  man  overboard;  I  did  nothing  wrong  this  time 
except  to  try  to  go  the  wrong  way  against  one-way  traffic. 
My  only  mistake  the  fourth  try  was  to  show  up  when  the 
call  didn't  include  me.  I  began  to  think  the  SecNav  guests 
were  aboard  either  to  provide  comic  relief  or  to  make  every- 
one else  look  good. 

Fueling  operations  took  place  at  sea  several  times.  This 
secret  weapon  of  World  War  II  has  been  developed  to  a 
simplicity  where  the  most  spectacular  thing  about  it  is  that 
it's  so  unspectacular.  They  even  break  out  the  band  to 
spell  the  monotony.  We  had  a  bag-piper  from  the  Naval 
Academy  who  got  a  great  hand  from  the  tanker. 

You  get  used  to  the  sounds  of  the  ship  rather  quickly — 
the  bells  that  signal  the  turning  of  turrets,  the  clatter  from 
the  loading  machines,  the  roar  of  the  blowers.  But  gunfire 
you  treat  with  respect,  and  it's  no  disgrace  to  plug  the  ears 
with  cotton.  Gunnery,  you  suspect,  is  the  heart  of  the 
matter,  for  the  major  errand  of  a  heavy  is  to  deliver  fire- 
power. Almost  every  day  had  its  drills,  and  by  now  the 
Midshipmen  were  ready  for  their  firing. 

Their  Gunnery  Was- Good 

Anti-aircraft  had  the  first  workouts  and  the  most.  The 
first  targets  were  "bursts,"  the  tiny  clouds  of  black  smoke 
that  were  tracked  visually.  (I  wasn't  the  one  who  asked 
whether  radar  could  spot  this  nothingness,  but  I  might  as 
well  have  been,  in  my  general  ignorance.)  In  another  ses- 
sion balloons  were  released  to  provide  the  target.  Then  a 
plane  from  the  aircraft  carrier  towed  a  sleeve  down  the 
line  of  heavies,  only  to  have  the  target  shot  down  before 
our  crews  had  a  chance;  the  same  thing  happened  on  a 
second  run  from  the  rear  of  the  column. 

The  most  impressive  targets  of  all  are  the  "drones," 
pilotless  planes  which  manoeuvre  around  the  ships  in  the 
most  realistic  fashion.  We  had  the  ideal  view  of  this  for  the 
drone  officer  and  his  crew  were  aboard  the  Columbus,  and 
they  operated  the  10-foot  planes  for  each  of  the  other  ships 
in  turn.  Later,  when  nearer  shore,  we  had  a  go  at  the  big 
drones,  full-sized  fighter  planes  controlled  from  a  pair  of 
control  planes  which  can  give  the  target  more  life-like 
evasiveness.  On  an  early  run,  however,  the  big  drone  was 
so  banged  up  that  it  would  not  respond  to  control  unless  the 
other  planes  were  nearby.  The  pilots  seemed  reluctant  to 
continue  on  that  basis. 

That  was  one  trouble  with  the  firing:  the  gunnery  was  so 
good  that  the  operations  were  shorter  than  scheduled.  Those 
Midshipmen,  well  coached  in  those  short  weeks  to  use  the 
marvels  of  today's  devices,  shot  well.  Later,  at  Guantanamo 
when  the  main  batteries  fired  at  a  tow-target  on  the  surface, 
the  splashes  seemed  all  about  it.  Someone  photographed 
the  bursts  on  radar  and  caught  accurate  bracketing  by  the 
big  guns. 

For  a  spectator,  the  most  beautiful  show  was  the  star- 
shell  demonstration  one  night.  The  ships  lined  up  in  two 


26 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


columns  about  7500  yards  apart,  illuminating  each  other 
with  a  steady  burst  of  lights.  The  trick  is  to  shoot  beyond 
so  that  the  target  will  be  silhouetted,  and  our  patterns  were 
excellent,  well-placed  and  constant.  It  was  the  Fourth  of 
July  we  didn't  have  in  England,  but  there  was  nothing  play- 
ful about  it. 

It's  a  Busy  Ocean 

It's  an  entirely  different  ocean  that  you  see  from  a  Naval 
task  force.  With  20  ships  changing  formation  and  carrying 
out  their  exercises  night  and  day,  it's  a  busy  ocean.  Some- 
thing was  always  happening.  There  were  few  idle  hours, 
even  for  a  mere  spectator.  "Long  sea,  no  time,"  one  of 
them  expressed  it. 

A  few  events  were  unscheduled.  One  of  the  destroyers 
dashed  off  to  get  a  seaman  on  a  freighter  who  needed  an 
emergency  operation  on  his  appendix.  The  dental  officer 
was  roused  to  extract  an  ulcerated  tooth  of  a  seaman 
brought  aboard  from  the  supply  ship  that  came  to  meet  us. 
And  the  big  change  in  plans  came,  of  course,  when  the 
squadron  dispersed  to  take  up  station  along  one  of  the 
routes  that  President  Eisenhower  might  have  followed  on 
his  return  from  Geneva.  For  a  day,  we  paced  slowly  back 
and  forth  on  our  post,  all  by  ourselves,  until  the  recall 
came.  And  how  we  travelled  then.  At  the  Midshipmen's 
smoker,  one  of  the  jokes  was  that  Captain  Grant  had  out- 
done "SO-Knot"  Burke  by  at  least  half  a  knot.  It  got  as 
good  a  laugh  as  the  old  standby:  "Now  the  duty  chicken 
lay  below  to  the  galley  and  run  through  the  soup." 

Nothing  was  more  impressive  at  sea  than  the  evidence  of 
vast  planning  and  meticulous  detail  involved  in  keeping 
a  squadron  effective.  There  was  the  single  item  of  replen- 
ishing supplies  at  sea,  for  example.  Seamanship  keeps  the 
supply  ship  and  its  customer  steady  on  their  parallel  courses 
60  to  80  feet  apart  as  the  cargo  nets  come  over  the  high 
line  between.  But  you  were  also  aware  of  the  designing, 
the  packaging,  the  storing,  and  the  handling  of  50  tons  of 
supplies  that  came  over  in  their  100-pound  cartons.  You 
could  be  enthusiastic  in  your  admiration  because  you  were 
not  one  of  the  250  men  in  the  Columbus'  working  party 
that  had  to  lug  the  stuff  off  to  storage  at  all  levels. 

There  were  just  two  casualties:  A  crate  of  oranges  was 
dropped  with  force  enough  to  break  it  open.  There  was 
more  than  a  hint  that  this  "accident"  happens  every  time, 
and  only  the  working  party  gets  the  oranges.  The  other 
banging  was  not  in  the  script  for  the  carton  that  smashed 
held  dozens  of  eggs.  That  many  eggs  can  be  very  fluent. 

Riding  the  High  Line 

Sunday  saw  another  use  of  the  high  line.  The  destroyer 
Wilson  came  near  us  so  that  the  Chaplains  could  cross  over 
for  services  there.  Did  I  want  to  go  along?  Remembering 
the  eggs,  I  wasn't  sure.  But  the  ocean  was  level  and  the 
line  taut.  I'd  never  have  another  chance  to  hang  out  over 
the  water  in  a  bosun's  chair  in  the  middle  of  the  Atlantic. 
Snug  in  a  life-jacket  and  strapped  in  the  steel  frame,  I  was 
up  and  over  the  water  in  no  time,  hardly  long  enough  for  a 
look  at  the  two  ships  to  neither  of  which  I  seemed  to  be- 
long. For  some  reason,  I  thought  of  those  little  coin-boxes 
that  used  to  be  shot  to  the  cashier  in  the  old  department 
stores.  Then  I  was  gentled  down,  quickly  relieved  of  my 
casing,  and  being  welcomed  by  Commodore  Kelly  and 
Captain  Suggs. 

The  word  was  passed  for  any  Brown  men  to  come  to  the 
wardroom,  so  that  I  had  Sophomores  Horsman  and  Mc- 
Eachren  as  guides  around  the  can.  They  were  a  little  con- 
temptuous of  the  "floating  palace"  I'd  left.  These  destroyer 
men  are  quick  converts  to  the  infectious  loyalties  of  their 
ships.  The  two  Brunonians  said  they  were  glad  to  see  me, 


and  I  know  McEachren  was,  for  he'd  been  inside  a  boiler 
when  the  summons  came. 

Sundays  it  was  a  little  startling  to  hear  Church  Call  fol- 
lowed by  the  order  over  the  ship's  speaker:  "Knock  off  all 
card  games,  turn  off  all  radios,  smoking  lamp  is  out  in  the 
vicinity  of  divine  service."  But  there  was  nothing  incongru- 
ous over  the  worship  in  the  bright  sunshine  of  the  deck 
nor  in  the  sight  of  the  Captain  and  an  enlisted  man  taking 
Communion  side  by  side  before  the  little  altar  near  the 
turret. 

From  Top  to  Bottom 

A  big  ship  like  the  Columbus  takes  a  lot  of  knowing.  The 
introduction  was  easier  following  the  inspection  trips  with 
the  Captain  or  Commander  Pridmore,  the  Executive  Offi- 
cer. It  was  a  revelation  to  see  the  amazing  use  of  space.  A 
cruiser  is  not  only  a  big  town,  a  big  factory,  a  big  dormi- 
tory, a  big  weapon.  The  lockers  show  the  complexity  of  sup- 
ply, the  reserves  of  food,  paint,  electronic  tubes,  clothes, 
arms,  tools,  ammunition,  and  power.  The  ship  must  be 
ready  for  any  season,  too,  and  there  was  nothing  really  in- 
congruous in  coming  upon  the  shelves  of  jungle  helmets, 
ponchos,  galoshes,  and  snow-shovels  along  with  everything 
else.  It  was  even  more  impressive  that  the  Supply  Officer 
could  locate  everything. 

No  obstacle  course  was  laid  out  more  fiendishly  than  the 
inspection  parties'  routes  through  tiny  hatches  and  up  lad- 
ders (they  always  went  up),  from  the  sand  locker  at  the 
very  bow  to  the  after  steering.  I  had  no  need  to  carry 
flashlight  and  towel  to  be  sure  corners  were  clean;  my 
clothes  would  have  picked  up  anything  as  I  squeezed  my 
way  around,  but  they  didn't  gain  a  spot.  It's  a  well-earned 
reputation  the  Columbus  has  for  good  maintenance  and 
good  shipkeeping. 

But  it's  the  men  who  make  a  ship  more  than  a  hulk,  who 
make  it  proud,  human,  and  purposeful.  It  was  they  who 
made  you  welcome:  Officers  who  spoke  of  President  Wris- 
ton's  remarkable  addresses  at  the  War  College  or  who 
wanted  to  be  remembered  to  Admiral  Durgin  and  others 
at  Brown.  Men  who  went  out  of  their  way  to  take  care  of 
the  greenhorn,  who  responded  to  your  interest  in  their  job, 
knowing  it  was  well  done.  Men  who  talked  frankly  of  Navy 
problems.  Men  who  showed  you  their  handiwork  whether  it 
was  a  turret,  a  pizza,  or  a  bit  of  Macnamara  lace.  The 
seaman  who  grinned  and  said,  "Tell  us  a  sea  story."  The 
officer  who  made  you  sing  "Happy  Birthday"  when  the  big 
cakes  were  produced  for  the  collective  anniversaries  of  the 
month.  The  thoughtful  ones  who  saw  that  you  were  "in" 
on  everything,  including  that  grand  Exec  who  "made" 
Captain  the  week  after  the  cruise  was  over.  "Good  people," 
each  one. 

I  saw  many  details  from  close-up  and  yet  got  some  per- 
spective on  the  over-all  mission  of  the  Navy.  Of  course, 
the  vast  investment  in  the  machines  of  the  sea  and  air  is 
overwhelming  to  a  layman.  But  the  investment  in  man- 
power is  as  great,  and  it  was  impressive  to  sense  the  com- 
petence of  the  men  involved.  I  have  sincere  admiration  for 
the  leadership  and  procedures  (like  this  Midshipmen's 
Cruise)  which  can  take  so  many  personalities,  preserve 
them  as  individuals,  unite  so  many  talents  from  so  many 
backgrounds,  and  convert  them  into  one  great,  smooth, 
purposeful  whole.  Rust  didn't  have  a  chance  on  the  Colum- 
bus, either  on  metal  or  on  a  man.  It's  a  great  Navy,  if  the 
Columbus  is  typical. 

As  a  citizen,  I  resent  military  costs  the  world  over.  But 
I  don't  begrudge  a  nickel  that  my  country  must  spend  under 
the  circumstances.  I  think  I  understand  better  now  where 
the  money  goes  and  why.  And  I'm  proud  that  Brown  Uni- 
versity through  its  ROTC  has  a  share  in  the  vital  program. 


OCTOBER   1955 


27 


A  ROLLCALL 
OF  REUNIONS 


THEY  WERE  from  everywhere,  and 
they  were  of  every  age,  the  Brown 
men  who  came  back  to  revive  friendships 
and  memories  on  the  Hill  during  the  re- 
union season  of  1955  last  June.  Forty-two 
reunions,  major  or  minor,  are  here  re- 
ported on  the  basis  of  reports  from  Class 
Secretaries.  They  covered  the  College 
generations  from  1893  through  1950,  a 
span  of  57  years,  while  the  alumni  out 
more  than  a  half-century  had  their  con- 
solidated reunion  in  addition  to  those 
for  specific  Classes. 

50-Plus 

Brunonians  more  than  50  years  out  of 
College  had  their  own  luncheon  on  Com- 
mencement Day  when  the  senior  alumni 
met  in  a  private  dining  room  of  Sharpe 
Refectory  with  their  wives.  The  company 
counted  nearly  70.  The  group,  which  has 
no  formal  organization,  each  year  wel- 
comes the  newest  "50-plus"  grads,  who 
might  otherwise  be  without  official  re- 
unions. 

Headquarters  for  "50-plus"  men  were 
the  Theatre  Lounge  of  Faunce  House, 
where  they  began  to  drop  in  Saturday 
afternoon.  The  pace  was  leisurely,  the 
talk  good,  and  few  of  the  alumni  have  a 
better  time  at  Commencement  than  these 
elders. 

1893 

Ned  Aldrich's  38th  Squantum  Bake  for 
'93  and  friends  of  '93  was  covered  pic- 
torially  in  the  July  issue.  It  was  among 
the  best  of  such  reunions.  For  the  record, 
we  merely  note  the  fact  here  that  Jones, 
Corcoran,  Aldrich,  Magill.  Weeks,  How- 
ard, and  Brown  were  the  '93  representa- 
tives. Jones  was  also,  as  usual,  host  at  the 
Commencement  morning  breakfast  to  the 
Class,  another  tradition  of  long  standing 
and  renewed  pleasure. 

1897 

Paced  by  William  B.  Peck,  who  came 
all  the  way  from  St.  Petersburg,  Fla., 
eight  members  of  the  Class  of  '97  re- 
turned to  the  Campus  for  their  58th  re- 
union. They  gathered  for  a  cocktail  hour 
in  the  Alumni  House  on  Saturday,  June 
4,  followed  by  a  Class  Dinner  in  the 
Sharpe  Refectory.  Those  returning  were 
Dr.  Marcius  Merchant,  George  L.  Miner, 
Paul  R.  BuUard,  Daniel  F.  Holmes, 
Frank  O.  Jones,  Issac  B.  Merriman,  Wil- 
liam B.  Peck,  and  the  Rev.  Joseph  C. 
Robbins. 


1899 

For  a  year  in  which  no  major  reunion 
was  scheduled,  the  Class  of  '99  did  itself 
proud.  Under  the  direction  of  Chairman 
Bill  Duffy,  a  Class  Dinner  was  held  Sat- 
urday, June  4,  at  the  Wannamoisett 
Country  Club.  The  previous  evening  at 
the  Alumni  Dinner,  17  members  were 
present.  Included  at  this  affair  were 
Baker,  Bannon,  Barber,  Beale,  Davis, 
Duffy,  Farnham,  Gallagher,  Gates, 
Goulding,  Grim,  Littlefield  (Hon.),  Loud, 
Sheldon,  Shaw,  Smart,  and  Vose.  In  addi- 
tion, 1 1  members,  including  Baker,  Bar- 
ber, Card,  Colwell,  Duffy,  Farnham, 
Goulding,  Grim,  Howard,  Loud,  and 
Vose  were  present  at  the  50-Plus  gather- 
ing. The  ranks  thinned  out  a  bit  when  it 
came  time  for  the  Monday  morning  Com- 
mencement March,  with  only  six  mem- 
bers making  the  long  trek  down  the  Hill. 
These  sturdy  fellows  included  Farnham, 
Goulding,  Grim,  Howard,  Loud,  and 
Vose.  Bill  Duffy,  who  did  such  a  great 
job  this  year,  was  elected  Chairman  for 
the  1956  Reunion. 

1900 

On  Monday,  June  6,  12  members  of 
the  Class  gathered  at  the  Agawam  Hunt 
Club  for  a  Class  Dinner,  the  highlight  of 
the  Commencement  weekend.  At  this  af- 
fair were  Armington,  Bacon,  Bass, 
Brown,  Capron,  Case,  Frohock,  Patton, 
Perry,  Richardson,  Robinson,  and  Rick- 


ard.  After  the  dinner,  an  election  of  Class 
officers  was  held  with  Robert  C.  Robin- 
son replacing  Charlie  Richardson  as 
President,  but  with  Willard  Bacon  and 
Herbert  Armington  remaining  as  Secre- 
tary and  Treasurer.  The  officers  plus 
Arthur  Perry,  member  at  large,  compose 
the  Executive  Committee.  At  the  meet- 
ing, the  question  of  putting  the  important 
class  records  on  microfilm  was  discussed. 
No  definite  decision  was  reached  on  this 
matter,  and  it  was  referred  to  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  for  further  study. 

1901 

On  Monday  afternoon,  after  Com- 
mencement, 10  members  of  the  Class 
gathered  at  the  Agawam  Club  for  a  Class 
Luncheon.  Those  present  included  Ban- 
croft, Beaman,  Brand,  Day,  Hart,  Hull, 
Low,  Midgley,  Read,  and  White.  Henry 
C.  Hart  was  appointed  Chairman  in 
charge  of  plans  for  the  big  55th  Reunion 
next  June. 

1902 

Twenty-three  members  of  the  Class  re- 
turned to  the  Campus  for  their  53rd  Re- 
union. Most  of  them  were  in  attendance 
at  the  Alumni  Dinner  Friday  night,  June 
3,  but  the  highlight  of  the  weekend  was  a 
Class  Luncheon  held  Monday,  after  the 
Commencement  exercises.  Robert  Smith 
was  the  Chairman  in  charge  of  the  affair, 
and  he  was  assisted  by  Dr.  Calder,  J. 
Cunliffe  Bullock,  Everett  J.  Horton,  and 
Lewis  Milner.  Others  back  for  the  week- 
end were  Atwood,  Bates,  Burdick,  Craig, 
Fish,  F.  W.  Greene,  Jr.,  Hardy,  Haslam, 
Holmes,  Hunt,  Metcalf,  Paine,  Pope, 
Powers,  Richmond,  Saunders,  Wilmarth, 
and  Wilson. 

1904 

Twelve  members  of  the  Class  returned 
for  this  off-year  reunion,  the  highlight  of 
which  was  a  Saturday  Class  Dinner  at  the 
University  Club.  Although  there  were  no 
speakers  listed  and  no  formal  program 
planned  for  this  affair,  the  success  of  the 
dinner  was  assured  with  the  appearance 
of  Col.  Albert  Baker  '87,  retired  lawyer, 
who  just  happened  to  be  in  the  Club  at 
the  time.  Upon  invitation,  he  joined  the 
lads  of  "04  at  their  table,  reminiscing 
about  the  old  days  on  the  Hill.  The  time 
flew  by  too  quickly.  The  same  officers 
were  re-elected  for  another  year,  and 
James  McCann  was  chosen  Chairman  for 
the   1956  Reunion.  A  Sunday  dinner  at 


An  Attempt  at  Explanation 


WHAT  IS  A  CLASS?  It  is  a  thing  of 
the  spirit,  not  of  the  flesh.  It  is  a 
fusing  of  hundreds  of  diverse  individuals 
into  a  composite  unity.  Each  member  is 
different;  yet  in  one  sense  all  are  alike, 
at  least  in  their  devotion  to  each  other, 
in  their  pride  in  class  achievements,  and 
in  their  love  of  Alma  Mater. 

Like  an  individual,  a  class  has  a  dis- 
tinct personality.  Every  man  in  it  contrib- 
utes something  to  its  character  and  its 
soul. 

It  is  born  when,  from  countless  cities 
and  towns,  hundreds  of  youngsters  first 
foregather  on  a  lovely  campus  and  begin 
to  study  not  only  their  textbooks,  but 
each  other  and  the  university  of  which 
they  have  become  a  part. 


As  the  four  golden  years  measure  out 
their  allotment  of  unforgettable  days, 
these  youths  learn  that  the  University  is 
not  only  gracious  buildings,  ancient  elms 
and  charming  Gothic  vistas;  it  is  not  only 
dedicated  scholars  and  gifted  teachers, 
able  administrators  and  a  cherished  honor 
system. 

It  is  something  more  than  all  of  these. 
It  is  a  spirit  that  pervades  every  member, 
a  feeling  of  being  part  of  a  family,  close- 
linked  in  the  bonds  of  mutual  devotion — 
a  sense  of  belonging  to  something  endur- 
ing and  priceless.  .  .  . 
— irom  "The  Bull,"  a  publication  of  the 
Princeton  Class  of  1913  in  its  42nd  an- 
nual issue. 


28 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


WHEN  THE  CLASS  OF  1905  was  posing  for  its 
Senior  photo,  young  John  Nicholas  Brown  ap- 
peared on  the  Campus.  He  wos  the  great- 
grandson  of  the  Nicholas  Brown  for  whom  the 
University  was  named  and  the  grandson  of  the 
man  for  whom  was  named  the  John  Carter 
Brown  Library,  on  the  steps  of  which  they  were 
assembled.  Young  Brown,  persuaded  to  join 
them  for  the  picture,  was  mode  an  honorary 
member  of  the  Class  and  has  always  prized 
that  association. 

Last  June  the  honorary  member,  now  a  Fel- 
low of  the  University,  was  again  with  the  Class 
on  its  50th  anniversary.  The  photos  show  him 
In  the  center  of  both  groups.  In  the  older  pic- 
ture. President  Faunce  is  behind  him  to  the 
right. 

In  the  1955  photo,  again  on  the  JCB  steps, 
were:  First  row,  left  to  right — Woodsum,  Cronk- 
hite,  Towne,  Dorn,  Robinson,  Anthony,  Burr, 
Alexander;  2nd  row— Maxfield,  Jennings,  Bellin, 
Greene,  Thurber,  Price,  Harkness,  Goodrich, 
Johnson,  Allyn  Brown,  Schwinn,  Ingalls,  David- 
son; 3rd  row — Woodin,  Frank  Marble,  Towns- 
end,  Broomhead,  Slone,  Hewlett,  Latham,  New- 
ton, Wescott,  Seamans,  Brooks;  4th  row — Crane, 
Smith,  Richards,  Robert  Marble,  Allen,  John 
Nicholas  Brown,  Cady,  Howard,  McWebb;  5th 
row — Gordon,  Stuart,  Goodwin,  Bugbee,  Steph- 
ens, Bullock,  and  Deal. 


Johnson's  Hummocks  Grill  was  another 
social  spot  of  the  weekend,  and  nine 
wives  showed  up  for  this  affair.  The  men 
who  returned  included  Arnold,  Bailey, 
Barber,  Boone,  Braun,  Briggs,  Esten, 
Heckman,  Jones,  McCann,  Mowry,  and 
Salisbury. 

1905 

"The  best  ever"  is  the  way  most  mem- 
bers of  the  Class  of  '05  feel  about  their 
50th  Reunion.  The  Golden  Anniversary 
celebration  began  Friday  afternoon  with 
informal  gatherings  at  Buxton  House,  the 
reunion  headquarters  for  the  weekend. 
Then,  more  than  30  men  attended  the 
Alumni  Dinner  at  the  Sharpe  Refectory. 
The  Broomhead  Dinner  and  Luncheon 
on  Saturday  was  one  of  the  highspots  of 
the  entire  weekend.  At  the  Class  Dinner, 
silver  dishes  were  presented  to  Broom- 
head and  Davidson,  and  an  outright  gift 
of  paid-up  life  insurance  policy  in  the 
amount  of  $25,000  was  presented  to  the 
University.  This  gift  was  supplemented  by 


several  additional  thousands.  Speeches  at 
this  dinner  were  by  Provost  Arnold  and 
John  Nicholas  Brown  and  were  "unusu- 
ally good."  The  Garden  Party  including 
the  wives  and  Pembrokers  of  '05  as  guests 
of  the  Broomheads  was  "delightful  and 
delicious,"  a  perfect  climax  to  a  perfect 
reunion. 

George  Bullock  was  elected  2nd  Vice- 
President  to  replace  W.  G.  Meader,  de- 
ceased. Otherwise,  there  was  no  change  in 
the  officers  of  the  Class.  The  next  reunion 
was  scheduled  for  1956,  and  Dave  David- 
son was  elected  to  act  as  Reunion  Chair- 
man. 

On  Monday,  a  large  contingent  was  on 
hand  for  the  traditional  Commencement 
March.  College  Hill  seems  a  bit  steeper 
than  it  formerly  did,  but  the  Class  carried 
on  the  tradition.  The  final  event  was  the 
Commencement  luncheon  in  the  Sharpe 
Refectory,  for  which  another  good  crowd 
turned  out. 

Present  for  all  or  part  of  the  weekend 
were  R.  A.  Marble,  Richards,  Townsend, 
Goodwin,  Cady,  Alexander,  Brooks,  Rob- 


inson, Judge  A.  Brown,  Howard,  John- 
son, Price,  Schwinn,  Bugbee,  F.  E.  Mar- 
ble, Cooke,  Dorn,  Davidson,  Cronkhite, 
Anthony,  Crane,  Broomhead,  Ingalls, 
Latham,  Harkness,  Woodin,  Newton, 
Deal,  Towne,  Goodrich.  Thurber,  Bellin, 
Smith,  Gordon,  Burr,  Bullock,  Stephans, 
Allen,  Hall,  Seamans,  Jennings,  Webb, 
Woodsum,  Greene,  Westcott,  Maxfield, 
Slone,  Hewlett,  Costello,  Holmes,  John 
Nicholas  Brown,  Wells,  and  Cox,  Of 
these  men,  five  came  from  the  Pacific 
Coast,  several  in  spite  of  illness. 

1906 

Anticipating  the  big  50th  Reunion 
which  will  be  celebrated  next  June,  29 
classmates  got  together  during  the  Com- 
mencement weekend  to  make  preliminary 
plans.  An  off-year  Class  Dinner  was  held 
Saturday,  June  4,  at  the  Squantum  Club, 
and  the  committee  that  laid  the  plans  con- 
sisted of  W.  A.  Kennedy,  Chairman,  and 
Dr.  Emery  M.  Potter,  B.  J.  Lindemuth, 
S.  R.  Bellows,  and  C.  D.  Mercer.  A  group 
headed  by  Dr.  Potter  visited  the  Green- 


OCTOBER   1955 


29 


ville  Reservation  Saturday  afternoon  and 
was  very  favorably  impressed  with  the 
beauty  of  that  piece  of  Brown  property. 
The  Class  has  the  objective  of  aiding  in 
its  future  development. 

Those  who  returned  for  the  weekend 
were  Banfield,  Bellows,  Briggs,  Brown, 
Burgess,  Carpenter,  Chase,  Claflin,  Corc- 
oran, Driscoll,  Field,  Hamilton,  Hill, 
Hobson,  Jackson,  James,  Kennedy,  Linde- 
muth,  Mercer,  Pattee,  Porter,  Rackle, 
Roberts,  Smith,  Swaffield,  Tingley,  J.  G. 
Walsh,  E.  R.  Walsh,  and  Wright. 

1907 

Sixteen  members  of  the  Class  took 
part  in  their  48th  Reunion  starting  Fri- 
day, June  3,  and  continuing  through  Mon- 
day. The  program  got  under  way  with  a 
gathering  at  the  University  Club  Friday 
afternoon.  The  Class  Cup  went  the 
rounds,  with  a  special  salute  to  Frank 
Cummings,  home  again  from  Hawaii.  The 
Secretary  also  had  on  hand  many  letters 
and  postcards  from  Classmates  around 
the  country.  President  Clark  told  of  the 
award  of  the  Class  Scholarship  to  John 
T.  Houk,  Jr.,  '55  of  Sea  Island,  Ga., 
called  by  a  University  official  "the  best 
candidate  we  have  had  in  the  past  five 
years."  The  meeting  was  closed  with  a 
moment  of  silence  in  memory  of  Class- 
mates Graves,  Brooks,  and  Lane,  who 
died  during  the  year. 

The  Class  was  very  well  represented 
at    the   Alumni    Dinner,    with    over   two 


tables  being  filled.  On  Sunday  evening,  all 
gathered  at  Al  Gurney's  house  where  Bob 
Curley  showed  colorful  motion  pictures 
that  he  took  on  his  recent  trip  around  the 
world.  Present  for  the  weekend  were 
President  Clark,  Slade,  Knowles,  Chafee, 
Burnham,  Streeter,  Harris,  Church,  Cur- 
ley, Cummings,  Josselyn,  Affleck,  W.  W. 
Reynolds,  Branch,  Eddy,  and  Gurney. 

1908 

A  Class  Dinner  in  Sharpe  Refectory  on 
Thursday  of  Commencement  week  was 
the  feature  event  for  the  Class  in  this  off- 
reunion  year.  Robert  Burgess,  Classmate, 
and  Chet  Worthington  '23,  Editor  of  the 
Brown  Alumni  Monthly,  were  the  chief 
speakers  at  the  dinner  which  was  attended 
by  Rev.  Thomas  and  Mrs.  Thomas,  Nor- 
man Case  and  Mrs.  Case,  LeRoy  Grin- 
nell  and  Mrs.  Grinnell,  Dean  Rivard, 
James  Murray  and  Mrs.  Murray,  Nor- 
man Sammis,  and  Frank  Mason. 

1909 

Twenty-six  members  of  the  Class  re- 
turned for  a  Saturday  afternoon  and  eve- 
ning get-together  at  the  Agawam  Hunt 
Club.  Herbert  M.  Sherwood  was  the 
Chairman  in  charge  of  the  1955  off-year 
reunion  plans.  Those  in  attendance  on 
Saturday,  June  4,  included  Barrett,  Boyce, 
Buffum,  Bugbee,  Burgess,  Buss,  Chace, 
Chafee,  Cook,  Crossley,  Dodge,  Gorman, 
Henderson,  Hollen,  Kirley,  Leach,  Nash, 


1910  HAD  TWO  REUNIONS,  one  on  each  Coast,  and  three  men  at- 
tended both.  The  larger  picture  shows  the  Squantum  Club  group  on 
June  4:  front  row,  left  to  right— Oakes,  Creelman,  Spicer,  Dwyer,  Muir; 
2nd  row— Colmetz,  Comstock,  Horton,  Freeman,  Kolberg;  3rd  row — 
Round,  Greene,  Farnsworth,  Hortigan,  W.  P.  Burnham  '07,  Meredith, 
Trover,  Field,  Hennessy,  Post,  Munson;  4th  row— Fenner,  Barus,  Mercer, 
Ward,  Young,  Morse,  Gould,  Norton,  Babcock,  Fales;  5th  row— Wood, 
Tandy,  Mansur,  Roquet,  Palmer,  Shoeffer.  On  May  1  the  following  met 
at  the  home  of  Morris  F.  Conont  in  Los  Angeles:  front  row— Field,  Co- 
mont.  Trover,  Bliss;  second  row- Oakes,  Shoeffer,  Carpenter,  Field,  Shoef- 
fer, and  Trover  crossed  the  country  for  the  reunion  on  the  Hill. 


Ross,  Sherwood,  Sweetland,  Sykes,  Tan- 
ner, Tinkham,  Turner,  Ward,  and  Wells. 

1910 

"A  REUNION  every  year  from  now  on" 
was  the  considered  opinion  of  the  men  of 
'10  after  they  finished  one  of  the  most 
enjoyable  reunions  on  record.  The  officers 
of  the  Class  will  be  pleased  to  arrange  a 
similar  program  every  year  as  long  as  suf- 
ficient interest  can  be  maintained. 

The  cocktail  party  at  the  home  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Charlie  Post  on  Friday  after- 
noon, June  3,  signaled  the  start  to  this 
gala  celebration.  While  the  men  joined  at 
the  Alumni  Dinner,  the  ladies  were  the 
guests  of  Mrs.  Edward  S.  Spicer  at  the 
Providence  Art  Club,  after  which  they 
attended  the  performance  of  "Road  to 
Rome"  by  the  Sock  and  Buskin  Alumni 
Association  in  the  Faunce  House  Theatre. 

On  Saturday,  the  whole  group  had 
lunch  at  the  Squantum  Club,  and  then 
the  ladies  were  taken  on  drives  by  wives 
of  the  Committee  members.  The  I^eunion 
picture  was  taken  at  the  Squantum  Club 
late  Saturday  afternoon.  A  cocktail  hour 
was  then  followed  by  the  Squantum  Bake. 
Later,  there  was  a  Class  Meeting  which 
was  addressed  by  Capt.  Laing  of  the 
Naval  Unit  at  Brown.  Meanwhile,  the 
ladies  were  being  entertained  at  dinner 
by  Mrs.  Horton  in  the  beautiful  surround- 
ings of  her  Barrington  country  home. 

On  Sunday,  all  drove  to  the  Muen- 
chener-King  Hotel  in  Newport  where  an- 
other cocktail  hour  and  dinner  was  held. 
The  Monday  Commencement  March  with 
the  usual  fine  turnout  by  '10  closed  the 
glorious  weekend. 

Five  persons  came  all  the  way  from 
California  to  attend  this  45th  Reunion. 
They  were  Malcolm  S.  Field,  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Edward  J.  Shaeffer,  and  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Frederic  L.  Trover.  A  complete  list 
of  those  who  returned  includes  Atwood, 
Babcock,  Barus,  Bucklin,  Caswell,  R.  Col- 


30 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Contemporaries 

Whatever  the  college  in- 
volved, there  is  a  special  quality 
about  its  Class  Reunions.  The  fol- 
lowing excerpt  is  from  a  letter  to 
the  Alumni  Office  at  Rutgers,  but 
its  message  is  universal: 

"At  the  very  outset  there  was  no 
reason  for  having  stayed  away  so 
long.  There  was  none  of  that  syn- 
thetic back  slapping,  no  invidious 
comparisons  of  acquired  wealth. 
Instead,  there  was  honest  good  fel- 
lowship, a  sincere  interest  in  what 
had  happened  to  friends  we  hadn't 
seen  in  years,  a  renewal  of  ac- 
quaintances that  might  lead  to 
latter-day  friendships. 

"It  occurred  to  me  driving  home 
that  our  class  does  take  on  a  par- 
ticular significance  in  our  lives  .  .  . 
in  the  sense  that  the  class  is  the 
largest  group  of  contemporaries. 
We've  all  had  about  the  same  start 
in  life.  The  class  average  is  a  sort 
of  standard  by  which  to  measure 
our  lives.  It  comes  as  a  comfort  to 
know  that  we  are  all  in  about  the 
same  boat — married,  have  two  kids, 
yearning  to  buy  a  house,  still  striv- 
ing for  expression,  frustrated  by 
the  inability  to  participate  more 
intimately  in  the  events  that  shape 
our  lives. 

"The  link  of  the  class  is  not  only 
in  the  past.  Our  closest  bond  is 
that  we  shall  grow  old  together 
and  share  basically  similar  experi- 
ences in  the  future.  .  .  .  Because 
we  have  common  origins,  we  find 
ourselves  evaluating  these  experi- 
ences more  meaningfully  than  we 
could  with  almost  anyone  else. 
These  reunions  can  be  an  oppor- 
tunity for  rich  and  cooperative  ap- 
praisal, and  they  can  be  points  of 
re-orientation  and  re-direction." 


metz  and  Mrs.  Colmetz,  A.  Comstock 
and  Mrs.  Comstock,  Rev.  and  Mrs.  A. 
Creelman,  W.  Dyer  and  Mrs.  Dyer,  Fales, 
Farnsworth,  R.  Fenner  and  Mrs.  Fenner, 
W.  Freeman  and  Mrs.  Freeman,  Gould, 
Greene,  J.  Hartigan  and  Mrs.  Hartigan, 
J.  Hennessy  and  Mrs.  Hennessy,  E.  Mor- 
ton and  Mrs.  Horton.  Howland,  Kalberg, 
F.  Mansur  and  Mrs.  Mansur,  Mercer,  M. 
Meredith  and  Mrs.  Meredith.  Morrissey, 
Morse,  A.  Muir  and  Mrs.  Muir,  R.  Mun- 
son  and  Mrs.  Munson,  W.  Norton  and 
Mrs.  Norton,  Cakes,  Oslin,  Palmer,  C. 
Post  and  Mrs.  Post,  Pyle,  Raquet,  G. 
Round  and  Mrs.  Round,  L.  Round  and 
Mrs.  Round,  E.  Spicer  and  Mrs.  Spicer, 
Swaffield.  H.  Taber  and  Mrs.  Taber, 
Tandy,  Ward,  Wood,  and  Young. 

1911 

A  Class  Dinner  Saturday,  June  4,  at  the 
Agawam  Hunt  Club  featured  the  44th 
Reunion  of  the  Class.  However,  most  of 
the  talk  at  this  dinner  was  on  the  possible 
plans  for  the  big  45th  Reunion  next  June. 
Judah  Semenoff  told  of  his  recent  trip  to 
Europe,  and  Arthur  E.  Staff  described  his 
visit  to  Alaska.  A  gift  also  was  presented 
to  retiring  Secretary,  Brent  Smith,  in  ap- 
preciation of  his  fine  work  over  the  years. 
Earle  B.  Arnold  was  appointed  Acting 
Secretary.  Back  for  the  weekend  were 
Anderson,  Arnold,  Brown,  Carpenter, 
Easton,  Franklin,  Gleason,  Heydon,  High, 
Hinckley,  Holman,  Montz,  Murphy,  Pil- 
ling, Richardson,  Semenoff,  Smith,  Staff, 
Swanson,  Wilson,  and  Yatman.  Assisting 
Chairman  Wright  Heydon  on  the  arrange- 
ments were  John  Anderson.  Earle  Arnold, 
Alfred  Corp,  John  Hinckley,  Orville 
Richardson,  G.  Fred  Swanson,  and  Ellis 
L.  Yatman. 

1912 

As  a  preliminary  to  the  Alumni  Dinner 
on  Friday,  June  3,  Classmates  gathered 
at  the  home  of  Kip  I.  Chace  in  Harmony 
for  cocktails  and  a  bit  of  reminiscing. 
Nine  members  were  present  at  the 
Alumni   Dinner:    Bumpus,   Brown,   Bur- 


gess, Burroughs,  Conyers,  Miller,  Perkins, 
Robertson,  and  Tanner. 

1913 

Although  no  formal  off-year  reunion 
was  held,  a  few  members  of  the  Class  met 
at  the  home  of  George  Metcalf  for  cock- 
tails before  the  Alumni  Dinner.  Those  at 
this  get-together  included  Sam  Arnold, 
Wally  Snell,  Al  Lemon,  Tom  Roberts, 
and  Harold  Grout.  The  present  officers  of 
the  Class  will  continue  in  office  indefi- 
nitely. They  are  as  follows:  President — 
Duncan  Langdon;  Vice-President — Ben 
McLyman;  Secretary — George  Metcalf; 
Treasurer — Pret  Arnold. 

1915 

Those  who  returned  to  Brown  for 
their  40th  Reunion  had  a  grand  time.  Fri- 
day afternoon  parties  started  things  off 
right,  and  then  the  Alumni  Dinner,  al- 
ways a  colorful  affair,  held  sway  early  in 
the  evening.  At  the  same  time,  a  special 
dinner  was  held  for  the  ladies,  and  free 
tickets  to  the  Sock  and  Buskin  presenta- 
tion of  "Road  to  Rome"  were  passed  out. 
The  Campus  Dance  completed  the  day. 

Saturday  was  spent  at  the  Rhode  Is- 
land Country  Club  with  swimming,  golf 
and  general  relaxation  the  theme.  Then, 
Sunday,  all  journeyed  to  the  Squantum 
Club  for  a  clambake,  considered  by  many 
to  be  the  highlight  of  the  weekend. 

Those  attending  at  least  one  of  the 
weekend  festivities  included  Abbott,  A. 
W.  Anthony  and  Mrs.  Anthony,  G.  Bliven 
and  Mrs.  Bliven,  W.  T.  Breckenridge  and 
Mrs.  Breckenridge,  R.  Burwell  and  Mrs. 
Burwell,  Campbell,  Clegg,  Copeland, 
Cram,  S.  Clifford  and  Mrs.  Clifford, 
Cross,  M.  Crowell  and  Mrs.  Crowell,  M. 
Edinger  and  Mrs.  Edinger,  Fagan,  F. 
Hunt  and  Mrs.  Hunt,  H.  Jackson  and 
Mrs.  Jackson,  Greene,  Kelly,  Falk,  Gotts- 
hall,  H.  Kline  and  Mrs.  Kline,  Littlejohn, 
E.  Luther  and  Mrs.  Luther,  Sullivan,  Jen- 
ney,  E.  Staff  and  Mrs.  Staff,  G.  MacLeod 
and  Mrs.  MacLeod,  W.  Stewart  and  Mrs. 
Stewart,  W.  Sheffield  and  Mrs.  Sheffield, 


THE  40-YEAR  REUNION  of  1915  mustered  these  men  at  camera  time; 
front  row,  left  to  right— Clifford,  Kelly,  Folk,  Abbott,  Hyde,  Newcombe; 
2nd    row— William    Thurber,    Breckenridge,    Copeland,    Cross,    MacLeod, 


Burwell,  Bliven,  Edinger,  Cram,  West,  Terry,  Littlejohn,  Kinne;  3rd  row— 
Waterman,  Campbell,  Scofield,  Luther,  Stewart,  Anthony,  Gottshall, 
Greene,  StafF.  The  picture  was  token  at  the  R.  I.  Country  Club. 


OCTOBER   1955 


31 


Thurber,  Tucker,  G.  Waterman  and  Mrs. 
Waterman,  Hyde,  H.  Newcombe  and 
Mrs.  Newcombe.  J.  Scofield  and  Mrs. 
Scofield,  C.  Terry  and  Mrs.  Terry,  B. 
West  and  Mrs.  West,  Graham,  and  Lamb. 

1916 

On  Friday  afternoon,  June  3,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Class  of  1916  were  guests  of 
Ruth  and  Stan  McLeod  at  a  most  delight- 
ful cocktail  party  in  the  garden  of  their 
home  at  15  Freeman  Parkway,  Provi- 
dence. When  time  for  the  Alumni  Dinner 
arrived,  the  men  journeyed  to  the  Sharpe 
Refectory  to  partake  of  some  good  food 


cooked  the  "Bill  Davis"  way.  Those  pres- 
ent included  Aim,  Arnold,  Ballou,  Bos- 
worth,  Brady,  Brower,  Burton,  Cashman, 
Dunn,  Feinstein,  Graham,  Heathcote, 
Houtman,  Hughes,  McLeod,  Moore, 
O'Brien,  and  Smith. 

Realizing  that  next  June  will  be  the 
40th  Reunion,  this  long-awaited  occasion 
was  the  main  subject  on  the  agenda.  It  is 
expected  that  a  Reunion  Committee  will 
be  set  up  shortly  to  arrange  the  details. 

1917 

The  Alumni  Dinner  was  the  feature  at- 
traction this  year  for  the  men  of  '17.  An 


THE  TRANSFER  of  the  25-Year  Shaker  each  June  adds  to  the  reunion  tradition  originated  by  the 
Classes  of  1912  and  1913.  This  year  it  was  1930's  turn  to  receive  and  use  the  trophy.  The  previous 
June  Howard  Eastwood  and  Roger  Shottuck  acted  as  agents  for  1929  in  accepting  custody  of  the 
shaker.  This  time  they  were  on  hand  (right)  to  turn  it  over  to  1930's  representatives:  Maurice 
Hendel  and  Ralph  Anderton.  All  reunion  photos  ore  by  the  Brown  Photo  Lab. 


appropriate  number,  17,  turned  out  for 
this  "Reunion  of  Reunions"  and  enjoyed 
the  fine  spread  prepared  by  Bill  Davis 
and  his  staff.  The  usual  cocktail  party  was 
held  before  the  dinner,  and  some  mem- 
bers went  to  the  Campus  Dance  later  in 
the  evening  as  a  windup  to  the  Friday 
schedule.  An  extra  good  turnout  was  on 
hand  for  the  Monday  morning  Com- 
mencement Procession  in  honor  of  the 
Class  of  '55.  Those  returning  for  the 
Alumni  Dinner  included:  Appleget, 
Brown,  Cambio,  Corkum,  DiLeone, 
Farnsworth,  Flanders,  Foote,  Fritsch, 
Hall,  Homer,  Hughes,  Jordan,  Keach, 
Tomlinson,  Knights,  Leighton,  Morein, 
Pearce,  and  Williams. 

1918 

Despite  the  fact  that  this  was  an  off-re- 
union year,  18  members  of  the  Class  re- 
turned for  the  Commencement  activities. 
A  cocktail  party  was  held  at  the  Univer- 
sity Club  Friday,  June  3,  just  prior  to  the 
Alumni  Dinner,  which,  incidentally,  was 
well  attended  by  '18.  Then,  on  Monday 
morning,  before  the  traditional  march 
down  the  Hill,  Classmates  received  their 
fortification  by  enjoying  the  fine  Com- 
mencement Breakfast  at  the  Sharpe  Re- 
fectory. Those  back  to  Brown  for  the 
weekend  were  Edwards,  Phillips,  Colley, 
Chafee,  Marshall,  Tomlin,  Adams, 
Parker,  Flanders,  Moskol,  Dean  Durgin 
(Hon.),  Malone,  Adler.  Hall,  Williams, 
Bliss,  Wilson,  and  Jemail. 

1919 

A  Sunday  afternoon  Class  Dinner  at 
the  Agawam  Hunt  Club  was  the  feature 
function  planned  by  the  men  of  '19  this 
June.  However,  most  of  those  returning 
to  the  Hill  came  early  Friday  afternoon 
and  stayed  through  Monday,  thus  taking 
in  many  of  the  weekend  activities.  At  the 
dinner,  the  Class  accepted  an  invitation 
from  W.  Chester  Beard  to  reune  at  his 
home  in  South  Attleboro  next  June  on 
the      Sunday    ■  before      Commencement. 


REUNION  PHOTO  OF  1930  was  taken  at  the  Wannomoisett  Country 
Club:  front  row,  left  to  right— Shapiro,  Lerner,  Sugormon,  Adrian  Smith, 
Anderton,  Rawlinson,  Farrell,  Kemalion,  Hendel,  Lepman;  2nd  row — 
Marks,     Disraelly,     Kaufman,     Bloomstein,     Bosquet,    Rubenstein,    Merrill, 


Cutler,  Levitt,  McGowan;  3rd  row — Sittler,  Hart,  Leonard  Brown,  Watelet, 
Bennett,  Roitman,  MacDonold,  Alper,  Flynn;  4th  row — Sullivan,  Harold 
Brown,  Curtis,  MacGregor,  Chaplin,  Carton;  5th  row— Friedman,  Soule, 
Scott,  Beattie,  Munroe,  Herbert  Smith,  Ribner. 


32 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


THE  WIVES  were  on  the  sidelines  when  1945  posed  at  Henry  Sharpe's  Monroe,  Breeding,  Smith,  Brown,  Tolivaisa,  Coogon,  Lewis,  Altenberg, 
farm  in  Taunton.  First  row,  left  to  right:  Campbell,  Arnold,  Siener,  Fur-  Downes;  3rd  row — Snow,  Michelman,  Starkweather,  Yando,  guest,  Pretat, 
long,   Luther,    Edwards,    Barton,   Walker,   West,   Ehrlich;   2nd    row— Gunn,        Woods,  Fairchild,  Parker,  Lillibridge. 


Those  who  enjoyed  one  of  Brown's  great- 
est reunion  weekends  were  Beard,  Boyle, 
Campbell,  Chick,  Clauss,  Edwards,  Hind- 
marsh,  Jenks,  Lanpher,  Johnston,  Levy, 
McSweeney,  Millar,  Moulton,  Mullane, 
Murphy,  Nelson,  Perkins,  Scott,  Searles, 
Temkin,  Wilder,  Tannenbaum,  Flaser, 
Scott,  O'Brien,  Haley,  Black,  Howland, 
Fuller,  and  Skerry. 

1920 

In  observance  of  their  35th  year  out 
of  college,  the  men  of  '20  jammed  a  full 
weekend  of  fun  and  frolic  into  their  re- 
turn to  the  Hill.  C.  H.  Lawton  was  host 
to  the  men  and  gals  at  a  cocktail  party 
Friday  afternoon  at  his  home.  Following 
this,  the  men  journeyed  to  the  Alumni 
Dinner,  while  the  women  enjoyed  a  buf- 
fet supper  at  the  Lawton  home  and  then 
saw  the  Sock  and  Buskin  presentation  of 
"Road  to  Rome"  at  the  Faunce  House 
Theatre.  Several  Class  Tables  were  pro- 
vided for  getting  together  at  the  Campus 
Dance  later  in  the  evening. 

Saturday's  feature  was  a  Steak  Roast 
at  the  home  of  Lou  Fieri.  On  Sunday,  it 
was  Myles  Standish  who  played  the  host 
and  treated  the  members  of  their  Class 
and  their  wives  to  a  delicious  New  Eng- 
land style  Clambake.  Monday  morning's 
Commencement  March  finished  the  pro- 
gram, but  the  number  of  out-of-town  men 
who  remained  for  this  salute  to  the  Class 
of  '55  was  a  tribute  to  the  spirit  that  al- 
ways has  been  a  part  of  the  Class  of  '20. 

Present  at  at  least  one  of  the  events 
were:  Adams.  Albert,  Albright,  Arm- 
strong, Aylesworth.  Barlow,  Beck,  Besser, 
Black,  Bogle,  Brigham,  Campbell, 
Crompton,  DeWolf,  Dore,  Dorin,  Farrell, 
Fleming,  Fulton,  Gilford,  Greene,  Grim- 
met,  Herriott,  Hopkins,  Hoving,  Hylan, 
Jenckes,  Kittredge,  Lawson,  Lawton, 
Lindsaw,  Litchfield,  Lonergan,  Loven- 
berg,  Lownes,  MacDougall,  Mrs.  John  H. 
McGhee,  Milton,  Paulson,  Fieri,  Podd, 
Ratigan,  Rooney,  Schoenweiss,  Searles, 
Sinclair,  E.  W.  Smith,  J.  Smith,  L.  Smith, 
Standish,  Sweet,  Vance,  Watt,  Whipple, 
White,  and  Wolfe. 


1923 

A  Friday  afternoon  cocktail  party  at 
the  home  of  Class  President  E.  John 
Lownes,  Jr.,  started  the  usual  busy  Com- 
mencement weekend  for  '23  off  on  a  rous- 
ing note.  Most  of  the  men  then  went  on 
to  the  Alumni  Dinner,  while  the  ladies 
dined  at  the  University  Club.  Several 
Class  Tables  were  set  aside  at  the  Campus 
Dance  to  provide  rallying  points  for  the 
remainder  of  the  evening.  This  has  been 
the  standard  '23  program  since  the  25th 
Reunion  in  1948.  Then,  Monday  morn- 
ing. Bill  McCormick  and  J.  D.  Jones,  Jr., 
gave  their  annual  Commencement  Break- 
fast for  members  of  the  Class  at  the  Uni- 
versity Club. 

A  list  of  those  who  returned  for  all  or 
part  of  the  weekend  activities  included 
Braitsch,  Beede,  Lundin,  Summerfield, 
Smith,  Jeffers,  Lincoln,  Henshaw,  Worth- 
ington,  Allen,  Chase,  McCormick, 
Paasche,  Hummel,  Harris,  Lanpher,  Sod- 
erback.  Van  Hoesen,  Carberry,  O'Brien, 
Troppoli,  Lownes,  Smith,  and  Klivansky. 

1924 

The  Friday  afternoon  exercise  "Under 
the  Elms"  was  perhaps  the  feature  attrac- 
tion of  the  Commencement  weekend  for 
members  of  the  Class  of  '24.  Bob  Goff, 
President  of  his  Class  and  President  of 
the   Associated  Alumni,  was   invited  by 


Daddy  Could)i't  Come 

It  happened  at  Princeton,  but 
it  could  happen  anywhere.  The 
Chairman  of  the  20-year  Reunion 
Committee  was  thrown  for  a  loss 
by  a  telegram  he  received  last  June. 
It  read: 

"Sorry,  Dad  can't  make  it.  Mom 
not  coming  either.  But  my  two 
brothers  and  little  sister  and  I  are 
arriving  Thursday  for  the  whole 
weekend." 


the  Seniors  to  eulogize  the  late  Dr.  Bruce 
M.  Bigelow,  a  fellow  Classmate.  A  large 
delegation  from  the  Class  turned  out  for 
this  part  of  the  weekend  activities.  A 
gathering  at  the  home  of  Everett  Wilkins, 
Jr.,  followed,  and  then  16  members  at- 
tended the  Alumni  Dinner.  The  Campus 
Dance  later  in  the  evening  and  the  Com- 
mencement March  Monday,  June  6, 
closed  out  another  reunion  weekend. 
Those  at  the  Alumni  Dinner  included 
Gordon  E.  Bigelow,  Coolidge,  Fletcher, 
C.  Goff,  L.  Goff,  R.  Goff,  Inman,  Lu- 
brano,  McGregor,  Miller,  Morris,  Pol- 
leys,  Sanford,  Sims,  Smith,  and  Wilkins. 

1925 

The  30th  Reunion  was  one  the  Class 
of  '25  will  long  remember.  The  weekend 
was  crowded  with  activities,  and,  to  most 
members  of  the  Class,  time  just  seemed 
to  flow  by.  The  cocktail  party  on  the  ter- 
race of  the  Delta  Phi  house  Friday  after- 
noon served  as  the  kickoff.  This  broke  up 
when  the  men  headed  for  the  Alumni 
Dinner  and  the  wives  for  their  buffet  din- 
ner at  the  University  Club.  Everyone 
found  his  way  back  to  the  Class  table  at 
the  Campus  Dance  later  in  the  evening, 
however. 

A  cocktail  hour  and  buffet  luncheon  at 
the  Providence  Art  Club  started  Saturday 
off  in  grand  style.  Later  on,  the  lads  and 
their  lassies  journeyed  to  the  Warwick 
Country  Club  where  another  cocktail 
hour,  a  Class  Dinner,  Class  Meeting,  and 
Class  Dance  were  held.  At  the  meeting, 
Adolph  Eckstein  retired  as  President  of 
the  Class  and  was  made  "President  Emer- 
itus," despite  his  objections  that  he  wasn't 
old  enough  for  such  a  title.  Harry  Hoff- 
man, Cleveland  banker,  was  elected  Presi- 
dent, and  the  remainder  of  the  slate  lists 
Bill  Louttit  as  Vice-President,  Shirley 
Elsbree  as  Executive  Vice-President, 
Johnny  Kilton  as  Treasurer,  and  John 
Pemberton  as  Secretary.  George  Kilton 
was  named  Reunion  Chairman  for  1960. 

Sunday,  the  men  and  women  went  to 
the  Brown  "Vacht  Club  on  the  Seekonk 
for  a  cocktail  hour  and  brunch.  Except 
for  the  Monday  morning  march  down  the 


OCTOBER   1955 


33 


Hill,  that  completed  the  30th  Reunion. 
However,  just  before  breaking  up,  it  was 
unanimously  voted  by  the  men  of  the 
Class  that  the  gals,  who  were  with  them 
for  the  four  days,  aren't  such  a  bad  sort, 
after  all. 

Those  back  for  part  or  all  of  the  re- 
union were  R.  H.  Annan,  Dana  Arnold, 
W.  B.  Bainton,  A.  R.  Beil,  Wilton  Brown, 
R.  J.  Conly,  S.  W.  Elsbree,  A.  W.  Eck- 
stein, D.  G.  Fanning,  W.  E.  Fanning,  M. 
G.  Ferguson,  Philip  Goldberg,  Paul  Hay- 
den.  Dempster  Hobron,  H.  L.  Hoffman, 
J.  H.  Kazanjian,  R.  W.  Kenny,  G.  W.  Kil- 
ton.  J.  B.  Kilton,  Ralph  Lockwood,  W.  E. 
Louttit.  J.  B.  Lord.  H.  H.  Macintosh.  W. 
D.  Oldham,  J.  E.  Pemberton,  W.  V. 
Ploettner,  G.  W.  Richardson,  Ben  Roman, 
R.  H.  Sweet,  J.  D.  Tuckerman.  Phil  Voel- 
ker.  Bill  Wagenknecht.  Bill  Waring, 
Henry  Welch,  J.  H.  Wilson,  Walter  Whit- 
ney, and  Harold  Zantow. 

1926 

A  cocktail  party  in  the  game  room  of 
the  Wayland  House  in  the  Quadrangle 
Friday  afternoon,  June  3,  started  the 
Commencement  weekend  off  in  grand 
style.  Following  this  affair,  a  group  of  12 
men  journeyed  to  the  Alumni  Dinner. 
Uppermost  in  everyone's  mind  through- 
out the  whole  weekend  was,  of  course, 
the  30th  Reunion  for  next  June.  A  Reun- 
ion Committee  will  be  appointed  in  the 
near  future.  Those  in  attendance  at  the 
Alumni  Dinner  included  Austin,  Bab- 
cock,  Brown,  Crosby,  Halliday,  Keach, 
Lewis,  MacDonald,  MacKay,  McElroy, 
Temkin,  and  See. 

1928 

The  men  of  '28  had  no  big  plans  for 
Commencement  weekend  this  June,  but, 
perhaps  as  an  aftermath  of  the  great  25th 
Reunion  two  years  ago,  a  large  number 
turned  out  for  the  Class  Banquet  on  Sat- 
urday, June  4.  Jack  Heffernan  was  elected 
Chairman  for  the  off-year  reunion  next 
year,  but  Classmates  were  advised  to  be 
thinking  ahead  to  the  30th  Reunion  which 
isn't  too  far  away.  At  the  Class  Dinner 
with  their  wives  were  Bolan,  Pett,  Miner, 
Howell,  Lewis,  Evans,  Matteson.  Solin- 
ger,  Presel,  Trenholm,  Faubert,  Murphy, 
Owens,  Hodge,  Lisker,  Heffernan,  Litch- 
field, and  Towle.  Also  attending  were 
Earle  Leach.  Earle  Leach,  Jr.,  Caslowitz, 
Conlong,  Smith,  Lawrence,  and  Miss 
Gertrude  Mahan. 

1929 

Reunion  plans  for  the  Class  were  brief 
but  successful.  Friday  afternoon,  at  the 
home  of  Roger  W.  Shattuck  in  Rumford, 
there  was  a  cocktail  party,  and  then,  Fri- 
day evening,  there  was  the  Alumni  Din- 
ner and  the  Campus  Dance.  Back  to  "Re- 
une  in  June"  were  Ken  Carpenter  and 
Mrs.  Carpenter,  Roger  Shattuck  and  Mrs. 
Shattuck,  Lester  Shaal  and  Mrs.  Shaal, 
Edward  Sulzberger  and  Mrs.  Sulzberger, 
Harold  Markol  and  Mrs.  Markol.  Clark, 
DiMartino.  Hanson,  Harris,  Hodsdon, 
Luft,  and  Scott. 

1930 

The  25th  Reunion  started  out  in  tra- 
ditional fashion  with  a  Friday  afternoon 
cocktail  party.  This  was  followed  by  the 
Alumni  Dinner  at  the  Sharpe  Refectory 
for  the  men  and  a  dinner  and  the  Sock  and 
Buskin  presentation  for  the  women.  The 
usual  Class  table  was  reserved  at  the 
Campus  Dance,  and,  despite  the  cool  air, 


everyone  seemed  to  have  a  good  time. 

The  Wannamoisett  Country  Club 
opened  its  arms  to  the  Class  on  Saturday 
afternoon.  A  buffet  luncheon  was  served 
at  noon,  and  a  Class  Meeting  followed. 
Then,  for  those  who  like  the  links,  there 
was  Golf  on  the  greens.  In  the  evening, 
the  men  and  their  wives  enjoyed  a  Clam- 
bake at  the  Squantum  Club.  On  Sunday, 
local  house  parties  took  over  for  some, 
while  others  seemed  to  prefer  staying  in 
bed.  A  large  group  marched  down  the 
Hill  Monday  morning  as  a  special  salute 
to  the  Class  of  '55.  The  University 
Luncheon  at  noon  in  the  Refectory  closed 
out  the  weekend. 


Winner 

At  the  25th  reunion  of  Dart- 
mouth's Class  of  1930  last  June, 
Nelson  Rockefeller  won  a  prize  in 
the  Class  raffle.  It  was  good  for 
one  guided  tour  of  Rockefeller 
Center. 


Seventy-three  men  returned  for  their 
big  25th,  and  there  wasn't  a  complaint  in 
a  carload.  Everyone  was  kept  busy  from 
start  to  finish,  and  the  latest  reports  indi- 
cate that  some  Classmates  would  like  to 
have  similar  plans  every  year. 

A  list  of  the  men  returning  includes 
Alper,  Anderton,  Andrews,  Anthony, 
Arnold,  Beattie,  Beckford,  Booth,  Bos- 
quet, Bromage,  Brown,  Bullock,  Carton, 
Carpenter,  Chaplin,  Cutler,  Disraelly, 
Dorer,  Drew,  Farrell,  Felderman,  Flynn, 
Freedman,  Gates,  Hackett,  Hall,  Hambly, 
Hendel,  Henry,  Henschel,  Horn,  Jacob- 
son,  Jeffers,  Kaufman,  Kerner,  Leonard, 
Levitt.  Lipman,  A.  Macdonald,  W.  Mac- 
Donald,  McFadden,  Marks,  McCabe,  Mc- 
Fadden,  McGregor,  Merrill,  Moat,  Mun- 
roe,  Paine,  Peterson,  Pollock,  Prescott, 
Rawlinson,  Ribner,  Roitman,  Ruben- 
stein,  Russell,  Sanborn,  Senella,  Scott, 
Shapiro,  Sittler,  Adrian  Smith,  Herbert 
Smith,  Sohegan,  Soule,  Southworth,  Su- 
german,  Sullivan,  Uhl,  Vigo,  Watelet,  and 
Wells. 

1931 

Eight  members  of  the  Class  gathered 
at  the  Alumni  Dinner  on  Friday,  June  3, 
to  start  the  ball  rolling  on  plans  for  the 
25th  Reunion  next  June.  Those  at  this 
affair  included  Moulton,  Thurrott,  Mona- 
han,  Buonanno,  Eddy,  Bakst,  Galkin,  and 
Tyng.  The  usual  table  was  reserved  for 
the  Class  at  the  Campus  Dance,  and  all 
those  present  joined  the  Commencement 
Procession  on  Monday  morning  to  pay 
honor  to  the  Class  of  '55. 

Wes  Moulton,  Bernie  Bernanno,  Norm 
Silverman,  and  Clint  Williams  have  been 
named  Co-Chairmen  on  the  Reunion 
Committee.  This  group  hopes  to  have 
most  of  the  plans  completed  by  the  end 
of  the  summer,  and  Classmates  are  asked 
to  watch  the  Brunonians  Far  and  Near 
column  in  the  Brown  Alumni  Monthly 
for  further  details. 

1932 

Final  score.  Married  Men  23,  Single 
Men  22!!! 

1935 

Reunion  activities  for  the  Class 
brought  44  members  back  to  the  Campus. 
The  program  included  a  Friday,  June  3, 


dinner  and  cocktail  hour  at  the  Warwick 
Country  Club,  to  which  the  wives  were 
invited,  and  a  Saturday  and  Sunday  of 
relaxation  for  the  men  on  Cape  Cod  at 
Popponesset  Beach.  Monday  morning, 
most  of  the  men  joined  in  the  Commence- 
ment March  down  the  Hill.  Just  previous 
to  this  there  was  a  Class  Breakfast  for 
the  lads  and  ladies  at  the  University  Club. 
Those  attending  some  portion  of  the 
reunion  program  included  Swartz,  Bender, 
Connor,  Alexander,  Matteo,  Bauman, 
Bloomingdale,  Gleason,  Joslin,  Blanch- 
ard,  Considine,  Patchen,  Karaban  (old 
no.  12),  Daly,  Dunn,  Ward,  McLaughlin, 
Jackson.  Taylor,  Croome,  Nickerson, 
Harris,  Lyman,  Rigelhaupt,  Conner,  Wal- 
burg.  Hall,  Stein,  Bourgault,  Mignone, 
Kaminsky,  Hart,  Gammons,  Spiro,  Daren, 
Zalkind,  Broomhead,  Batchelder,  Ferry, 
Burt,  Brodsky,  Cave,  Samdperil,  and 
Woiler. 

1936 

No  reunion  was  planned  for  this  June, 
although  there  was  a  large  delegation 
back  to  participate  in  the  Commencement 
activities.  Talk,  generally,  was  on  the  big 
20th  Reunion  only  a  year  away,  and  work 
on  this  project  will  get  started  in  Septem- 
ber when  a  Chairman  will  be  appointed. 

1939 

A  Friday  afternoon  cocktail  party,  the 
Alumni  Dinner  later  that  evening,  and  a 
Class  Dinner  and  outing  Saturday,  June 
4,  at  the  Rhode  Island  Country  Club  were 
the  high  spots  of  this  off-year  reunion. 
Gale  Wisbach  was  the  Chairman  in 
charge  of  all  arrangements,  and  he  was 
assisted  by  Emery  Walker  and  Pete  Davis. 
On  the  links,  Stan  Mathes  had  the  High 
Net,  while  Pete  Davis  had  the  Low  Net 
and  Charlie  Reynolds  the  Second  Low 
Net.  At  the  Class  Meeting,  plans  were  dis- 
cussed for  ways  and  means  of  raising 
$25,000  as  a  Class  Gift  to  be  presented  at 
the  25th  Reunion. 

Those  present  at  the  cocktail  party  at 
Sears  House  included  Stan  Mathes  and 
Mrs.  Mathes,  Charles  Gross  and  Mrs. 
Gross,  Stuart  Sherman  and  Mrs.  Sherman, 
George  H.  Wilson  and  Mrs.  Wilson,  Gale 
Wisbach  and  Mrs.  Wisbach,  David  Hull 
and  Mrs.  Hull,  Tom  Peckham  and  Mrs. 
Peckham,  Fletcher,  Jaburg,  Horton,  Rob- 
erts, Dupouy,  Knowles,  Davis,  and  Lewis. 
At  the  Country  Club  on  Saturday  were 
Mathes,  Jaburg,  Wilson,  Wisbach,  Davis, 
Barrett,  Truman,  Reynolds,  Hartley,  Gus- 
tavesen.  Brown,  Mochnacky,  DiClemente, 
Lambaise,  Minuto,  Walker,  deMatteo, 
Comstock,   LeValley,    and    Macgillivray. 

1940 

The  15th  Reunion  was  one  that  the 
46  members  of  the  Class  who  returned  to 
Campus  will  not  soon  forget.  A  cocktail 
party  at  the  Faculty  Club  before  the 
Alumni  Dinner  on  Friday,  June  3,  got  the 
program  under  way.  Then,  while  the 
males  attended  the  Alumni  Dinner,  the 
females  had  a  meal  of  their  own  at 
the  University  Club.  A  table  was  reserved 
at  the  Campus  Dance,  and  many  couples 
ended  up  there  for  the  remainder  of  the 
evening. 

Saturday  afternoon  there  were  games 
and  then  a  clambake  at  Chopmist  Hill. 
Then,  on  Saturday  evening,  there  was  a 
dance  at  the  Faculty  Club.  A  prize  was 
given  for  the  couple  coming  the  longest 
distance,  and  Sam  and  Ruth  Anderson, 
from  Rockford,  111.,  walked  off  with  the 
honors.  Al  Curtis  et  ux.  took  the  family 


34 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


honors   with  six  children   (FIVE  boys!). 

Reunion  Chairman  was  Dexter  Chafee, 
and  his  committee  consisted  of  Bob  Tra- 
han,  Rudy  Jaworski,  Herb  Lewis,  and 
Herm  Goldstein. 

Those  returning  were  Church,  Wil- 
liams, Trahan,  Becker,  Perry,  Buxton, 
Giunta,  Jones,  Pfautz,  Field,  Chafee, 
MacDonald,  Lewis,  Goldstein,  Linde- 
mann,  Axelrod,  Jaworski,  Martland,  Cur- 
ran,  Viall,  Resch,  McCullough,  Mc- 
Laughry,  Fuller,  McCuUoch,  Pontes, 
Cummings,  Curtis,  Ashamn,  Nickerson, 
Carmack,  Goodwin,  Murray,  Amidon, 
Marshall,  Schwartz,  Doherty,  Smith,  Klie, 
Kaczowka,  Clem,  Anderson,  Graham, 
Uhle,  Starett,  and  Cheever. 

1941 

A  series  of  informal  get-togethers  was 
the  order  of  the  reunion  weekend  for 
members  of  '41.  It  was  noted  that  the  Big 
15th  is  only  12  short  months  away,  and 
it  was  decided  to  have  a  reunion  Commit- 
tee named  and  in  motion  by  the  fall.  A 
large  number  of  Classmates  paraded 
down  the  Hill  in  the  Commencement 
March  in  honor  of  the  Class  of  1955. 


1945 

Those  back  to  the  Campus  on  Com- 
mencement weekend  to  "keep  their  spirits 
alive  and  reune  with  '45"  had  a  fast-mov- 
ing and  thoroughly  enjoyable  time.  As  is 
usually  the  custom,  a  social  or  cocktail 
hour  got  things  in  motion.  This  was  held 
at  Olney  House,  Campus  headquarters  for 
the  entire  four  days.  While  the  men 
marched  off  to  the  Alumni  Dinner,  the 
gals  were  treated  to  a  dinner  at  the  Uni- 
versity Club  and  then  the  Sock  and  Bus- 
kin performance  of  "Road  to  Rome"  at 
the  Faunce  House  Theatre.  Later  in  the 
evening,  there  was  a  meeting  of  the  sexes 
at  the  Class  of  '45  Table  for  the  Campus 
Dance. 

Brunch  at  the  Sharpe  Refectory  was 
the  first  order  of  the  day  on  Saturday. 
Then,  all  headed  for  Laneway  Farm  in 
Taunton  for  the  Class  Meeting,  Softball, 
a  cocktail  hour,  a  clambake,  and,  finally, 
a  barn  dance.  Sunday  was  the  day  for 
open  house  at  the  home  of  Joseph  J.  Mac- 
ioci  in  Newport.  Then,  breakfast  at  the 
Sharpe  Refectory  and  the  Commence- 
ment March  closed  out  the  weekend. 

At  the  Class  Meeting,  an  election  of 
oflicers  was  held  with  James  Starkweather 
being  elected  President;  Peter  Quinn, 
Vice-President;  Dan  Fairchild,  Secretary; 
and  Knight  Edwards,  Treasurer.  It  was 
also  voted  to  hold  a  Friday  cocktail  party 
next  June  prior  to  the  Alumni  Dinner  and 
Campus  Dance.  No  Chairman  has  been 
elected  for  this  project  as  yet. 

Those  returning  were  Altenberg,  S.  Ar- 
nold and  Mrs.  Arnold,  Barton,  D.  Bell 
and  Mrs.  Bell,  Breeding,  C.  Briggs  and 
Mrs.  Briggs,  Brown,  D.  Campbell  and 
Mrs.  Campbell,  J.  Carroll  and  Mrs.  Car- 
roll, R.  Coogan  and  Mrs.  Coogan,  L.  De- 
Angelis  and  Mrs.  DeAngelis,  T.  Donahue 
and  Mrs.  Donahue,  R.  Downes  and  Mrs. 


INSIGNIA  help  the  Classes  boast  of  their  an- 
niversaries at  Commencement  time.  From  top 
to  bottom,  left— A.  Prescott  Folwell;  Michael  F. 
Costello,  who,  as  a  member  of  the  50-year 
Class,  added  on  armband  to  his  traditional  full 
dress  as  High  Sheriff;  Philip  S.  Knauer.  Right, 
Arthur  L.  Perry,  Sidney  Clifford,  and  Richard  A. 
Batchelder. 


OCTOBER    1955 


35 


FIVE   YEARS   OUT,    1950   began   a   reunion   tradition    in    fine  fashion.   On  Andrew  Swanson;  4th   row— Rosenfield,  Patten,  Philbrick,  Rothman,  Gev- 

the   JCB    steps   June   4   were:    front    row,    left   to    right— Whitney,   Mayer,  ertz,   Seymour,  Lyons,  Welchli,  Silzer,  Vieweg;  5th   row — Hague,  Putcher, 

McGreen,  Potton,  Fidler,  Pendleton,  Schreiber,  Lownes,  Potrick;  2nd  row —  Finiay,    Marshall,    Temkin,    Ainsworth,    Litchfield,    Leeds,    Goy;    6th    row — 

Reynolds,    Tente,     Carbone,     Barry,     Eskil    Swanson,    Godlin,    Cochrane,  Schwartz,   Knowles,  Swanton,  Thompson,  De   Nuccio,  Armstrong;  7th  row 

Green;  3rd   row — Cummings,   Herrmann,  Curtis,  Fogwell,  Cooney,  Tharp,  — Bryant,  Souza,  Kieiy,  Petropoulos,  O'Day. 


Downes.  Easton.  K.  Edwards  and  Mrs. 
Edwards,  S.  Ehrilich  and  Mrs.  Ehrilich. 
D.  Fairchild  and  Mrs.  Fairchild,  R.  Frost 
and  Mrs.  Frost,  R.  Furlong  and  Mrs.  Fur- 
long, Gunn,  Hofmann,  Horton,  R.  Lewis 
and  Mrs.  Lewis,  P.  Lillibridge  and  Mrs. 


Lillibridge,  W.  Luther  and  Mrs.  Luther, 
J.  Macioci  and  Mrs.  Macioci,  L.  Michel- 
man  and  Mrs.  Michelman.  Monroe.  L. 
Okerblom  and  Mrs.  Okerblom,  R.  Pills- 
bury  and  Mrs.  Pillsbury,  R.  Pretat  and 
Mrs.  Pretat,  P.  Quinn  and  Mrs.  Quinn,  H. 


Sharpe  and  Mrs.  Sharpe,  P.  Steiner  and 
Mrs.  Steiner,  Smith,  Snow,  J.  Stark- 
weather and  Mrs.  Starkweather,  Toliva- 
isa,  R.  Walker  and  Mrs.  Walker,  E.  Watt- 
man  and  Mrs.  Wattman,  E.  West  and  Mrs. 
West,  T.  Woods  and  Mrs.  Woods,  W. 
Yando  and  Mrs.  Yando. 


FIVE-YEAR  CLASS  mode  an  award  to  "the  member  who  has  attained  the  greatest  national  acclaim 
in  his  chosen  career  during  the  past  five  years."  Recipient  was  Don  Colo,  Captain  of  the  Cleve- 
land Browns.  A  Brown  teammate,  Ed  Kiely,  right,  mode  the  presentation  at  the  1950  dinner  June  4. 


1946 

An  extremely  successful  9th  Reunion 
Dinner  was  held  Thursday,  June  2,  at  the 
Aurora  Club  in  Providence  to  get  the 
Commencement  program  off  on  the  right 
foot  as  far  as  the  Class  of  '46  was  con- 
cerned. Both  during  and  after  the  meal, 
the  main  conversation  was  on  plans  for 
the  10th  Reunion  next  June.  The  general 
feeling  was  for  a  reunion  which  would  be 
largely  on-Campus.  Also,  almost  all  those 
present  felt  that  wives  should  be  included 
in  the  program.  Because  the  Class  treas- 
ury is  at  a  fairly  low  ebb,  it  was  suggested 
that  any  member  might  voluntarily  put 
up  $10  now  to  be  applied  against  next 
year's  fees  or  against  a  deficit  if  the  re- 
union should  not  turn  out  a  financial  suc- 
cess. This  suggestion  met  with  an  immedi- 
ate response  from  every  member  of  the 
Class  present.  It  is  hoped  that  Classmates 
who  were  not  able  to  be  there  at  the  din- 
ner will  feel  that  they  can  support  their 
coming  reunion  and  will  send  $10  to 
Anthony  Masi.  Jr.,  122  Glen  Ridge  Rd., 
Cranston  10,  R.  L 

The  names  of  the  30  men  who  attended 
the  dinner  are  as  follows:  DiPrete, 
Hoover,  Chernack,  Masi,  Lodge,  Bate- 
man.  Roberts,  Ogan,  Messinger,  Tracy, 
Clarke,  Higgins,  Hess,  Brainard,  Port, 
O'Brien,  Roberts,  Randall,  Roos,  Frank, 
Rosenberg,  Strasmich,  Lapides,  Nelson, 
Salter,  Allison,  DeStafano.  Pretat,  Woods, 
and  Littlefield.  These  men,  together  with 


36 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


the  Class  officers,  will,  for  the  time  being, 
act  as  the  Reunion  Committee. 

1948 

During  the  Alumni  Dinner  and  the 
Campus  Dance  on  Friday  evening,  June 
3,  talk  centered  on  the  10th  Reunion 
which  is  running,  not  creeping,  toward 
us.  Two  general  questions  were  raised: 
should  the  reunion  be  held  on  Campus 
and  should  wives  be  included  in  the  gen- 
eral program?  No  definite  decisions  were 
reached  pending  the  appointment  of  a 
Reunion  Committee  in  the  near  future. 

1949 

No  formal  plans  were  made  for  this 
reunion  season,  but  the  Class  didn't  let 
the  year  go  by  without  some  sign  of  Class 
Spirit.  The  usual  table  was  reserved  on 
the  College  Green  for  the  Campus  Dance, 
and,  prior  to  that,  a  good  number  turned 
out  for  the  Alumni  Dinner.  Among  those 
present  for  one  or  more  of  the  Com- 
mencement events  were  Davidson,  El- 
masian,  Gibby,  Jones,  Linnell,  Sanford, 
and  Wilson. 

1950 

The  Zebra  Derby  of  the  Class  of  1950 
was  one  of  the  most  successful  5th  Reun- 
ions held  on  the  Brown  Campus  in  many 
a  year.  The  cocktail  party,  held  Friday 
afternoon  at  the  Phi  Delt  house,  seemed 
to  set  the  theme  for  the  entire  weekend. 
Over  100  couples  showed  up  for  this  af- 
fair, which  was  "on  the  house,"  including 
the  football  coaching  staff  who  were  there 
as  guests  of  the  Class.  While  the  men  took 
in  the  Alumni  Dinner,  many  of  the  wives 
went  to  the  Faunce  House  Theatre  and 
watched  the  excellent  production  of  the 
Sock  and  Buskin  Alumni  Corporation, 
Robert  E.  Sherwood's  "Road  to  Rome." 
Several  Class  Tables  were  set  up  on  the 
College  Green  for  the  Campus  Dance. 

At  the  Class  meeting  on  Saturday  after- 
noon, it  was  voted  to  present  three  gifts 
to  the  University.  First  of  all,  a  $1250 
Corporation  Scholarship  was  voted 
through  unanimously.  According  to 
Thomas  B.  Appleget,  Vice-President  of 
the  University,  this  is  a  "unique"  gift  in 
that  no  class  had  previously  given  such  a 
scholarship.  The  Corporation  Grants  were 
originally  started  to  give  business  and  in- 
dustry a  chance  to  make  contributions  to 
the  University,  but,  the  idea  is  spreading, 
and  it  is  hoped  that  other  Classes  will 
follow  the  pattern  set  by  the  Class  of  '50 
and  sponsor  one  boy  through  a  full  year 
at  Brown.  The  second  gift  was  a  donation 
of  $300  to  the  Brown  Band  to  use  as  it 
sees  fit.  The  final  gift  was  a  tape  recorder 
to  be  used  jointly  by  the  Alumni  House 
and  the  Sports  Publicity  Department  at 
the  Marvel  Gym. 

A  resolution  applauding  John  D. 
Rockefeller,  Jr.,  '97.  for  his  latest  gift  to 
Brown  was  also  enthusiastically  voted. 

Saturday  afternoon,  a  general  outing 
was  held  at  Thayer  Street  Field.  Arnie 
Green's  softball  team,  after  leading  for 
eight  innings,  fell  before  Ben  Patrick's 
powerful  platoon  on  a  ninth-inning  rally, 
clima.xed  by  a  Patrick  grand  slam.  The 
final  score  of  this  pitchers'  duel  was  29- 
28.  On  Saturday  evening,  in  the  main 
dining  room  of  the  Sharpe  Refectory,  130 
men  and  their  ladies  got  together  for  the 
Class  Dinner.  Reunion  Chairman  Jack 
Schreiber  presented  the  Corporation 
Scholarship  to  Dean  Wes  Moulton,  the 
featured    speaker    of    the    evening.    Mat 


Bolger,  end  coach,  was  also  on  hand  to 
tell  of  the  chances  for  the  Bruin  football 
squad  next  fall  and  to  show  movies  of  the 
1948  Brown-Princeton  game  which  was 
pulled  out  of  the  fire  23-20  on  a  field  goal 
by  Joe  the  Toe  Condon  with  five  seconds 
remaining.  Don  Colo,  appearing  with  his 
new  bride,  was  honored  at  the  Class  Din- 
ner as  "The  member  of  the  Class  of  '50 
who  has  attained  the  greatest  national 
acclaim  in  his  chosen  career  during  the 
past  five  years."  Don  is  Captain  and  de- 
fensive tackle  on  the  World  Champion 
Cleveland  Browns  professional  football 
team.  The  Class  Dance  at  Lyman  Gym, 
with  Ralph  Stuart  providing  the  beat, 
closed  out  the  Saturday  program.  Then, 
the  traditional  Monday  morning  Com- 
mencement March  made  a  bang-up  finish 
to  a  bang-up  weekend. 

A  list  of  those  back  for  all  or  part  of 


ON  OTHER  CAMPUSES: 


the  weekend  activities  included  Whitney, 
Mayer,  McGreen,  Patton,  Fidler,  Pendle- 
ton, Schreiber,  Lownes,  Patrick,  Reyn- 
olds, Tente,  Carbone,  Barry,  E.  Swanson, 
Godlin,  Cochrane,  Green,  Cummings, 
Herrmann,  Curtis,  Fogwell,  G.  Cooney, 
Tharp,  A.  Swanson,  Rosenfield.  Patten, 
Philbrick,  Rothman,  Gevertz,  Seymour, 
J.  Lyons,  Welchi,  Silzer,  Vieveg,  Hague, 
Putcher,  Finlay,  Marshall,  Temkin,  Ains- 
worth,  Litchfield,  Leeds,  Gay,  Schwartz, 
Knowles,  Swanton,  Thompson,  DeNuc- 
cio,  Armstrong,  Bryant,  Souza,  Kiely, 
Petropoulos,  O'Day,  Colo,  Lipsitt,  Wil- 
son, Breslin,  Howard,  W.  Cooney,  Hol- 
land, White,  Waters,  Ackerman,  Perrine, 
Prindle,  Milligan,  McKenney,  Bromberg, 
Campbell,  Farrow,  Robertson,  Pelsor, 
McKelvey,  Urban,  Silzer,  Danburg, 
Stoecker,  Hodosh,  and  Lapides. 


More  Honorary  Degrees 


A  DOZEN  honorary  degrees  were  con- 
ferred on  Brunonians  on  campuses 
other  than  their  own  last  June.  Two  of 
them  went  to  President  Wriston,  LL.D.'s 
from  Dartmouth  and  Adelphi,  while  Prof. 
Otto  E.  Neugebauer  of  the  Brown  Faculty 
received  Princeton's  Sc.D. 

The  citation  read  by  President  Dickey 
of  Dartmouth  was  unique  in  that  it  led 
off  with  a  question:  "As  an  historian, 
would  you  not  agree  it  could  hardly  have 
been  otherwise  that  one  who  began  life 
on  the  Fourth  of  July  in  the  Wild  West  of 
Laramie,  Wyoming,  and  who  turned  East 
for  fame  and  fortune  should  thereafter 
manifest  a  lifetime  affinity  for  fireworks 
and  reversing  the  course  of  things? 
Graduate  of  Wesleyan,  Harvard  Ph.D., 
distinguished  teacher  and  student  of 
American  diplomatic  affairs,  for  30  years 
now — first  at  Lawrence  College  and  since 
at  Brown  University — you  have  both 
enlivened  and  enlightened  the  institution 
of  the  American  college  presidency. 

"And  now,  as  you  prepare  to  retire  to 
presumably  less  nettlesome  pastures,  on 
behalf  of  all  who  labor  in  American  edu- 
cation we  here  say  'thank  you'  for  jobs 
well  done  on  many  fronts,  for  all  your 
leadership  has  meant  to  Brown,  thereby 
also  to  her  sister  institutions,  and  above 
all  for  being  yourself  through  it  all.  The 
esteem  of  Dartmouth  and  her  best  wishes 
for  yourself  and  for  the  renowned  institu- 
tion you  have  so  ably  served  are  bespoken 
in  the  award  to  you  of  this  Doctorate  of 
Laws." 

Dr.  Neugebauer,  Professor  of  the  His- 
tory of  Mathematics,  heard  his  Princeton 
citation  read  by  Gen.  Frederick  H.  Os- 
born.  Charter  Trustee  and  University 
Orator.  It  was  Princeton's  only  citation  in 
science: 

"Scientist,  historian,  and  philologist. 
His  studies  of  the  sciences  in  antiquity 
have  opened  the  way  to  a  new  understand- 
ing of  the  development  of  our  civilization. 
His  erudite  work — rooted  in  the  best 
tradition  of  the  sciences  and  the  humani- 
ties— is  a  symbol  of  the  unity  of  human 
thought  and  an  inspiring  demonstration 
that,  in  the  hands  of  a  true  master,  critical 


analysis  becomes  constructive  synthesis." 
Dr.  James  P.  Adams,  one-time  Vice- 
President  of  Brown,  and  Walter  D. 
Brownell  '94  were  honored  by  the  Univer- 
sity of  Rhode  Island.  The  former's  cita- 
tion for  an  LL.D.  said  in  part:  "Your 
leadership  has  left  its  mark  on  two  widely 
separated  universities  of  notable  tradition 
— one  a  'Colonial  College'  of  erudite  New 
England,  the  other  a  great  State  Univer- 
sity of  the  enterprising  Midwest.  Through 
them  you  have  influenced  the  lives  of 
thousands  of  young  men  and  women.  Yet 
you  have  found  time  to  serve  a  host  of 
organizations  for  the  betterment  of  your 
community.  It  is  not  only  as  a  distin- 
guished and  well-loved  educator  and  civic 
leader,  but  as  a  neighbor  and  friend  of 
this  university  that  we  welcome  you  back 
to  Rhode  Island  and  to  the  honorary  fel- 
lowship  of   this   campus." 

His  fellow  townsman  in  Little  Comp- 
ton,  Walter  Brownell,  was  cited  for  the 
honorary  degree  of  Doctor  of  Science: 
"Graduate  of  Brown  in  the  Class  of  1894; 
Bachelor  of  Laws  of  Harvard  in  1898, 
subsequently  admitted  to  the  bar;  for  50 
years  practical  geneticist  devoted  to  the 
breeding  of  roses;  winner  of  numerous 
awards  and  citations:  Ably  aided  and 
abetted  by  your  wife,  you  have  given  a 
lifetime  to  the  culture  and  improvement 
of  one  of  the  world's  best-loved  flowers. 
Through  your  development  of  more  than 
50  new  varieties  of  roses,  you  have  added 
immeasurably  to  the  aesthetic  enjoyment 
of  flower  lovers  everywhere — even  to 
frigid  Alaska.  In  your  combination  of 
scientific  skill  and  business  acumen,  you 
have  added  to  the  well-being  of  the  State 
and  to  the  pleasure  of  your  fellow  men. 
For  us  it  is  a  privilege  today  to  welcome 
you  and  Mrs.  Brownell  to  the  campus  of 
your  State  University." 

Dr.  James  Hamilton  '06,  cardiologist 
of  St.  Joseph's  Hospital  in  Providence,  re- 
ceived an  honorary  LL.D.  from  Provi- 
dence College.  The  citation  read:  "Physi- 
cian and  research  specialist,  in  your  min- 
istrations to  the  bodily  welfare  of  your 
fellow  men,  you  have  always  been  deeply 
solicitous  of  the  welfare  of  their  souls. 


OCTOBER   1955 


37 


For  more  than  half  a  century,  in  war  and 
in  peace,  you  have  given  of  yourself  un- 
selfishly to  the  practice  of  the  highest 
ideals  of  your  profession.  Your  research 
studies  in  laboratory,  lectures,  and  writ- 
ings have  added  immeasurably  to  the  ad- 
vance of  medical  science.  .  .  .  Your  hu- 
mane contributions  to  the  welfare  of  your 
State  have  reflected  a  brilliant  mind,  an 
understanding  heart,  and  a  magnanimous 
soul." 

Dr.  Paul  J.  Braisted  '25,  President  of 
the  Hazen  Foundation  of  New  Haven,  re- 
ceived a  Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  de- 
gree from  Lawrence  College  in  Appleton, 
Wis.,  at  its  106th  Commencement.  Earlier 
he  gave  the  Commencement  address,  en- 
titled "On  the  Use  of  Opportunity."  The 
conflicting  engagement  kept  him  from 
attending  his  30th  reunion  at  Brown. 

The  Rev.  Dr.  Charles  D.  Kean  '30 
similarly  had  to  miss  his  25th  reunion. 
He  received  the  honorary  degree  of  Doc- 
tor of  Divinity  at  the  Virginia  Theologi- 
cal Seminary  in  June.  Dr.  Kean,  an 
author,  scholar,  and  church  leader,  is 
Rector  of  the  Church  of  the  Epiphany  in 
Washington,  D.  C. 

School  Administrator 

The  R.  L  College  of  Education  hon- 
ored Elmer  R.  Smith  "26.  Assistant  Su- 
perintendent of  Schools  in  Providence. 
The  Doctor  of  Education  degree  was  ac- 
companied by  this  tribute:  "Outstanding 
teacher  and  able  administrator  who  has 
served  with  distinction  for  28  years  in 
the  public  schools  of  Providence;  pioneer 
in  the  development  and  improvement  of 
curricula,  whose  accomplishments  have 
earned  for  your  school  system  and  for 
yourself  a  nationwide  reputation  for  lead- 
ership in  the  field  of  public  education;  na- 
tionally known  author,  editor,  and  lec- 
turer: The  impressive  roster  of  your 
achievements  is  the  expression  in  con- 
structive action  of  the  qualities  of  a  true 
teacher:  practical  idealism,  breadth  and 
depth  of  scholarship,  personal  integrity, 
enlightened  vision,  sincere  humanity,  and 
a  profound  concern  for  the  welfare  of 
your  community." 

George  W.  Potter  '21,  Pulitzer  Prize 
winner  and  editorial  writer  for  the  Provi- 
dence Journal-Bulletin,  received  the  hon- 
orary degree  of  Master  of  Science  from 
the  Bradford  Durfee  Technical  Institute 
in  Fall  River.  He  was  singled  out  for  hav- 
ing "demonstrated  a  love  of  occupation 
in  your  present  capacity  of  editorial 
writer,  and  given  evidence  that  the  mold- 
ing of  public  opinion  is  a  trust  through 
your  objective  translation  of  events  into 
editorial  expression."  Potter  is  a  member 
of  the  Board  of  Editors  of  this  magazine. 

L.  Ralston  Thomas,  member  of  the 
Brown  Board  of  Trustees,  gained  from 
his  Alma  Mater,  Harverford  College,  the 
honorary  degree  of  Master  of  Arts.  He 
is  Headmaster  Emeritus  of  Moses  Brown 
School  in  Providence. 

Brunonians  also  read  with  interest  that 
Yale  had  given  John  Howard  Benson  of 
Newport  an  honorary  A.M.  He  is  the 
sculptor  and  calligrapher  whose  plaques 
identify  and  enhance  various  buildings  at 
Brown,  notably  in  the  Wriston  Quad- 
rangle. The  citation:  "The  tradition  of 
your  shop,  which  was  founded  in  1729, 
has  been  for  two  and  a  quarter  centuries 
the  tradition  of  the  master  craftsman.  In 
you  are  combined  the  artist,  the  scholar, 
and  a  spirit  so  ardent  that  our  mechanical 
age  pauses  to  applaud  the  new  energy 
that  you  have  brought  the  graphic  arts." 
Benson  also  received  the  1955  medal  of 
the  Institute  of  American  Architects. 


QUOTES  FROM 
DR.  KEENEY: 


IN  his  words  the  man  may  stand  re- 
vealed— his  awareness,  his  convic- 
tions, his  purposes,  his  salt.  It  is,  then, 
as  revealing  as  it  is  agreeable  to  look 
over  some  of  the  writings  and  speeches 
of  Barnaby  Keeney  before  his  arrival  at 
the  presidency  of  Brown  University. 
Some  quotations  lose  in  cogency  by 
divorce  from  their  context,  but  they 
may  be  self-describing. 

One  shoidd  not,  of  course,  hold  Dr. 
Keeney  to  account  for  every  phrase  in 
public  utterance  in  the  past,  for  one 


>  THE  scramble:  "It  seems  to  me  that 
the  colleges  in  this  country  must  once 
again  begin  to  teach  college  work,  and  to 
require  college  performance  of  their  stu- 
dents, and  that  the  best  way  to  do  it  is  to 
do  it.  The  scramble  to  get  into  college  is 
going  to  be  so  terrible  in  the  next  few 
years  that  students  are  going  to  put  up 
with  almost  anything,  even  an  education." 

>  WHAT     COLLEGE     OFFERS:      "What     the 

student  should  find  (in  college)  is  a  very 
stimulating  atmosphere  where  faculty  and 
students  work  together  in  the  process  of 
education;  where  he  finds  ideas  exciting; 
where  he  finds  it  a  richly  rewarding  ex- 
perience to  learn  more  about  important 
things,  and  where  he  can  develop  socially 
and  spiritually." 

>  THE  WHOLE  MAN:  "Liberal  arts  means 
a  great  many  things.  One  is  that  in  a  lib- 
eral arts  institution  we  try  to  educate  the 
whole  of  you." 

>  humanities:  "The  real  purpose  of  un- 
dergraduate study  of  the  humanities  is 
to  acquaint  students  with  the  role  and 
the  scope  of  the  emotions,  and  to  lead 
them  to  make  adequate  judgments  of 
value,  and  ethics." 

>  majors:  "We  do  not  feel  that  the  stu- 
dent's concentration  is  especially  relevant 
to  his  future  occupation.  We  do  not  feel 
that  business  men  should  necessarily  con- 
centrate in  Economics,  nor  physicians  in 
Biology.  We  do  feel  that  the  student  who 
studies  in  his  last  two  years  the  subject 
which  he  enjoys  most,  which  interests 
him  most,  has  the  best  chance  to  develop 
a  trained  mind  that  he  can  direct  at  the 
activity  he  chooses." 

>  information:  "The  educated  man  has 
a  mind  that  can  think,  a  mind  that  is 
open.  He  knows  what  evidence  is,  where 
to  find  it  and  how  to  put  it  together,  how 
to  think  about  it  and  how  to  draw  con- 


may  edit  one's  opinions  as  experience 
modifies  them.  The  "moving  finger" 
is  entitled  to  an  eraser.  We  would  not 
presume  to  say  Dr.  Keeney  would  ex- 
press himself  just  so  again,  yet  the 
basic  philosophy  probably  is  intact. 

The  sampling  is  made  from  a  variety 
of  sources:  talks  before  college  and 
secondary  school  groups,  professors, 
business  officers,  parents,  undergrad- 
uates. The  exact  audience  is  suggested 
in  certain  instances;  in  others,  it  doesn't 
matter. 


elusions  from  it.  He  knows  how  to  apply 
those  conclusions  to  the  solution  of  prob- 
lems. Once  he  has  solved  the  problem, 
he  knows  how  to  communicate  the  solu- 
tion and  how  to  put  it  into  action.  He 
has  a  great  body  of  information  about 
many  things.  This  information  may,  or 
may  not,  be  of  direct  use  to  him  in  the 
various  situations  which  he  faces,  but  it 
is  the  information  he  has  used  in  college 
to  learn  how  to  think." 

>  silence:  "One  of  the  purposes  of  a 
college  is  to  give  young  men  and  women 
a  chance  to  experiment  with  ideas,  and 
to  make  their  mistakes  under  such  cir- 
cumstances that  their  aftereflfects  will 
not  be  too  serious.  It  is  a  tragic  thing 
to  sit  at  a  college  today  and  watch  those 
students  who  ought  to  be  participating 
freely  and  openly  in  liberal  activities,  and 
freely  and  openly  discussing  important 
political  questions,  refuse  to  do  so  be- 
cause they  fear  they  will  be  denied  a 
clearance  for  government  service  later. 
If  silence  is  the  price  of  government  serv- 
ice, it  is  too  high  a  price  to  pay;  and  if 
our  government  is  going  to  be  served  in 
the  future  by  men  who  are  afraid  to  say 
what  they  think,  God  help  us." 

>  emotions  and  values:  "It  used  to  be 
the  fashion  in  education  for  people  to 
try  to  be  entirely  objective  about  every- 
thing and  to  minimize  the  role  of  the 
emotions  and  values.  We  try,  on  the  con- 
trary, to  emphasize  the  role  of  the  emo- 
tions and  of  values  in  our  academic  work 
(and  everywhere  else  in  the  University) 
because  these  play,  perhaps,  the  major 
part  in  people's  behavior." 

>  change:  "I  spend  a  good  deal  of  time 
in  a  little  fishing  village  in  Rhode  Island. 
The  other  day  I  heard  two  of  my  fisher- 
men friends  talking  in  the  store.  One  of 
them  said,  'Ain't  it  awful  the  way  we 
get  older  every  day!'  His  friend  replied, 


38 


BRCVVN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


'Yeah,  but  it  ain't  so  bad.  If  we  weren't 
getting  older,  we'd  be  dead.' 

"If  your  sons  don't  change  (and 
thereby  distress  you),  they  will  be  edu- 
cationally dead  wood.  If  your  sons  don't 
change  a  great  deal  when  they  are  at 
Brown,  they  have  failed,  and  we  have 
failed  them." 

>  requirement:  "It  is  impossible  to 
educate  anyone.  All  that  one  can  do  is  to 
put  him  in  a  position  where  he  can  find 
an  education.  Motivation  is  the  first  ne- 
cessity for  this.  He  must  wish  to  learn, 
and  he  must  wish  to  develop.  He  must 
be  curious,  he  must  be  eager,  and  he 
must  be  serious." 

y  preparation:  "Very  few  of  our  Fresh- 
men are  sufficiently  prepared  to  do  col- 
lege work  with  ease.  If  they  were  so  pre- 
pared, there  would  be  no  particular  point 
in  having  them  take  the  Freshman  year, 
because  there  is  little  educational  value 
in  doing  something  that  is  easy." 

>  adjustment:  "Each  new  student  has 
a  serious  problem  of  adjustment.  Some  of 
the  symptoms  of  adjustment  may  appear 
alarming  to  anyone  who  has  not  seen 
similar  problems  in  hundreds  of  other 
young  men — and  seen  satisfactory  solu- 
tions in  most  cases." 

>  SECOND  year:  "You  Sophomores  are 
on  the  threshold  of  intellectual  maturity. 
Develop  your  own  plans  of  reading  and 
study;  use  textbooks  as  a  springboard 
for  individual  discovery  in  the  library 
and  the  lab.  Keep  undignified  social  ac- 
tivity to  a  minimum:  keep  extra-study 
activities  to  a  reasonable  limit;  don't 
imitate  the  student  who  blamed  'wine, 
women,  and  the  Air  Force  drill  team' 
for  his  failures.  Don't  refuse  to  face  seri- 
ous problems:  think  about  an  Honor  Sys- 
tem for  Brown,  look  upon  the  new  free- 
cut  policy  as  an  opportunity  for  growing 
up,  plan  your  concentration  to  provide 
the  utmost  stimulation  and  enjoyment. 
Since  the  Freshmen  will  learn  from  you, 
set  them  good  examples.  The  Sophomore 
year  and  the  next  two  can  be  the  happiest 
of  your  lives  if  you  are  aware  of  your 
opportunities  and  plan  accordingly." 

>  student  government:  "It  is  the  best 
way  of  getting  students  involved  in  every 
aspect  of  the  college.  It  is  also  one  of  the 
best  ways  of  improving  the  college." 

>  FOUR-YEAR  PLAN:  "If  a  Student  in  a 
college  learns  in  the  course  of  his  four 
years  something  about  the  major  areas 
of  human  thought,  the  humanities  and 
social  studies  and  sciences;  if  he  learns 
how  to  express  himself  clearly,  precisely, 
and  even  elegantly;  if  he  learns  how  to 
handle  foreign  languages,  and  above  all, 
if  he  learns  how  to  collect  evidence,  de- 
termine its  validity,  think  about  it,  put 
it  together,  and  express  justified  conclu- 
sions, then  he  has  acquired  an  education." 

>  AFTER  college:  "No  One  is  fully  edu- 
cated when  he  graduates  from  college.  If 
he  is  not  in  a  frame  of  mind  to  continue 
his  education,  if  his  mind  is  not  open  to 
new  things,  if  his  mind  cannot  change, 
we  have  failed  him." 

>  resistance:  "College  alumni  tend  to 
resist  change  at  their  institutions.  It  is  a 
mark  of  quality  in  Brown  men  that  they 
adjust  themselves  to  progress  at  the  Uni- 
versity." 

>  professional  pride:  "People  outside 
of  a  university  seem  to  think  that  it  is 


organized  along  lines  similar  to  business 
or  the  government,  with  the  boss  and  his 
subordinates.  The  Administrators  appear 
to  be  the  bosses,  and  the  Faculty  the 
hired  help.  It  is  most  irritating  to  mem- 
bers of  the  Faculty  to  realize,  as  they  all 
sooner  or  later  do,  that  people  in  the 
town  think  of  them  as  subordinate  to 
the  most  piddling  Administrator." 

>  communication:  "It  is  a  vital  require- 
ment of  scholarship  that  it  be  communi- 
cated on  every  level,  and  it  must  clearly 
be  understood  that  the  scholar  does  not 
lose  dignity  by  being  intelligible.  It  is 
the  failure  of  scholars  to  make  themselves 
understood  that  has  caused  the  vicious 
attitude  toward  intellectuals.  .  .  .  The 
world  and  scholarship  are  badly  out  of 
communication  today,  with  unhappy  re- 
sults for  both.  Democracy  does  not  sur- 
vive for  long  in  a  society  where  the 
learned  are  a  class  by  themselves,  un- 
touched by  and  not  touching  the  others." 

>  political  opinion:  "In  the  recent  po- 
litical campaign,  faculties  or  groups 
within  faculties  asserted  their  right  to 
endorse  one  or  the  other  candidate.  In- 
evitably, the  name  of  the  university  was 
used,  or  made  more  apparent  by  its 
omission,  to  the  great  annoyance  of  pro- 
spective donors  whose  own  political  con- 
victions were  strong.  The  damage  done 
by  such  indiscretion  would  probably  be 
less  than  the  damage  that  would  ensue 


from  efforts  to  suppress  the  expressions  of 
a  group  in  the  faculty,  even  though  the 
larger  and  saner  part  of  the  faculty  might 
feel  that  expressions  of  political  opinion 
should  be  made  by  professors,  not  in 
groups,  but  singly  or  in  connection  with 
groups  that  have  nothing  to  do  with  the 
university." 

>  TURKS:  "Professors  are  terrified  that 
the  administrators  will  devour  the  uni- 
versity. That  the  Faculty  members  are 
themselves  unwilling  to  perform  properly 
administrative  functions  does  not  weaken 
their  arguments  nor  temper  their  feelings. 
The  Professors  know  that  they  are  the 
essential  part  of  the  university,  that  they 


alone  can  carry  out  its  primary  func- 
tion of  teaching  and  its  secondary  one  of 
research;  they  feel  consequently  that  all 
the  other  officers  and  employees  of  the 
university  are  their  servants,  and  they 
are  right.  History,  however,  is  full  of 
examples  of  servants  who  have  become 
the  masters — the  Turks  were  once  hired 
mercenaries  of  the  Arabs.  We  Arabs  are 
afraid  of  you  Turks." 

>  decisions:  "Those  that  affect  aca- 
demic policy  should  never  be  made  by 
men  who  are  not  academic.  A  great  deal 
of  trouble  could  be  avoided  if  such  deci- 
sions were  made  by  a  joint  administra- 
tive-faculty committee.  It  would  take 
longer,  and  many  irrelevancies  would 
have  to  be  discussed,  but  mutual  respect 
and  understanding  might  thus  be  engen- 
dered." 

>  administrative  females:  "One  of  the 
most  annoying  persons  around  a  college 
campus  is  the  minor  administrative  fe- 
male. At  her  best,  she  is  loyal  to  her 
particular  boss  and  feels  that  his  func- 
tions are  the  essential  ones.  She  protects 
him,  so  that  it  is  almost  impossible  for 
anyone  whom  she  regards  as  less  im- 
portant to  see  him.  I  used  to  have  to  talk 
to  one  of  our  Vice-Presidents  through  his 
window,  which  fortunately  was  on  the 
ground  floor,  because  his  secretary  would 
not  let  me  in  through  his  door.  I  propose 
that  a  short  course  be  established  for  all 
new  clerical  help  in  the  administrative 
building,  on  the  identification  and  treat- 
ment of  Faculty." 

>  THE  administrator:  "He  must  learn 
the  tools  of  his  trade — he  must  under- 
stand accounting,  bookkeeping,  and  so 
forth — but  it  is  even  more  important  that 
he  understand  the  institution  that  he  is 
to  serve.  He  must  understand  the  aims 
of  the  university,  how  it  works,  who  ac- 
tually makes  policy.  Some  of  this  he  may 
acquire  from  reading  such  books  as 
Whitehead's  'Aims  of  a  Liberal  Educa- 
tion' and  Moberly's  'Crisis  in  the  Uni- 
versities,' but  most  of  it  he  must  acquire 
by  guided  observation. 

"He  must  learn  that  you  cannot  change 
the  curriculum  without  changing  the 
Faculty,  either  by  persuasion  or  physi- 
cally, for,  change  the  titles  of  courses  as 
you  will,  their  content  will  otherwise 
remain  the  same.  He  must  learn  that 
new  ideas  must  come  from  the  Faculty, 
even  though  they  do  not  always  originate 
there,  if  success  rather  than  trouble  is 
sought. 

"He  must  learn  about  the  effects  of 
tenure,  or  its  lack,  on  the  disposition. 
He  must  learn  that  to  a  few  professors 
the  beloved  student  becomes  a  monstrous 
and  fearful  alumnus  when  he  is  graduated 
and  that,  to  a  few  more,  the  men  who 
give  generously  of  their  time  and  money 
while  they  serve  as  members  of  the  cor- 
poration appear  in  reality  scoundrels 
whose  only  purpose  is  to  subvert  aca- 
demic freedom. 

"He  must  learn  that,  however  much 
he  has  sacrificed  in  money  and  position 
by  entering  education  rather  than  busi- 
ness, his  sacrifice  may  not  be  appreciated 
by  those  whom  he  seeks  to  serve.  He 
must,  above  all,  learn  that  more  flies  are 
caught  by  honey  than  by  vinegar.  He 
must  follow  the  example  set  by  Pope 
Gregory  the  Great  in  the  Sixth  Century, 
when  he  proclaimed  himself  not  pope, 
not  universal  bishop  and  lord  of  the 
church,  but  servant  of  the  servants  of 
God." 


OCTOBER   1955 


39 


Football  for  '55: 


CAN  THE  CUBS  DO 
A  BIG  BEAR'S  JOB? 


BLOCKS  are  learned  at  the  machine.  Kelley  and  candidates  in  an  early  workout. 


WITH  THE  OPENING  of  practice 
Sept.  1,  Coach  Al  Kelley  and  his 
staff  began  what  may  well  be  their  tough- 
est assignment,  building  a  smooth-working 
gridiron  machine  from  a  group  of  green 
candidates  in  time  to  face  one  of  Brown's 
roughest  schedules  in  recent  years. 

Only  seven  lettermen  were  included  in 
the  list  of  58  men  invited  back  to  don 
their  togs  and  start  their  jogs  before  Col- 
lege opened.  Of  these,  only  three,  Capt. 
Jim  McGuinness,  Archie  Williams,  and 
Don  Thompson,  were  regulars  a  season 
ago.  No  wearers  of  the  Varsity  "B"  are 
available  at  the  end,  center,  and  fullback 
positions.  Bill  San  Souci,  a  letterman  at 
guard  in  1953,  will  be  in  shape  to  report 
after  a  year's  lay-off  for  physical  reasons. 
Under  these  conditions,  how  will  the 
Brown  Bear  compare  in  Ivy  circles?  Well, 
it  is  Kelley's  earnest  hope  that  the  Bruins 
will  have  something  brewing  before  the 
season  is  over  and  that  they  will  have 
something  to  say  about  the  new  cham- 
pion. He  expects  the  Ivy  race  to  be  a  tor- 
rid affair  with  Yale,  Princeton,  Cornell, 
and  Harvard  all  having  a  shot  at  the  flag. 
Of  these  elevens,  he  believes  that  Yale, 
Brown's  second  opponent,  will  be  the 
team  to  beat.  They  had  a  great  "Sopho- 
more" team  a  year  ago,  and  these  men 
will  be  bolstered  by  more  second-year 
men  up  from  another  undefeated  Fresh- 
man eleven.  Princeton  still  has  Royce 
Flippin,  one  of  the  best  Ivy  backs  since 
Dick  Kazmaier,  and  the  Big  Red  has  a 
fast-stepping    group    of   backs    who   just 


might  run  wild.  Kelley  believes  that  Har- 
vard could  be  the  dark  horse  in  the  Ivy 
battle. 

"The  1955  season  offers  a  real  and  in- 
teresting challenge  to  Brown  football," 
the  head  coach  wrote  for  the  new  booklet 
of  gridiron  information  for  the  press. 
"We  face  problems  of  great  magnitude  at 
all  positions  except  tackle  and  halfback. 
An  almost  complete  void  of  experience 
in  most  positions  presents  considerations 
that  are  of  difficult  and  perplexing  pro- 
portion. A  vast  rebuilding  program  is  in 
order,  and  it  is  with  eagerness  that  we 
look  forward  to  the  job  ahead.  The  1955 
team  will  be  built,  of  course,  on  a  Sopho- 
more foundation. 

"The  end  squad,  which  was  completely 
decimated  by  the  loss  of  Josephson,  Bian- 
owicz,  and  Bartuska  (a  rugged  and  effec- 
tive trio  last  season )  is  bolstered  by  the 
conversion  of  tackle  Richard  Borjeson. 
Sophomores  Fran  Carullo  and  Jack  Klein- 
derlein  may  well  be  serious  contenders. 

"The  line  will  be  fitted  to  All-Ivy  tackle 
McGuinness,  and  the  tackle  slot  is  our 
strongest  position.  In  addition  to  letter- 
men  McGuinness  and  Jim  Cerasoli,  Soph- 
omore candidates  Gil  Robertshaw,  Jim 
Mello,  and  Dick  Riley  will  furnish  ade- 
quate and  comfortable  depth.  The  guard 
and  center  positions  will  be  completely 
rebuilt  (although  the  return  of  San  Souci 
may  help  here). 

"Our  T-formation  backfield  is  pretty 
well  set  at  the  halfback  posts  where  letter- 
men  Archie  Williams,  the  key  man,  Don 


Thompson,  and  Bill  Cronin  return.  Wil- 
liams was  Brown's  leading  ground-gainer 
in  1954,  netting  532  yards  in  77  attempts 
for  an  average  of  6.9.  He  was  second  to 
Captain  Ev  Pearson  '55  in  scoring,  with 
six  touchdowns  (36  points)  to  his  credit. 
Sophomores  Joe  Miluski  and  Jon  Jensen 
will  add  depth,  although  the  former  may 
get  a  try  at  fullback  where  the  position, 
vacated  by  All-Ivy  Vin  Jazwinski,  is 
strictly  up  for  grabs,  as  is  the  all-Senior 
battle  for  quarterbacking  duties. 

"The  coming  season  should  see  an  Ivy 
League  featuring  fiercely  competitive  and 
highly  interesting  football.  The  League 
as  a  whole  will  be  up  in  caliber." 

A  new  backfield  coach.  Milt  Piepul, 
will  be  on  hand  this  fall  to  help  get  the 
Bruins  ready.  Milt  replaces  'Vic  Fusia, 
who  resigned  to  accept  a  similar  position 
at  Pittsburgh.  Milt  was  a  great  offensive 
fullback  and  line-backer  at  Notre  Dame 
and  Captain  of  the  1940  Irish  eleven. 
After  a  year  of  professional  football  with 
the  Detroit  Lions,  he  coached  football 
and  basketball  at  Cathedral  High  School, 
Indianapolis,  before  going  to  Dartmouth 
as  backfield  coach  in  1943.  He  is  a  per- 
fectionist and  was  responsible  for  some 
of  the  Big  Green's  famous  backfield  units. 

The  rest  of  Kelley's  staff  remains  the 
same.  Bob  Pflug  will  again  direct  the  line. 
Mat  Bolger  will  handle  the  ends,  Alex 
Nahigian  will  assist  with  the  backs,  and 
Stan  Ward  will  be  head  Freshman  Coach. 

A  list  of  the  men  invited  back  by  po- 
sition includes:  Ends — Dick  Bence,  Dick 
Borjeson,  Russ  Frazier,  Gus  White, 
Tommy  Holmes,  Fran  Carullo,  Jack 
Kleiderlein,  Don  Nelson,  Bill  Carroll, 
Bob  Pinch.  Tackles — Capt.  Jim  McGuin- 
ness, Jim  Cerasoli,  Lloyd  Lanphere,  Dick 
Riley,  Jim  Mello,  Gil  Robertshaw,  Gerry 
Levine,  Davis  Clayson,  Lee  Yeaton. 
Guards — Dick  Crews,  Dick  Frank,  Bill 
San  Souci,  Larry  Kalesnik.  Tom  Ebbert, 
Ronald  Agnes,  Jerome  Thier,  Michael 
Trotter,  Neil  McEachren.  Center — Dick 
Fusco,  Jim  Barrier,  Dick  Carolan,  Ed 
Fletcher,  Arnold  Rothstein,  Peter  How- 
ard, Ted  Parrish.  Quarterback — Dom 
Balogh,  Bill  Demchak,  Carl  Ehmann,  Bill 
Starke.  Halfback — Archie  Williams,  Don 
Thompson,  Bill  Cronin,  Bruce  Carpenter, 
Al  Giovine,  Lou  Reese,  Joe  Miluski,  Jon 
Jensen,  Marty  Moran,  Bill  Frank,  Terry 
Franc,  Bob  Ferguson,  Charles  Vincent. 
Fullback — Bob  Minnerly,  Mike  Snyder, 
Vit  Piscuskas,  Dave  Graham,  Bob  John- 


Keeney  on  Sports 

THE  SPORTS  PAGE  had  its  own  in- 
terview with  Dr.  Barnaby  C.  Keeney 
when  the  latter  was  elected  President  of 
Brown  in  August.  The  headline  over 
John  Hanlon's  article  in  the  Providence 
Journal  read:  "Brown  Sports  Program 
Has  Enthusiastic  Rooter  in  New  Presi- 
dent." 

"I  go  to  sports  events  because  I  enjoy 
them.  It's  as  simple  as  that,"  the  President 
said.  "I  haven't  missed  a  Brown  football 
game  at  home  when  I've  been  in  town 
since  the  second  year  I  was  here,  1947.  I 
like  to  watch  them."  After  football, 
hockey  is  Dr.  Keeney's  favorite.  "But  I 
only  go  to  games  when  they  are  on  Fri- 
day or  Saturday  nights.  I  get  so  excited 
that  I  can't  sleep  afterward,  so  if  they 
are  on  week  nights,  I  just  don't  go. 

"I  approve  of  intercollegiate  athletics 
the  way  we  have  them  here,"  the  Presi- 


40 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


dent  told  the  interviewer.  "And  I'm  not 
going  into  that  part  of  it  any  more  than 
that.  I  think  it's  a  matter  of  education  to 
teach  a  boy  to  use  the  body  as  well  as  the 
mind.  I  like  the  idea  of  the  Ivy  League 
schools  playing  each  other  in  sports. 
What  is  the  sense  of  setting  up  standards 
unless  you  play  schools  with  the  same 
standards?  As  for  winning,  I  think  if 
you  look  in  my  speech  to  the  Brown 
Corporation  where  I  speak  of  our  aims, 
you'll  see  how  I  feel  about  that."  (He 
made  it  clear  that  the  reference  was  to 
this  thought:  "Our  aim  should  be  to 
develop  greater  excellence  within  our 
present  purpose.") 

He  told  Hanlon  he  felt  the  average 
Brown  football  player  contributed  to  the 
"general  good"  of  the  University  in  more 
than  just  football.  This  fall?  "Well,  I 
think  I'd  be  safe  in  saying  we'll  do  very 
well  to  win  half  of  our  games.  But  I 
don't  think  we'll  be  as  bad  as  we  look  on 
paper." 


Other  Bro-wn  Teams 

WITH  THE  APPEARANCE  of  more 
Ivy  League  opponents  on  the  sched- 
ules, some  very  tempting,  and  testing, 
slates  have  been  arranged  for  the  football, 
soccer,  and  cross  country  teams.  The  Fall 
athletic  program  for  the  Brown  under- 
graduates got  under  way  Sept.  23  when 
the  Northeastern  Huskies  came  to  Provi- 
dence to  battle  the  Bruin  Varsity  Cross 
Country  team  and  carries  through  the 
traditional  Nov.  24  Turkey  Day  football 
game  with  Colgate. 

With  the  exception  of  Varsity  football, 
the  times  and  places  of  all  the  Fall  con- 
tests are  listed  below.  Games  will  be 
played  at  home  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied. 

Freshman  Football:  Oct.  12 — Rhode 
Island  (2:00).  Oct.  22— Yale  at  New  Ha- 
ven (12:00).  Oct.  29— Harvard  (2:00). 
Nov.  11 — Dartmouth  (1:30). 

Varsity  Soccer:  Sept.  28 — Wesleyan 
(3:00).  Oct.  1— Yale  at  New  Haven 
(11:30).  Oct.  8— Penn  (11:30).  Oct.  12 
— Williams  at  Middletown  (4:00).  Oct. 
15— Princeton  (11:30).  Oct.  19— Con- 
necticut (3:00).  Oct.  22— M.I.T.  at  Cam- 
bridge (10:30).  Oct.  26— Brandeis 
(3:00).  Oct.  29— Cornell  at  Ithaca 
(11:40).  Nov.  4 — Dartmouth  at  Hanover 
(1:30).  Nov.  11— Harvard  (2:00). 

Freshman  Soccer:  Oct.  5 — New  Bed- 
ford H.  S.  (3:00).  Oct.  12 — Andover  at 
Andover  (2:00).  Oct.  18— New  Bedford 
Vocational  (3:00).  Oct.  22— M.I.T.  at 
Cambridge  (10:30).  Oct.  27— Diman  Vo- 
cational (3:00).  Nov.  5 — Nichols  Junior 
(12:00).  Nov.  12— Harvard  at  Cam- 
bridge (11:30). 

Varsity  Cross  Country:  Sept.  23 — 
Northeastern  (4:00).  Sept.  30 — Yale 
and  Connecticut  at  New  Haven  (4:00). 
Oct.  7— Harvard,  M.I.T.,  and  Tufts 
(4:00).  Oct.  14 — Dartmouth  at  Hanover 
(4:00).  Oct.  21— Rhode  Island  at  Kings- 
ton (3:50).  Oct.  26 — Massachusetts 
(4:00).  Nov.  1— Providence  (4:00).  Nov. 
5 — Heptagonals  at  NYC.  Nov.  7 — New 
Englands  at  Franklin  Park.  Nov.  14 — 
IC4A's  at  NYC. 

Freshman  Cross  Country:  Sept.  30 
— Yale  and  Connecticut  at  New  Haven 
(4:30).  Oct.  7— Harvard,  M.I.T.,  and 
Tufts  (3:30).  Oct.  14 — Dartmouth  at 
Hanover  (3:30).  Oct.  21— Rhode  Island 
at  Kingston  (3:25).  Oct.  26 — Massachu- 
setts (3:30).  Nov.  1 — Providence  (3:30). 


NINE-YEAR-OLD  Tommy  Keeney 
was  not  one  of  the  first  to  hear  that 
his  father  would  be  the  12th  President  of 
Brown  University.  The  family  took  him 
into  their  confidence  on  the  day  of  the 
Corporation  meeting. 

"Gosh,  Dad,"  was  his  reaction.  "You're 
already  working  too  hard." 

>  it's  a  lively  family  the  President  has, 
and  he'll  never  grow  complacent  while 
affiliated  with  it.  One  of  the  children  was 
reading  what  the  papers  had  to  say  about 
him  the  morning  after  his  election  was 
announced.  She  looked  up  from  a  Provi- 
dence Journal  editorial  which  had  said, 
among  other  things,  "Personally,  Dean 
Keeney  has  the  attractiveness  of  good 
manners,  in  the  highest  meaning  of  that 
word.  .  .  ."  "Dad,"  she  said,  "I  don't 
think  you  have  very  good  manners." 

>  members  of  the  Legislature  of  Michi- 
gan were  guests  at  East  Lansing  at  the 
time  when  the  change  in  name  for  Michi- 
gan State  College  was  up  for  considera- 
tion. A  long  story  in  the  Detroit  News 
concluded  thus: 

"The  party  lasted  three  hours.  Rep. 
James  Goulette  of  Iron  Mountain  pro- 
nounced it  the  best  dinner  since  the  series 
started  five  years  ago.  'You  certainly 
have  to  take  your  hat  off"  to  progress,'  he 
said.  'Last  year  they  didn't  have  mints.'  " 

>  the  JOHN  hay  library  reference  in 
our  last  issue  reminded  Mrs.  Bigelow  of 
one  of  Bruce's  favorite  stories.  An  alum- 
nus father  had  come  to  the  campus  a  few 
years  ago  and  dropped  in  at  his  son's 
fraternity  house.  Finding  no  students 
there,  he  asked  the  house  man  where  the 
boys  were. 

"Oh,  they're  all  over  at  the  library." 
"John  Hay?"  the  father  asked. 
"Yes,   I  guess  he  went  over  with  the 
others." 

>  WHEN  norm  zauchin  of  the  Red  Sox 
hit  the  first  home  run  at  Fenway  Park 
last  summer  on  "State  of  Maine  Day," 
he  thereby  won  a  live  bear  which  had 
been  offered  as  the  reward  for  just  such 
a  wallop.  One  Brunonian,  wondering 
what  Zauchin  would  do  with  the  animal, 
expressed  the  hope  that  it  might  be  given 
to  Brown.  (Zauchin  sent  it  to  his  home- 
town zoo  in  Alabama,  as  it  turned  out.) 

But  it  recalled  some  kidding  that  Pro- 
vost Arnold  got  at  the  last  Senior  Dinner 
when  reference  was  made  to  his  distaste 
for  live  bears,  dating  back  to  that  after- 
noon when  one  mascot  escaped  at  Brown 
Field  and  spent  some  time  in  a  tree.  The 
toastmaster  at  the  Dinner  turned  to  the 
Provost  and  said,  "What  do  you  really 
think  of  bears?" 

"My  views  on  bears,"  Dr.  Arnold  re- 
plied, "have  been  well  publicized." 


>  provost  ARNOLD  was  also  reminded  of 
a  visit  by  a  newspaperman  on  the  day 
that  the  deep  secret  of  the  atomic  bomb 
had  finally  been  revealed.  Dr.  Arnold, 
long  trained  in  silence  with  respect  to 
all  his  activities  in  the  Manhattan  Dis- 
trict, saw  no  reason  to  change  his  practice 
even  though  assured  the  atom  was  in  all 
the  papers  that  day.  He  just  wasn't  talk- 
ing about  it. 

"Dr.  Arnold,"  the  reporter  finally  said, 
admitting  defeat  with  ill  grace,  "I  don't 
think  you'll  get  anywhere  if  you  keep  this 
view  on  life." 

>  LLOYD  CORNELL,  Director  of  Student 
Aid,  was  looking  at  a  blank  filled  out  by 
a  member  of  this  fall's  Freshman  Class 
at  Brown  and  contemplated  for  some 
time  the  boy's  statement  that  in  secondary 
school  he  had  taken  an  active  part  in 
"intra-moral  wrestling."  Cornell  says  he 
was  trying  to  determine  whether  it  was 
of  the  flesh  or  of  the  soul. 

>  FORTY  minutes  before  one  of  the  Resi- 
dent Fellows  was  being  married  in  Au- 
gust, Pop  O'Brien,  one  of  the  more  philo- 
sophical porters  of  the  Quadrangle, 
stopped  him  to  add  his  good  wishes: 

"You're  a  fine  fellow,"  he  said.  "You 
have  a  good  mind,  and  you  have  wisely 
chosen  to  use  it  in  education.  You  have 
developed  through  your  studies.  You  ap- 
parently have  been  broadened  by  travel 
as  well  as  by  books.  But  you  are  still 
young  and  let  me  tell  you,  as  you  leave 
for  your  wedding:  Your  education  is 
just  beginning." 

>  the  ATLANTIC  BULLETIN,  a  bit  of  shop- 

talk  about  the  magazine,  from  time  to 
time  adds  new  items  to  what  it  calls  the 
Elongated  Yellow  Fruit  Department.  One 
of  the  newest  was  a  Herald  Tribune  ref- 
erence to  the  Ivy  League  as  "the  Hedira 
Helix-garlanded  Eastern  colleges." 

The  same  Bulletin  delighted  to  report 
receipt  of  a  formidable  illustrated  bro- 
chure from  The  Color  Research  Institute, 
all  about  the  marketing  effect  of  color 
and  design  in  packaging  consumer  goods. 
The  illustrations  are  all  black-and-white. 

>  WE  HOPE  that  Brunonians  always  feel 
themselves  welcome  in  Alumni  House. 
Recently,  the  University  of  California 
dedicated  its  magnificent  new  Alumni 
House  at  Berkeley,  and  a  remark  of  the 
late  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler  '76,  one-time 
President  of  Cal.,  was  revived:  "Some- 
where in  a  large  university  like  ours  there 
must  be  a  family  hearth  of  Alma  Mater 
by  which  her  students  shall  delight  to 
sit  down." 

BUSTER 


OCTOBER   1955 


41 


Hall  of  Fame 
Selections 


Two  MORE  of  Brown's  most  illustri- 
ous sons,  the  late  Edward  North  Rob- 
inson '96  and  Wallace  Wade  '17,  have 
joined  Fritz  Pollard  '19  and  John  W. 
Heisman  '91  among  those  enshrined  in 
the  National  Football  Hall  of  Fame. 
These  two  heroes  from  Brown's  athletic 
past  were  two  of  the  five  coaches  honored 
in  the  latest  election  to  the  Hall  at  Rut- 
gers University.  Pollard,  perhaps  Robin- 
son's greatest  star,  was  entered  into  the 
company  of  the  gridiron  immortals  last 
fall  in  ceremonies  performed  between  the 
halves  of  the  Brown-Springfield  game. 
Heisman's  renown  was  as  a  coach  at 
Penn. 

Ed  Robinson  dominated  Brown  foot- 
ball from  the  '90's  through  1925.  He  con- 
tinued a  loyal  follower  of  the  game  until 
his  death  in  1945  at  the  age  of  73.  In  the 
summer  of  1892  Robbie  was  employed  at 
a  small  New  Hampshire  hotel  "waiting 
on  table"  when  he  drew  the  attention  of  a 
distinguished  guest.  Dr.  E.  Benjamin  An- 
drews, President  of  Brown  University. 
Dr.  Andrews  formed  a  liking  for  this 
soft-spoken  youngster  from  Sabattus,  Me., 
and  sold  him  on  the  advantages  of  a  cer- 
tain college  in  Providence, 


THE  LATE  ED   ROBINSON   '96,  above,  and  Wally  Wade  '17,  an   undergraduate  photo 

at  left,  were  among  the  new  choices  for  Football's  Hall  of  Fame.  A  ceremony  honoring 

the  famous  Brown  coach  will  be  part  of  the  program  at  the  1955  Homecoming  Dinner 

on  Oct.  8,  when  many  of  his  former  players  plan  a  special  reunion  on  the  Hill. 


The  rest  is  legend.  Before  he  was  grad- 
uated, Robbie  had  earned  himself  a  place 
in  the  upper  brackets  of  Brown's  athletic 
history.  He  received  nine  Varsity  letters, 
four  in  football,  three  in  baseball,  and 
two  in  track.  In  1898  he  assumed  the 
coaching  duties  at  his  Alma  Mater,  and, 
with  the  exception  of  four  years,  re- 
mained head  Bruin  coach  through  the 
1925  season. 

His  24-year  coaching  record  shows  140 
victories,  82  defeats,  and  12  ties.  He  took 
Brown's  famous  1915  team  to  California 
to  meet  Washington  State  in  the  first 
Tournament  of  Roses  game  on  Jan.  1, 
1916.  Robbie  definitely  was  associated 
with  one  of  Brown's  finest  pigskin  eras, 
but  he  was  equally  noted  for  always  plac- 
ing the  welfare  of  his  players  above  the 
winning  of  any  particular  game.  His  men 
responded  with  an  all-out  effort  for  Rob- 
bie every  minute  they  were  on  the  field. 
Five  of  them,  John  Mayhew  '09,  Adrian 
Regnier  '10,  W.  Earl  Sprackling  '12, 
George  Crowther  '13,  and  Fritz  Pollard 
'19,  were  selected  first-team  All- American 
by  Walter  Camp. 

Brown's  personal  regard  for  Robbie 
was  expressed  in  1943  when  the  Robin- 
son Collection  of  athletic  books,  prints, 
and  pictures  was  established  at  the  John 
Hay  Library.  This  memorial,  started 
largely  through  the  efforts  of  Bill  Burn- 
ham  "07,  will  remain  a  permanent  re- 
minder of  a  truly  great  Brown  man.  Rob- 
bie was  on  hand  for  a  great  reunion  with 
his  "boys." 

One  of  the  players  on  Robbie's  1915 
Rose   Bowl   eleven    was   a   small   under- 


nourished-looking tackle  by  the  name  of 
Wade.  Fighting  to  earn  his  berth,  he 
nevertheless  did  absorb  his  football  so 
well  that  the  name  Wally  Wade  now  is 
placed  alongside  Knute  Rockne,  Bernie 
Bierman,  Andy  Kerr,  and  the  other 
coaching  greats.  After  taking  Vanderbilt 
through  two  undefeated  seasons  in  1921 
and  1922,  he  moved  on  to  Alabama  and 
greater  fame.  In  his  eight  years  there,  he 
guided  the  Crimson  Tide  to  61  victories, 
13  defeats,  and  three  ties.  He  took  three 
of  these  teams  to  the  Rose  Bowl  without 
suffering  a  defeat  there. 

When  Wally  moved  on  to  Duke  Uni- 
versitv  in  1931,  he  had  even  greater  suc- 
cess. Perhaps  his  finest  team  at  Durham 
was  the  1938  eleven  which  went  through 
the  entire  season  undefeated,  untied,  and 
unscored  on.  It  earned  the  trip  to  the 
Rose  Bowl  and  was  leading  Southern  Cal- 
ifornia 3-0  with  only  40  seconds  to  play 
when  a  desperation  pass  from  a  third- 
string  quarterback  cost  them  a  7-3  de- 
cision and  spoiled  their  record  of  not 
having  had  their  goal  line  crossed  all 
season.  That  pass  remains  one  of  foot- 
ball's most  discussed  plays. 

In  his  coaching  philosophy,  Wally  was 
a  great  "system"  man.  He  had  five  car- 
dinal rules  for  his  players  to  master: 
blocking,  tackling,  rushing  the  passer  and 
kicker,  covering  kicks,  and  returning 
kicks.  Of  course,  there  were  varied  and 
ramified  corollaries  to  Wade's  system. 
However,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  it 
was  a  blocked  Pittsburgh  punt  in  1938 
that  gave  his  Blue  Devils  a  7-0  victory 
and    sent    them    on    their    cross-country 


42 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


argosy  to  meet  the  Trojans  in  the  Rose 
Bowl. 

Wally,  now  the  Commissioner  of  the 
Southern  Conference,  has  always  be- 
lieved that  the  only  reason  for  a  boy  leav- 
ing home  and  spending  four  years  at  col- 
lege was  to  develop  himself  mentally, 
morally,  and  physically.  His  athletic  pro- 
grams at  Vanderbilt,  Alabama,  and  Duke 
were  carried  out  with  this  aim  in  mind. 


On  the  Air 


BROWN  SUPPORTERS,  when  unable 
to  sit  in  on  Varsity  football  this  fall, 
will  still  be  able  to  follow  games  at  a  dis- 
tance through  broadcasts  now  scheduled 
or  pending. 

Of  particular  interest  will  be  Brown's 
first  appearance  on  television  in  several 
years  when  the  Columbia  Broadcasting 
System  carries  the  Harvard  game  from 
Cambridge  on  Nov.  12.  This  booking  fol- 
lows a  relaxing  of  the  NCAA  policy  on 
television  to  permit  regional  telecasts  in 
addition  to  those  contracted  for  on  a  na- 
tional basis.  The  regional  games  may  not 
be  shown  across  district  boundaries.  The 
Harvard-Brown  contest  will  be  the  re- 
gional offering  for  the  East  on  that  day 
over  CBS,  in  additional  to  NBC's  telecast 
of  the  Navy-Columbia  game. 

The  presentation  of  the  Brown-Har- 
vard telecast  is  one  which  the  stations  in 
the  area  may  elect  to  carry  if  they  choose 
— in  New  England,  New  York,  New  Jer- 
sey, Pennsylvania,  Delaware,  Maryland, 
and  the  District  of  Columbia.  For  it  the 
NCAA's  Districts  One  and  Two  are  com- 
bined— New  England  and  the  Atlantic 
Seaboard. 

All  Brown  home  games  will  be  broad- 
cast over  Radio  Stations  WEAN  (AM) 
and  WPJB  (FM),  both  of  Providence. 
The  Thanksgiving  morning  game  with 
Rutgers  will  also  be  carried  by  Station 
WRUN,  Utica.  The  Brown  game  at 
Princeton  may  be  heard  over  Stations 
WBUD,  KYW,  and  possibly  WNJR.  The 
Harvard  game  will  probably  be  carried  by 
WBZ,  Boston,  and  WBZA,  Springfield, 
Mass. 

The  undergraduate  radio  station  at 
Brown,  WBRU,  is  prepared  to  undertake 
more  special  telephonic  broadcasts  of 
home  games  for  the  benefit  of  Brown 
Clubs  throughout  the  country.  A  number 
of  the  alumni  groups  were  negotiating 
with  WBRU  at  the  end  of  the  summer, 
and  the  Brown  Network  hoped  to  have 
even  more  Clubs  signed  up  than  a  year 
ago  when  the  alumni  as  far  away  as  Mil- 
waukee, Pittsburgh,  Buffalo,  and  Chicago 
followed  the  Harvard  game  and  were  en- 
thusiastic about  the  experiment. 

Last  year's  broadcast  cost  the  four  par- 
ticipating Brown  Clubs  about  $95  each, 
including  amplifiers  and  other  incidental 
expenses.  Programs,  scoreboards,  and 
other  accessories  heightened  the  interest. 
With  more  participating  Clubs  this  fall, 
the  Network  is  sure  that  costs  per  Club 
can  be  reduced  substantially.  One  esti- 
mate was  that  $45  would  cover  expenses 
if  eight  groups  shared,  depending  on  the 
distance  which  the  description  must  be 
piped  over  private  telephone  wire.  The 
first  broadcast  is  planned  for  the  Home- 
coming game  with  Dartmouth,  other 
bookings  being  determined  by  the  re- 
sponse then. 


A  New  Ice  Coach 

JIM  FULLERTON,  46-year-old  Nor- 
wich University  graduate  and  highly 
successful  coach  at  the  Northwood 
School  for  Boys  in  Lake  Placid,  N.  Y., 
for  the  past  24  years,  has  succeeded  Don 
Whiston  as  hockey  mentor  at  Brown. 
On  Sept.  1  he  assumed  his  duties,  which 
will  include  helping  out  with  Freshman 
football  in  the  fall  and  handling  intra- 
mural sections  in  the  spring. 

Whiston,  one  of  Brown's  all-time 
hockey  greats,  announced  his  retirement 
from  the  coaching  profession  early  in 
June  due  to  the  growing  pressure  of  his 
investment  business.  He  coached  three 
seasons  at  Brown  and  compiled  a  record 
of  28  wins.  27  defeats,  and  one  tie. 

In  his  24  years  at  the  Northwood 
School,  Fullerton's  teams  won  80%  of 
their  games.  Last  season,  he  coached  a 
relatively  green  sextet  to  a  14-5  mark. 
Three  members  of  the  Brown  squad. 
Captain-elect  Pete  Tutless,  Don  Arse- 
nault,  and  Ronnie  Dashnaw,  played  for 
FuUerton  at  Northwood.  Don  Sennott,  a 
fine  forward  on  the  Bruin  team  that  made 
the  NCAA  finals  in  1951,  also  was  one  of 
his  products. 

The   undergraduate   careers  of  Fuller- 


ton  and  Whiston  are  somewhat  alike  in 
that  Jim  was  also  a  great  goaltender  in 
his  playing  days  and  captained  his  sextet. 
He  was  graduated  from  Norwich  in  1930 
and,  after  serving  a  season  as  coach  at 
that  college,  joined  the  Northwood  fac- 
ulty the  following  year.  Last  spring,  he 
left  the  Lake  Placid  private  school  and 
finished  out  the  academic  year  at  Lake 
Placid  High  School. 

Throughout  his  coaching  career,  Ful- 
lerton  has  stressed  the  fundamentals  of 
hockey — good  skating,  stick-handling,  and 
passing.  He  believes  that  mastery  of 
these  points  is  the  secret  of  any  team's 
success.  He  also  likes  his  men  to  play 
an  aggressive  but  clean  brand  of  hockey. 

Fullerton  was  born  in  Beverly,  Mass., 
in  1909  and  attended  Beverly  High 
School.  During  World  War  II,  he  served 
in  the  Army  and  holds  the  rank  of 
Lieutenant  Colonel  in  the  active  reserves. 
He  is  married  and  has  two  children,  Joan, 
who  entered  Colby  Junior  College  this 
fall,  and  Jim,  who  is  14.  He  and  his  wife, 
Frances,  are  looking  forward  to  their 
new  life  and  have  already  met  and  con- 
quered one  big  obstacle — the  problem  of 
a  new  home.  The  Fullerton  family  is 
comfortably  situated  at  Wilson  Ave.,  in 
Rumford. 


The  Brown  Clubs  Report 


WITH  FRESHMAN  WEEK  begin- 
ning on  College  Hill  Sept.  12  and 
other  undergraduates  returning  the  fol- 
lowing week.  Brown  Club  activity  began 
in  earnest  for  the  autumn  all  over  the 
country.  Send-off  parties,  which  the  stu- 
dents have  come  to  expect  and  enjoy, 
provided  the  occasion  for  getting  Club 
programs  off  to  a  lively  start.  They  have 
become  increasingly  popular  everywhere 
and  provide  a  natural  contact  between 
the  alumni  and  the  students. 

Many  of  these  affairs  were  held  too 
late  for  report  in  this  issue,  but  a  few 
are  noted  below  on  the  basis  of  advance 
word. 

The  other  feature  of  the  Brown  Club 
story  this  month  is  the  new  leadership  in 
many  localities.  Plans  for  a  good  winter 
are  being  made  by  the  new  officers. 

An  Outing  for  Buffalo 
Over  50  members  of  the  Buffalo 
Brown  Club  of  Western  New  York,  tak- 
ing advantage  of  some  fine  weather, 
turned  out  for  the  Annual  Picnic  July  26 
and  helped  to  make  the  affair  a  sparkling 
success. 

The  group  gathered  at  the  home  of 
Douglas  Whiteside  '36  in  Wanakah  on 
the  lakeside  drive.  A  back  yard  over  a 
block  long  with  green  lawns  and  trees 
made  an  ideal  setting  for  the  gala  affair. 
Early  in  the  afternoon  some  of  the  mem- 
bers took  to  the  links,  while  others  pre- 
ferred to  swim.  Then  all  the  Club  mem- 
bers gathered  around  four  or  five  long 
tables  and  ate  a  delicious  Brown  banquet. 
Bob  King  and  Hal  Bergwall,  a  pair  of 
fancy  cooks  from  the  Class  of  '50,  were 
on  the  hamburger  detail  and  did  a  fine 
job.  Several  of  the  ladies  had  brought 
cold  salads,  fixings,  and  lots  of  cake.  And, 


with  the  recent  Rockefeller  gifts,  the  big- 
gest Alumni  Dinner  ever  at  the  past  Com- 
mencement, and  the  University  Fund 
passing  the  $320,000  mark,  there  was 
much  to  talk  about. 

President  Berger  announced  a  nominat- 
ing committee  for  the  election  of  new 
officers  at  the  next  meeting,  Nov.  12.  This 
is  the  day  of  the  Brown-Harvard  football 
game,  and  the  members  plan  to  watch  the 
battle  on  television  right  after  the  busi- 
ness meeting. 

LLOYD  W.  JOSSELYN  '07 


In  the  Connecticut  Valley 

Moses  Sparks,  Jr.  '48,  was  elected 
President  of  the  Connecticut  Valley 
Brown  Club  for  1955-56  at  the  Club's  an- 
nual meeting  which  followed  a  family 
picnic  June  15  at  King  Phillip's  Stockade, 
Springfield,  attended  by  approximately  40 
alumni,  undergraduates,  and  guests. 
Sparks  succeeds  John  Byam  '36,  who  be- 
comes an  ex-officio  member  of  the  Board 
of  Directors.  Other  officers  elected  were: 
Vice-President — Richard  Morse  '34;  Sec- 
retary— Lew  Shaw  '48;  Assistant  Secre- 
tary— Allyn  Smith  '52;  Treasurer — Walter 
Cameron  '45.  Directors — Dr.  William  C. 
Hill  '94,  George  Corcoran,  Sr.  '06,  Dr. 
Louis  Hathaway  '24,  Harry  Thompson 
'42,  and  Donald  Hutchison  '50. 

The  slate  of  new  officers  was  presented 
by  a  nominating  committee  composed  of 
Henry  Hayes  '42,  Chairman,  Ralph  Arm- 
strong "17,  and  James  McGuire  '38.  The 
committee  in  charge  of  the  picnic  in- 
cluded Messrs.  Morse,  Chairman,  Sparks, 
Byam,  and  McGuire. 

The  scholarship  committee  of  Lew 
Shaw,  Chairman,  Ralph  Armstrong  and 
August   Avantaggio   announced   that   the 


OCTOBER   1955 


43 


fourth  annual  Connecticut  Valley  Brown 
Club  Scholarship  has  been  awarded  to 
James  J.  Hosling,  Jr.  of  126  Roanoke 
Rd.,  Springfield,  a  three-year  honor  stu- 
dent at  Technical  High  School. 

The  Club  mourned  the  death  in  June  of 
Walter  H.  Mitchell  "00,  who  was  instru- 
mental in  founding  the  Connecticut  Val- 
ley Brown  Club  in  1903  and  who  was  its 
first  President.  He  constantly  maintained 
his  interest  in  the  University  and  the 
Club,  and  was  a  member  of  its  Board  of 
Directors  as  recently  as  1954. 

LEWIS  A.  SHAW  '48 


New  York's  Calendar 

The  monthly  luncheons  of  the 
Brown  University  Club  in  New  York  get 
under  way  on  Oct.  18,  continuing  the 
busy  fall  program  which  started  Sept.  8 
with  the  annual  send-off  of  Freshmen 
from  the  metropolitan  area.  The  lunch- 
eons will  continue  on  the  third  Tuesday 
of  the  month,  beginning  at  12:30  in  the 
Landon  Room  of  the  Clubhouse  at  39 
East  39th  St. 

Other  events  on  the  September  sched- 
ule were  a  baseball  outing  at  Yankee 
Stadium  planned  for  the  16th  and  a  cock- 
tail party  at  the  Clubhouse  after  the  Co- 
lumbia game  on  the  24th. 

October's  calendar  includes  a  party  Fri- 
day night,  Oct.  28,  the  eve  of  the  Prince- 
ton football  game.  A  speaker  from  Col- 
lege Hill  will  feature  the  Faculty  Night 
Dinner  on  Nov.  16,  while  Coach  Al  Kel- 


ley  is  tentatively  booked  for  the  Football 
Smoker  Dec.  2.  The  annual  Christmas 
Egg  Nog  Party  is  down  for  Dec.  16. 

The  Club  set  a  new  record  last  sum- 
mer when  the  membership  passed  the 
800  figure.  The  800th  member  turned  out 
to  be  Wendell  B.  Barnes  '32,  Small  Busi- 
ness Administrator  with  headquarters  in 
Washington,  D.  C. 

RICHARD  B.   WALSH  '51 


Browne  Succeeds  Brown 

The  June  meeting  of  the  Brown  Club 
of  Michigan,  held  at  the  Detroit  Univer- 
sity Club,  was  devoted  primarily  to  the 
election  of  new  officers.  The  following 
were  elected:  President — Bill  Browne 
'25:  Vice-President — Dick  Grout  '42; 
Secretary — Jack  Hocking  '46;  Treasurer 
— George  Dickey  '33. 

A  vote  of  thanks  was  given  to  Ken 
Brown,  the  Past  President,  and  the  other 
officers,  for  the  excellent  work  that  they 
turned  in  during  the  recent  year.  Others 
at  the  meeting  included:  Octave  Beauvais 
"18,  Ted  Farnsworth  '12,  Jack  Foley  '25, 
Joe  Freedman  '26,  Walter  Jackson  '39, 
Jim  Nestor  '41,  Dick  Selleck  '51,  and 
John  Welchli  "50. 

On  June  23,  Ken  Brown  invited  the 
Club  members  for  an  outing  on  his 
cruiser.  The  trip  started  with  a  two-hour 
ride  to  The  Old  Club  where  everyone  en- 
joyed a  delicious  steak  dinner.  Later, 
several  of  the  "athletic"  members  of  the 
group  went  swimming.  On  the  trip  home, 
everyone  joined  in  singing  Brown  songs 


and  the  whole  group  had  a  marvelous 
time.  The  "cruisers"  included:  Ken 
Brown,  Bill  Browne,  Jim  Ely,  Ted  Farns- 
worth, Jack  Foley,  Jack  Hocking,  Walter 
Jackson,  Bill  Moffett,  Jim  Nestor,  Hec 
Nimmo,  Jack  Sanders,  and  Dick  Selleck. 


Long  Island  Send-ofF 

The  second  annual  Get  To-Gether  of 
the  Brown  Club  of  Long  Island  was  held 
Sept.  7,  when  the  members  entertained 
Long  Island  boys  entering  Brown  for  the 
first  time  this  month  along  with  last  year's 
Brown  Freshmen  from  the  area.  Again, 
this  proved  to  be  a  fine  affair. 

Earlier,  on  July  28,  the  Club  elected 
the  following  members  to  the  Executive 
Committee  and  Board  of  Governors:  Ex- 
ecutive Committee — President  Fred  H. 
Baurenfeind  '50;  Vice-President  Don 
Allen  '38;  Secretary  Claude  B.  Worley 
'47;  Treasurer  John  Roe  '27.  Board  of 
Governors — Horace  Barker  '26,  Gerard 
Fernandez  '46,  J.  W.  Todd  Ferretti  '47, 
George  Held  '51,  Patrick  J.  James  '32, 
John  McGeeney  '27,  John  Padden  '41, 
and  George  West  '43. 


Hartford's  Choices 

The  Hartford  Brown  Club,  at  a  re- 
cent meeting,  elected  the  following  offi- 
cers for  the  year  1955-56:  President — 
Norris  L.  O'Neill  '50;  Vice-President — 
David  BufFum  '43;  Secretary — Cy  Flan- 
ders '18;  Treasurer — Clarence  Roth  '46; 
Assistant  Secretary — John  Durnin  '50. 


LONG  ISLAND  BRUNONIANS  turned  out  130  strong  when  the  Brown 
Club  dedicated  its  June  15  meeting  to  a  salute  to  President  Wriston. 
The  head  table  group  included:  first  row,  left  to  right— Frank  Russo  '26, 
first  President  ol  the  Club;  Mrs.  Paul  Dawson  Eddy;  Mrs.  Wriston;  Mrs. 
George  Dawson;  William   Rooney  '20,  Past  President  of  the  Brown   Engi- 


neering Association.  2nd  row— President  Paul  Dawson  Eddy  of  Adelphi 
College;  John  McGeeney  '27,  President  of  the  Brown  Club;  Dr.  Wriston; 
George  Dawson  '22  and  Stephen  McClellon  '23,  Past  Presidents.  Presi- 
dent Wriston  hod  received  on  honorary  degree  that  day  from  Adelphi 
College.  McCiellan  was  toastmoster. 


44 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Host  for 
Ivy  Golf 


^ 


ATLANTIC  CLAMS,  flown  to  Chicago  for 
the  occasion,  proved  one  of  the  attractions 
at  the  Brown  Club  Outing  at  the  farm  of 
Larry  Botemon  '31.  Representing  '45  were 
Mai  Smith,  Don  Marshall,  and  Lou  Hof- 
mann.  {Snapshots  by  Willard  Engelhard  '49) 


IVY  AND  CLAMS,  flown  from  the 
East,  were  appropriate  embellish- 
ments of  the  first  Ivy  League  Golf  Tour- 
nament and  Outing  held  under  the  spon- 
sorship of  the  Chicago  Brown  Club  at 
Harrington  Hills  Country  Club  July  22. 
All  eight  colleges  were  represented,  and 
the  Brown  Club  has  been  asked  to  spon- 
sor it  again  next  year  in  the  conviction 
that  the  event  was  "a  great  thing  and  will 
go  a  long  way  toward  strengthening  ties 
and  good  feeling  among  the  Ivy  Leaguers 
in  the  area. 

Princeton  won  the  trophy,  with  a  net 
of  137  for  its  twosome,  followed  in  or- 
der by  Brown  142,  Dartmouth  145,  Cor- 
nell 147,  Harvard  153,  Columbia  155, 
Yale  156,  and  Pennsylvania  159.  Norman 
McClave,  Jr.,  and  Alan  R.  Johnson  of 
the  winners  also  received  replicas  of  the 
Brown  Club  Bowl  for  their  permanent 
possession.  The  big  trophy  will  be  re- 
turned for  next  summer's  competition.  As 
runner-up,  the  Brown  team  received  en- 
graved prizes,  too. 

Despite  the  heat,  the  outing  was  a  ter- 
rific success.  Following  play,  all  ad- 
journed to  the  Bar  B  Q  at  the  farm  of 
Larry  Bateman  '31.  Here  the  trophy  and 
prizes  were  awarded  (only  to  be  snatched 
away  for  engraving,  which  has  now  been 
completed).  The  Gulf  Bowl,  which  the 


PRINCETON  WON  the  first  Ivy  League  golf  tourney  in  Chicago  and  received  the  Brown  Club 
Trophy  in  recognition  of  its  achievement  in  July  at  the  Barrington  Country  Club.  Left  to  right, 
above,  Alan  Johnston  and  Norman  McClave,  Jr.,  the  victorious  twosome.  Brown  Club  President 
David  T.  Murphy  '51  and  Judge  Otto  Kerner,  Jr.,  '30.  The  eight-team  tournament  was  held  in 
connection  with  the  annual  outing  of  the  Chicago  Brown  Club,  and  the  hottest  July  22  on  record 
didn't  prevent  another   record-attendance.   (Chicago  Tribune  photo  above) 


Princeton  team  received,  was  suitably 
filled  with  Ivy  imported  from  the  East. 
The  day's  only  casualty  was  in  the 
photographic  department.  Only  one  pic- 
ture of  the  foursomes  came  out,  but  ap- 
propriately that  was  of  the  winners,  with 
their  Harvard  opponents. 

The  original  announcement  of  the 
event  stated  that  "The  trophy  has  been 
given  as  a  perpetual  one  with  the  hope 
that  it  will  be  played  for  year  after  year 
and  not  necessarily  at  the  Brown  Club's 
outing.  Thus  other  alumni  groups  are 
welcome  to  sponsor  the  yearly  tourna- 
ment." Informal  requests  have  already 
been  made,  and  the  1955  committee  is  of 
the  opinion  that  a  precedent  should  be 
set  which  would  allow  the  winning  team 
to  have  the  option  of  sponsoring  the 
tourney  the  next  year.  The  second  option 
would  fall  to  the  runner-up,  and  on  down 
the  line  in  order  of  finish.  F.  Abbott 
Brown  '26  is  acting  as  "clearing  house" 
until  the  next  committee  is  appointed. 


Play  may  be  for  two-ball  low  net,  as 
this  year,  or  any  other  basis  as  deter- 
mined by  the  alumni  group  sponsoring 
the  tournament,  with  the  understanding 
that  handicaps  would  always  be  CGDA. 

Thanks  are  expressed  to  all  participants 
who  labored  with  woods  and  irons  in  the 
heat  on  behalf  of  their  Alma  Mater,  and 
especially  to  Tony  Bateman  '25,  who  did 
so  much  to  make  us  feel  at  home  at  Har- 
rington Hills  Country  Club.  The  1955 
Chicagoland  Ivy  League  Alumni  Golf 
Committee  was  made  up  of:  F.  A.  Brown, 
Brown;  William  Howell,  Dartmouth; 
Clinton  E.  Frank,  Yale;  Tilden  Cum- 
mings,  Princeton;  Gerry  Schmur,  Cor- 
nell; and  W.  E.  Fay,  Jr.,  '38,  Brown. 

The  scores:  Princeton — McClave  76- 
11-65;  Johnston  80-8-72.  Brown— A.  S. 
George  '39  75-4-71.  Fay  78-7-71.  Dart- 
mouth— Eugene  Howard  76-5-71;  Kent 
Calhoun  82-8-74.  Cornell— Charles  J. 
Whipple,  Jr.,  83-13-70;  Mean  Montgom- 
ery  85-8-77.   Harvard— Robert   F.   Spin- 


OCTOBER   1955 


45 


dell  85-10-75.  Henry  Bartholomay,  III, 
92-14-78.  Columbia— Garrett  Bergan  95- 
15-80;  George  Lutton  101-26-75.  Yale- 
John  H.  Hobart  81-8-73;  F.  A.  Brown 
102-19-83.  Penn— A.  W.  Ormiston  94- 
10-84:  N.  G.  Kanrich  81-6-75.  (Yale's 
score  is  not  representative  of  Eli  prowess 
inasmuch  as  a  Brunonian  had  to  be 
drafted  for  the  day  as  a  Yaley  to  fill  in 
for  R.  T.  Isham.  who  could  not  partici- 
pate at  the  last  moment.) 

George  of  Brown  who  won  high  hon- 
ors (but  no  prize)  for  shooting  low 
gross,  75.  He  and  Fay  received  engraved 
compotes  for  being  the  runner-up  two- 
some. Their  team  gross  was  also  the 
best  for  the  day,  153. 

ABBY  BROWN  "26 

Inland  Empire 

Brown  men  and  women  from  Spo- 
kane, Pullman  and  Moscow  (Ida.)  gath- 
ered recently  at  Struppler's  restaurant  to 
talk  over  the  formation  of  a  new  Brown 
club  to  cover  the  Inland  Empire. 

Harry  T.  Anthony  '05  was  a  guest  of 
honor.  Just  back  from  the  50th  reunion 
of  his  class  he  told  the  gathering  his  im- 
pressions of  the  '"new  Brown"  as  it  ap- 
peared to  one  who  had  not  been  there 
for  many  years.  Anthony  is  the  senior 
partner  in  Anthony,  Baker  &  Burns,  Spo- 
kane, real  estate  and  insurance.  Mrs. 
Anthony,  Vassar  '07,  was  with  him. 
Others  from  Spokane  were  Charles  R. 
Stark,  Jr.,  '07,  Dorothea  B.  Stark  '07, 
and  Mrs.  Josephine  Johnson  '23.  Her 
husband,  the  Rev.  Willard  F.  Johnson  '23, 
assistant  pastor  of  Westminster  Congre- 
gational church,  Spokane,  was  unable  to 
attend  as  he  was  officiating  at  a  wedding. 

From  Pullman  were  Dr.  Juanita  Wag- 
ner '49  of  the  Washington  State  College 
Faculty;  William  B.  Crafts  '50,  head 
counsellor.  Waller  Hall,  W.S.C;  Dr. 
Horace  E.  Chandler  '06,  retired  W.S.C. 
Faculty  member  now  a  newspaper  corre- 
spondent. Dr.  Edward  L.  Wagner  '48, 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry  at 
W.S.C,  was  unable  to  attend.  The  Uni- 
versity of  Idaho's  backfield  coach,  John 
H.  Pattee  '44,  son  of  Harry  Pattee  '06, 
made  up  the  Idaho  delegation. 

It  is  expected  other  meetings  will  be 
held  and  other  Brown  people,  at  W.S.C, 
Idaho,  and  Whitman  will  be  on  hand. 

Washington  Picks  Ed  Place 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Brown  Club  of 
Washington,  D.  C,  held  Aug.  17  at  the 
National  Press  Club,  the  following  offi- 
cers were  elected  for  the  coming  year: 
President — Ed  Place  '24;  Vice-President 
— Bill  Barton  '45;  Secretary — Dick  Phil- 
lips '50;  Treasurer — Bill  Maxwell  '48. 

The  Club  has  tentative  plans  to  create 
a  "Past  Presidents'  Council"  from  among 
the  former  leaders  still  living  and  resid- 
ing in  the  Washington  area.  The  idea  be- 
hind this  plan  is  to  have  the  advantage 
of  their  experience,  enthusiasm,  and  sug- 
gestions (and  not  to  let  such  men  fall 
to  the  end  of  the  line). 

Rhode  Island  Officers 

Officers  of  the  Brown  Club  of  Rhode 
Island  for  1955-56  are  the  following: 
President — Alan  P.  Cusick  '32;  Vice- 
President — Robert  T.  Engles  '40;  Treas- 
urer— Richmond  H.  Sweet  '25;  Secretary 
— Stuart  C.  Sherman  '39;  Executive 
Committee — Richard  D.  Batchelder  '35, 
A.  Paul  Brugge  '31,  Maury  Caito  '34, 
Donald  Campbell  '48,  J.  Richmond  Fales 
'10,  Stanley  Henshaw,  Jr.,  '35,  Elwood  E. 


Leonard,  Jr.,  '51,  Lewis  S.  Milner  '02, 
Earl  B.  Nichols  '43,  Raymond  F.  Noonan 
'36,  Joseph  Olney,  Jr.,  '36,  Louis  J.  Regine 
'48,  William  D.  Reynolds  '37,  John  M. 
Sapinsley  '42.  Ernest  T.  Savignano  '42, 
Jackson  H.  Skillings  '37,  Martin  L.  Tarpy 
'37,  Joseph  S.  Thompson  '33,  Matthew 
E.  Ward  '35,  and  G.  Gale  Wisbach  '39. 

Welcomed  by  Worcester 

Eight  boys  from  Worcester  County, 
Mass.,  who  entered  Brown  this  fall  were 
given  a  colorful  "send-off"  dinner  by  the 


Worcester  County  Brown  Club  Sept.  8  at 
the  popular  Sterling  Inn.  Prof.  Elmer 
Blistein  and  Ben  McKendall  of  the  Ad- 
missions Office  spoke  at  the  stag  affair, 
which  included  sub-freshmen  and  their 
fathers. 

The  officers  for  this  Club  are:  Presi- 
dent— John  Pietro,  Jr.  '52;  Vice-President 
— Carl  Jacobson  '51;  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary— Robert  Siff  '48;  Recording  Secre- 
tary— Art  Jacobson  '50;  Treasurer — Rob- 
ert H.  Johnson  '51;  Membership  Chair- 
man— Norman  Orell  '5 1 ;  Admissions 
Chairman — Robert  Stewart  '51. 


Brunonians  Far  and  Near 

EDITED    BY   JAY   BARRY   '50 


ing  the  period  from  1902  through  1904, 
Chase  participated  in  numerous  auto  en- 
durance contests  and  races  and  was  the 
magazine  editor  of  The  Horseless  Age. 
Throughout  his  life  he  has  maintained  his 
interest  in  the  automotive  field. 

Ralph  C.  Estes  has  moved  to  new 
quarters  at  1130  SoroUa  Ave.,  Coral 
Gables,  Fla. 

1900 

The  Rev.  Harold  S.  Capron,  Pastor  of 
the  First  Congregational  Church  in  Whit- 
man, Mass..  lost  his  assistant  minister  last 
May  but,  thanks  to  many  friends  of  the 
church,  he  was  able  to  keep  the  robe  the 
young  man  had  been  wearing  for  the  past 
three  years.  As  a  farewell  gift  to  the 
young  minister,  his  friends  presented  him 
with  a  ministerial  robe  of  black  faille  and 
rich  velvet.  The  Rev.  Capron  then  ex- 
plained that  the  robe  which  the  young 
man  had  been  wearing  belonged  to  him 
while  he  was  a  student  at  Brown  55  years 
ago. 

Waldo  Gifford  Leiand,  member  of  the 
Board  of  Fellows,  recovered  from  the  re- 
sults of  an  accident  sufficiently  to  take 
part  in  the  election  of  Barnaby  C.  Keeney 
as  the  12th  President  of  Brown.  The  acci- 
dent had  prevented  him  from  attending 
the  50th  Reunion  of  his  Class  in  June. 
Leiand  is  writing  a  brief  biography  of  J. 
Franklin  Jameson.  Professor  of  History 
at  Brown  from  1888-1901,  for  the  second 
supplemental  volume  of  the  Dictionary 
of  American  Biography.  In  addition,  he 
has  been  overseeing  the  printing  of  sev- 
eral hundred  letters  of  Jameson  which  are 
to  be  published  this  fall  by  the  American 
Philosophical  Society  in  its  series  of 
Memoirs.  Leiand  has  been  reappointed 
Consultant  in  the  History  of  International 
Intellectual  Relations  in  the  Library  of 
Congress  for  a  period  of  three  years,  and 
he  is  revising,  for  delayed  printing  publi- 
cation by  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington,  the  last  two  volumes  of  his 
Guide  to  Materials  for  the  American  His- 
tory in  the  Libraries  and  Archives  of 
Paris. 

1901 

Judge  Rufus  H.  Cook,  a  Trustee  of 
Hopkins  Academy  in  Old  Hadley,  Mass., 
was  on  hand  to  present  the  diplomas  to 
the  graduating  class  in  June.  The  Judge, 
who  was  a  star  athlete  at  Brown,  has  a 
grandson  who  was  co-captain  of  the  Wil- 
braham  football  team  last  fall. 


WALTER  BROWNELL  '94  received  an  hon- 
orary LL.D.  from  the  University  of  Rhode 
Island  at  its  June  Commencement  (see  page 
37).  He  is  the  creator  of  some  50  varieties 
of  roses. 


1896 

SINCE  RETIRING,  the  Rev.  Joseph 
Canfield  Van  Doren  and  his  wife 
have  traveled  extensively  throughout  the 
United  States  and  Canada.  To  date,  they 
have  covered  43  States  and  parts  of  six 
provinces  of  Canada.  In  addition,  he  has 
had  an  active  part  in  the  establishing  of 
three  churches. 

1898 

The  Rev.  L.  B.  Mathewson,  who  has 
taught  at  the  Providence-Barrington  Bible 
College  for  the  past  21  years,  has  become 
an  Emeritus  but  will  remain  with  the 
school  in  a  business  capacity.  His  book  on 
the  Illustration  has  recently  been  repub- 
lished, while  a  new  small  book  on  the 
Trinity  also  has  been  published. 

1899 

Julian  Chase,  noted  author,  publisher, 
and  editor,  was  the  guest  speaker  at  the 
July  meeting  of  the  Woodbury  Lions 
Club  in  Connecticut.  His  topic  was  one 
with  which  he  is  quite  familiar,  "The 
Publishing  Business  and  Reminiscences  of 
The  Early  Days  of  the  Automobile."  Dur- 


46 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


Henry  C.  Hart,  Providence  attorney, 
has  been  reelected  as  Rhode  Island  dele- 
gate to  the  American  Bar  Association's 
House  of  Delegates,  the  policy-making 
body  of  the  association. 

Leland  Eaton  was  confined  to  the 
Mountainside  Hospital  in  Montclair, 
N.  J.,  last  summer  and  was  unable  to  at- 
tend the  funeral  of  his  wife  who  passed 
away  in  Verona,  N.  J.  Leland  had  suf- 
fered a  broken  hip. 

1902 

After  being  honored  by  the  Mystic, 
Conn.,  Chamber  of  Commerce  on  April 
20,  Jerry  Holmes  received  another  thrill 
June  14  when  he  and  his  wife  were 
greeted  by  thirty-one  neighboring  families 
on  the  couple's  50th  Wedding  Anniver- 
sary. A  day  which  they  had  intended  to 
spend  quietly  was  crowded  with  congratu- 
lations and  best  wishes  by  mail  and  tele- 
phone, a  stream  of  personal  callers,  a 
house  filled  with  flowers,  and  gifts  of  var- 
ious sorts,  topped  by  the  presentation  of 
a  $50  bill  by  the  thirty-one  families.  "It 
was  a  golden  deed  on  a  golden  anniver- 
sary," Jerry  declared  on  behalf  of  his  wife 
and  himself. 

The  Class  extends  its  sympathy  to  Dr. 
Harold  G.  Calder  on  the  death  of  his 
wife,  Mrs.  Mildred  M.  Calder,  July  II. 

1903 

William  T.  Hastings,  Professor  Emeri- 
tus at  Brown,  addressed  the  Colby  Col- 
lege Phi  Beta  Kappa  dinner  in  May.  As 
Vice-President  of  PBK,  he  welcomed  16 
Colby  Seniors  recently  elected  to  the  so- 
ciety. 

1904 

Lester  Nichols  and  his  wife  made  a 
contribution  of  $50,000  to  establish  a 
Nichols  family  memorial  in  Bennington's 
Putnam  Memorial  Hospital  last  June.  Ac- 
cording to  Hall  Cushman,  Chairman  of 
the  Building  Fund  Campaign,  "This  sub- 
scription is  just  one  more  splendid  dem- 
onstration of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Nichols  life- 
long interest  in  the  welfare  of  their 
community.  Coming  at  the  outset  of  the 
hospital  building  fund  campaign,  it  is  an 
inspiration  to  all  of  us."  Nichols  was  born 
in  Bennington,  Vt.,  and  has  spent  the 
greater  part  of  his  life  there. 

1905 

J.  Madison  Gathany,  though  retired  for 
over  10  years,  is  still  writing  books  and 
magazine  articles.  Altogether,  he  has 
written  three  text  books,  edited  one,  and 
has  had  published  more  than  200  maga- 
zine articles. 

1906 

One  of  the  principal  personal  adven- 
tures in  the  life  of  Alysworth  Brown  has 
been  his  discovery  of  a  copy  of  a  First 
Edition  of  Edgar  Allan  Poe's  "Murder  in 
the  Rue  Morgue,"  Philadelphia,  1843.  It 
was  found  among  old  pamphlets  in  his  in- 
herited ancestral  library,  and,  after  a  per- 
sistent and  nation-wide  correspondence, 
he  found  a  purchaser  for  the  book. — 
Scribner's  in  New  York. 

If  there  is  one  thing  Gerald  Cooper 
likes  about  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  there 
is,  it  is  the  temperature!  According  to 
Cooper,  the  climate  is  perfect.  His  record- 
ing thermometer  registered  for  the  entire 
year  of  1954  a  minimum  of  68  and  a 
maximum  of  84.  As  a  yachtsman,  he  also 
sings  the  praises  of  his  island  paradise.  In 


Brigham'.s  Revere 
"Paul  Revere's  Engravings"  is 
the  latest  book  by  Dr.  Clarence  S. 
Brigham  "99  of  Worcester  and  the 
subject  of  enthusiastic  reviews.  The 
New  York  Times  in  March  said:  "It 
is  the  most  complete  and  valuable, 
the  most  sumptuous  and  beautiful 
book  ever  published  on  the  work 
of  an  American  engraver." 

Brigham's  picture,  in  color,  ap- 
peared in  the  National  Geographic 
Magazine  for  February  in  connec- 
tion with  an  article  on  the  Ameri- 
can Antiquarian  Society,  of  which 
he  has  long  been  Director. 


fact,  he  thinks  that  Classmates  ready  to 
retire  should  give  considerable  considera- 
tion to  coming  down  and  "looking  us 
over." 

Last  month  at  the  annual  meeting  of 
The  Vermont  Historical  Society,  Leon 
Gay  was  elected  as  President  for  the  17th 
time.  Vermont  now  has  the  second  largest 
State  Historical  Society  per  capita,  being 
exceeded  only  by  Wisconsin.  The  main 
aim  of  the  Society  has  been  to  make 
History  more  popular.  Among  Society 
projects  have  been  an  historical  essay  con- 
test open  to  all  high  school  students,  pil- 
grimages to  historical  spots,  and  sponsor- 
ship of  Vermont  Life,  a  fine  State  maga- 
zine. Gay  plans  to  return  for  the  Big  50th 
Reunion  in  June. 

William  A.  Kennedy,  Product  Super- 
visor of  Grinnell  Company,  has  been 
awarded  the  McCrea  medal  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Malleable  Founders'  So- 
ciety held  at  White  Sulphur  Springs, 
West  Va.,  in  June.  Kennedy,  who  has 
been  Chairman  of  the  Council  in  recent 
years,  received  the  award  for  "outstand- 
ing service  to  the  industry." 

The  Class  wishes  to  offer  its  sincere 
sympathy  to  Wayne  L.  Randall,  whose 
wife,  Sallie  Gardner  Randall,  died  at  their 
home  in  Washington,  D.  C,  July  28. 

1907 

The  Bill  Burnhams  spent  another  rest- 
ful summer  at  his  Squirrel  Island,  Me., 
home.  They  did,  however,  take  a  few  side 
trips  to  Bar  Harbor  and  then  to  Lake 
Placid  and  various  other  points  in  north- 
ern New  York  State.  Bob  Curley  dropped 
in  for  a  short  visit  and  showed  movies  of 
his  recent  trip  around  the  World. 

Lloyd  W.  Josselyn  stirred  up  some  old 
memories  in  June  when  he  spent  a  week 
in  Bridgewater,  Mass.,  his  birthplace  and 
a  town  he  hadn't  visited  in  50  years.  He 
attended  old  Bridgewater  High  before 
coming  to  Brown. 

Sam  Steere,  back  at  work  with  Good- 
year Tire  &  Rubber  Company  in  Akron, 
went  to  England  in  early  summer  on  the 
Queen  Elizabeth  and  met  Doug  Mercer 
'06  on  the  ship.  "We  had  a  real  nice  visit 
together,"  Sam  wrote.  "And  I  enjoyed 
my  trip  through  Europe,  which  was  on 
business." 

H.  E.  Hallborg,  reporting  recovery 
after  an  ankle  bang  that  slowed  him  up 
for  several  months,  is  assisting,  as  Re- 
search Consultant,  an  American  group 
associated  with  Radio  Free  Europe,  in 
the  technique  of  getting  signals  through 
the  interference  of  17  Communist  sta- 
tions. Heinie  defines  his  work  as  "a  pleas- 
ure," and  adds,  "Such  is  my  life  after  six 
years  of  retirement." 

The    Rev.    L.    S.    Hoffman    and    Mrs. 


Hoffman  are  home  again  in  Lansdale, 
Pa.,  after  a  summer  in  Wisconsin  Dells, 
Wis.,  which  followed  a  trip  across  the 
country  to  Portland,  Ore.,  in  July.  "We 
have  served  in  Central  Schwenkfelder 
Church  for  45  years,"  Levi  wrote,  "and 
the  officers  thought  it  was  about  time  for 
the  Church  to  have  a  vacation.  So,  they 
gave  us  $1500  for  a  trip."  The  Hoffmans 
drove  their  car  to  Chicago  and  then  went 
to  Portland  by  train. 

Carl  Crummett  and  Mrs.  Crummett, 
trailer  touring  through  the  Far  West, 
called  on  Charlie  Stark  and  Mrs.  Stark 
in  Spokane,  last  summer.  "Carl  is  looking 
forward  to  our  50th,"  Charlie  said.  "I 
promised  him  we'll  be  seeing  him  then, 
as  Dorothy  and  I  are  laying  our  plans 
for  '57." 

Horace  Funk  is  reported  to  be  recover- 
ing from  the  illness  that  laid  him  low 
last  October.  Bill  Bright,  who  saw  Horace 
at  the  Funk  home  in  Spencer,  N.  C,  late 
in  the  spring,  has  written:  "Horace 
wanted  to  know  all  about  the  boys,  so  I 
went  over  everything  with  him.  He  is 
cheerful  and  says  that  he  will  be  back 
for  our  50th  in  '57." 

Dr.  Vernon  K.  Krieble's  new  mail  ad- 
dress is  102  North  Beacon  St.,  Hartford 
5,  Conn.  Vernon,  now  retired  after  35 
years  as  Scovill  Professor  of  Chemistry 
at  Trinity  College,  is  head  of  American 
Sealants  Company,  manufacturer  of  Loc- 
tite,  a  chemical  fastening  developed  by 
our  Classmate. 

Charlie  Stark  has  had  a  "hectic  sum- 
mer." At  his  suggestion,  the  Pioneer  Press 
of  Cut  Bank,  Mont.,  asked  him  to  get 
out  a  Progress  Edition.  Charlie  figured 
it  would  be  a  three-week  job  of  some  24 
pages,  but,  as  things  turned  out,  the  en- 
tire project  took  eight  weeks  and  ran  56 
pages.  Cut  Bank  is  the  "Oil  capital  of 
Montana."  He  adds  that  he  learned  a 
lot  about  what  you  can  do  on  a  flat  bed 
press  in  a  little  weekly  oflice,  and,  all  in 
all,  "it  was  a  great  deal  of  fun." 

1908 

Alfred  J.  Olsen,  Jr.,  describes  his  pres- 
ent position  as  "loafing  and/or  writing." 
Pioneer  author  of  science  fiction  stories, 
35  of  which  appeared  between  1926  and 
1942  in  Amazing  Stories,  the  World's  first 
science-fiction  magazine,  Olsen  has  been 
working  on  two  Biblical  novels  of  late. 
One  will  be  called  "Tamar  The  Persist- 
ent," while  the  other  will  be  "Judith  The 
Valiant."  It  is  his  fond  hope  that  he  may 
do  for  the  women  of  the  Bible  what 
Thomas  Mann  did  for  Joseph.  While 
there  have  been  thousands  of  books  pub- 
lished about  the  Men  of  the  Bible,  only 
a  relatively  small  number  are  about  the 
Women. 

Dr.  Albert  C.  Thomas  was  the  guest 
Pastor  in  the  First  Baptist  Church  in  Am- 
herst, Mass.,  on  Sunday,  July  31.  He 
chose  as  his  topic  "Measuring  the  Prog- 
ress of  Good  Will." 

Samuel  J.  Beeber  retired  as  Principal 
of  Worcester's  South  High  School  in  June 
after  18  years  in  that  position.  All  told, 
he  had  been  a  member  of  the  Faculty  for 
42  years.  He  was  described  by  his  asso- 
ciates as  a  man  who  "devoted  his  life  to 
his  students." 

1909 

Jim  Turner,  Superintendent  of  the  East 
Providence  Water  Dept.,  has  been  ap- 
pointed by  Gov.  Roberts  as  a  member  of 
the  R.  I.  Water  Resources  Coordinating 
Board. 


OCTOBER   1955 


47 


CLASS   OF    1910   TROPHY  went  this  year  to   Charles   Brown    '55,   Varsity  football   center  and    Phi 
Beta  Koppo  scholar.  Making  the  presentation  at  a  spring  Chapel  was  Edward  S.  Spicer. 


Fred  Boyce  and  his  wife  took  a  trip  to 
Europe  last  summer  to  visit  their  daugh- 
ter in  Munich. 

Hu  Ede  retired  in  September  after  42 
years  on  the  Newark  Evening  News.  In 
addition  to  editorship  on  the  paper,  he 
has  been  conducting  courses  at  the  Rut- 
gers School  of  Journalism. 

Dr.  Paul  Everett,  who  has  retired  from 
practice,  spent  the  summer  at  Silver  Lake, 
N.  H. 

Syd  Wilmot  reported  for  Wilmot,  Inc., 
the  happy  arrival  of  two  grandchildren 
in  his  family. 

After  23  years  of  service,  John  H. 
Wells  retired  last  June  from  the  post  of 
Secretary  of  the  Rhode  Island  Founda- 
tion. 

Tom  Ayer  has  a  new  address  which 
will  probably  apply  until  Christmas,  515 
Linda  Vista  Drive,  Los  Cruces,  N.  M. 

The  Rev.  Harold  High,  Minister  of  the 
Weston  Community  Church  in  Vermont, 
preached  on  "Being  Inoculated  Against 
Religion"  in  a  guest  appearance  at  the 
Montpelier  Unitarian  Church  in  May. 

1910 

Robert  L.  Munson,  a  top  insurance  ex- 
ecutive for  Liberty  Mutual  Insurance 
Companies  before  his  retirement  in  1953, 
has  joined  a  group  of  retired  business  ex- 
ecutives in  Springfield,  Mass.,  known  as 
"Industrial  Advisors  of  Western  Massa- 
chusetts." These  men,  under  the  sponsor- 
ship of  the  Employers  Association  of 
Western  Massachusetts  and  with  the  feel- 
ing that  their  many  years  of  industrial  ex- 
perience should  not  go  to  waste,  offer 
their  services  to  concerns  who  may  wish 
to  improve  their  product  or  streamline 
their  operations  without  the  expense  en- 
tailed in  engaging  professional  specialists 
or  management  advisers. 

Ralph  Palmer  took  a  three-month  trip 
through  the  Far  West  and  the  Middle 
West  last  summer,  and,  from  all  reports, 
had  one  of  the  finest  times  of  his  life. 


Marshall  Morgan,  in  a  recent  letter  to 
the  Editor  of  The  Providence  Journal- 
Bulletin,  put  forth  some  ways  in  which 
the  traffic  congestion  in  Providence  might 
be  relieved. 

Andrew  H.  Comstock,  son  of  the  Class 
Secretary,  and  his  wife  arrived  in  Rhode 
Island  July  29  for  a  short  visit.  He  is  a 
Co-Pilot  with  TWA  and,  recently,  has 
been  based  in  Cairo.  However,  he'll  spend 
the  next  year  flying  out  of  New  York. 

1911 

Courtland  S.  Mudge,  Chairman  of  the 
Bacteriology  Department  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  California,  ended  33  years  of  serv- 
ice to  the  University  and  the  State  when 
he  retired  July  1.  He  joined  the  Univer- 
sity Faculty  in  1922  as  a  Dairy  Bacteriol- 
ogist and  remained  in  that  department 
until  1947.  His  research  has  been  aimed 
at  solving  problems  of  dairy  plant  sani- 
tation and  particularly  of  streptococcus 
bacteria  in  milk.  Among  his  many  pub- 
lications are  a  book,  "A  Fundamental 
Approach  to  Bacteriology,"  and  a  Uni- 
versity of  California  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station  circular  on  bacteriology  lab- 
oratories for  dairy  plants. 

1912 

Robert  G.  Caswell  has  returned  from 
Britain  where  he  resided  for  several 
months  en  route  to  the  States  from  the 
Far  East.  He's  now  residing  in  Saunders- 
town,  R.  I. 

Frank  Barrows  has  retired  from  the 
Aluminum  Company  of  America. 

1913 

James  Taylor  Wilson  has  recently  left 
the  employ  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission at  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn.,  and  is  now 
with  the  Department  of  Commerce  in 
Washington,  D.  C.  His  new  home  address 
is  333  Glebe  Rd.,  Arlington,  Va. 

John   Rouse   has  changed  his   address 


from  Denver  to  Bar  1 1  Ranch,  Saratoga, 
Wyo. 

Edwin  F.  Morgan,  Assistant  Secretary 
and  Manager  of  the  Safe  Deposit  Depart- 
ment at  the  Rhode  Island  Hospital  Trust 
Company,  retired  June  30  after  44  years 
service. 

Dr.  Frederick  H.  Wilke,  a  successful 
Pediatrician  in  New  York,  will  attend  the 
International  Academy  in  Copenhagen,  in 
July  of  1956. 

1914 

The  Class  extends  deepest  sympathy  to 
A.  Forest  Ranger  on  the  death  of  his 
mother,  Mrs.  Mabel  Bemis  Ranger,  June 
9  in  Providence. 

1915 

Warren  Norton's  son,  Dave,  who  was 
admitted  to  Brown  in  1947  but  assigned 
to  Villanova  by  the  Navy,  is  now  intern- 
ing at  Episcopal  Hospital  in  Philadelphia. 
Graduated  from  Villanova  in  1951,  Dave 
received  his  M.D.  degree  from  the  Tem- 
ple School  of  Medicine  on  June  16. 

Bill  Moffett  has  retired  from  Camp- 
bell-Ewald  Company  after  having  been 
with  the  organization  for  more  than  35 
years.  His  Company  colleagues  gave  him 
a  luncheon  party  on  June  1.  Bill  was 
Vice-President  in  charge  of  Public  Rela- 
tions at  the  time  of  his  retirement.  His 
aim  in  life?  Just  to  "take  time  out  for 
living." 

Harold  M.  Taylor  continues  to  con- 
tribute "Echoes  of  Cranston"  in  The 
Cranston  Herald.  One  in  August  dealt 
with  "Our  Brook"  (it  doesn't  have  a 
name  and  probably  never  did,  Taylor  ad- 
mits). But  people  are  aware  of  it,  and 
Taylor  appreciates  it. 

1916 

Maj.  Gen.  William  C.  Chase  left  For- 
mosa late  in  June  for  home  and  retire- 
ment after  serving  as  Chief  of  the  U.S. 
Military  Assistance  Advisory  Group  there 
since  its  activation  four  years  ago. 

Thomas  H.  Roberts  has  been  elected 
Director  and  Technical  Vice-President  of 
Arnold,  Hoffman  and  Company. 

1917 

Harding  D.  Williams  is  back  in  the 
tropics  again  after  two  and  a  half  years 
in  the  U.S.A.  He's  now  with  Michael 
Baker,  Jr.,  Inc.,  of  Rochester,  Pa.,  con- 
sulting engineers  for  a  combined  pro- 
gram of  road  construction  and  engineer 
training  financed  by  a  loan  from  the 
World  Bank. 

Lieut.  Col.  Joseph  E.  Maguire,  USAR, 
was  recently  reminiscing  about  a  Spring 
day  way  back  in  1918.  As  a  member  of 
the  Tank  Corps  at  Camp  Colt,  Gettys- 
burg, Pa.,  he  was  ordered  to  report  to 
headquarters.  There,  he  was  verbally  ap- 
pointed Mechanical  Instructor  of  the 
302nd  Bn.  Tank  Corps.  The  man  who 
made  the  appointment  was  a  Captain  by 
the  name  of  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower,  who 
still  visits  Gettysburg  often. 

Rowland  Hughes  was  the  principal 
speaker  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the  Con- 
necticut Chamber  of  Commerce.  The  af- 
fair was  held  June  1  at  the  Hotel  Statler 
in  Hartford.  Also  at  the  dinner  was  an- 
other Brown  man,  Milton  Glover  '22. 

1918 

J.  Harold  Williams,  Chief  Executive  of 
the  Narragansett  Council,  Boy  Scouts  of 
America,  spoke  before  1000  greater  Port- 


48 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


land  High  School  Seniors  while  on  a  trip 
to  Maine  early  in  May.  The  talk  was 
sponsored  by  the  Portland  Rotary  Club. 

1919 

William  H.  Edwards  is  Chairman  of 
the  United  Fund  appeal  in  Rhode  Island 
this  fall.  The  drive  will  run  from  Oct.  19 
to  Nov.  17. 

Episcopal  Charities  of  Rhode  Island 
had  a  successful  fund  appeal  this  year, 
collecting  over  $128,182  and  breaking  its 
percentage  goal.  One  of  the  men  respon- 
sible was  W.  Chester  Beard,  Vice-Chair- 
man of  the  Advance  Gifts  Division.  His 
division  exceeded  its  $60,000  goal  by 
$611. 

1920 

Ernest  Clough,  who  admits  that  his 
major  extra-curricular  interest  is  Diplo- 
macy and  World  Politics,  is  serving  as  a 
member  of  the  Mid-West  State  University 
Committee  handling  Foreign  Policy  Sem- 
inars. The  Universities  of  Minnesota, 
Wisconsin,  Illinois,  and  Michigan  are  in- 
cluded in  this  program. 

1921 

Dr.  Samuel  Goldman,  a  Fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons,  has  been 
appointed  a  member  of  the  West  Jersey 
Hospital's  Board  of  Trustees.  Goldman  is 
Chief  of  the  Obstetrical  Department  at 
the  West  Jersey  Hospital. 

Classmates  offer  their  sympathy  to 
Olaf  G.  H.  Oden,  whose  brother,  Nels 
Jeffrey  Oden,  died  early  in  July. 

1923 

Milton  E.  Earle,  who  retired  as  Supt. 
of  Schools  in  Westport,  Mass.,  in  1952 
after  serving  in  that  capacity  for  24  years, 
has  been  reappointed  to  that  position  on 
a  temporary  basis.  Earle  will  hold  the 
post  for  a  possible  one-year  term  or  until 
a  permanent  and  younger  replacement 
can  be  hired. 

Lloyd  Gallup's  son,  Elisha,  was  gradu- 
ated from  the  U.S.  Military  Academy  at 
West  Point  this  June. 

The  Rev.  George  H.  Parker,  Pastor  of 
the  Trinity  Methodist  Church  in  New 
Bedford,  has  the  sympathy  of  his  Class- 
mates on  the  death  of  his  mother,  Mrs. 
Rosie  C.  Allen  Parker,  July  8. 

1924 

Ed  Place  has  been  appointed  Director 
of  Information  for  the  St.  Lawrence  Sea- 
way Development  Corporation.  He  is 
also  President-elect  of  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa 
Association  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Bob  Goff  has  been  named  Chairman  of 
the  men's  division  of  the  special  gifts  de- 
partment of  the  United  Fund  campaign 
in  Rhode  Island. 

Davy  Jones'  son,  who  was  graduated 
from  the  Naval  Academy  in  1951,  has 
been  stationed  in  Newport  in  charge  of  a 
sub  chaser. 

The  Rev.  Theodore  C.  Schmults,  son  of 
our  late  Classmate,  Ernest  F.  Schmults, 
said  his  first  Mass  in  St.  Luke's  Church, 
Barrington,  R.  I.,  this  spring. 

Harold  Moorhouse's  firm,  Arthur  G. 
McKee  &  Company,  is  celebrating  its 
50th  Anniversary  this  year.  Harold  is 
Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  this  interna- 
tionally-known engineering  and  contract- 
ing organization,  serving  at  its  headquar- 
ters in  Cleveland. 

Quentin  Reynolds  has  been  in  Holly- 
wood negotiating  for  sale  of  the  movie 


rights  to  his  best  selling  book,  "Head- 
quarters," brought  out  by  Harper  last 
spring.  Before  leaving  New  York,  he 
completed  "The  Fiction  Factory,"  a  book 
which  concerns  the  100-year  history  of 
the  pulp  publishers.  Street  &  Smith.  The 
book  will  tell  of  such  fabulous  authors  as 
Ned  Buntline,  who  wrote  the  Buffalo  Bill 
stories,  and  Frederic  van  Rensselaer  Dey, 
author  of  some  300  Nick  Carter  books. 
His  latest  work  also  relates  the  rather 
gay  life  of  Horatio  Alger,  tells  of  Theo- 
dore Dreiser  and  Upton  Sinclair,  who  be- 
gan their  writing  careers  with  the  firm  in 
1898,  and  of  Laura  Jean  Libbey  and 
others  who  turned  out  their  50,000  words 
a  week  for  the  fiction  factory.  The  book 
will  be  published  in  November  by  Ran- 
dom House.  Quent  has  a  weekly  televi- 
sion show,  "Operation  Success"  on 
NBC-TV,  reviews  for  the  New  York 
Times,  and  contributes  regularly  to  Read- 
er's Digest.  We  hear  he  hasn't  had  a  va- 
cation in  nine  years!  Freddie  Rohlfs  '25, 
his  lawyer  and  business  manager,  threat- 
ens to  stop  representing  him  unless  he 
takes  a  month  off  soon. 

Bill  Dyer,  Alumni  Trustee,  spent  three 
weeks  with  his  family  on  the  shores  of 
Skaneateles  Lake,  near  Syracuse,  renew- 
ing old  friendships,  followed  by  a  week 
at  Gloucester,  Mass.  Bill's  two  boys, 
Allen  and  Bill,  17  and  14  respectively,  are 
fast  approaching  college  age.  Bill  men- 
tioned that  Ducky  Drake  is  now  serving 
as  President  of  the  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Ro- 
tary Club. 

Your  ambivalent  Secretary  (that's 
clean!)  ventured  into  the  wilds  of  North- 
ern New  Hampshire  in  July  to  visit  "The 


"TO  CARROLL  B.  LARRABEE:  In  recognition 
of  his  distinguished  career  and  outstanding 
achievement  as  publisher  and  chairman  of 
one  of  the  world's  greatest  business  pe- 
riodicals— 'Printers'  Ink';  his  continuous 
leadership  and  effort  to  improve  the  uses 
of  advertising  and  the  responsibilities  of 
advertising  people;  his  devotion  and  con- 
tribution to  the  American  business  system 
for  more  than  35  years." 

With  this  citation  Larrabee  '18  received 
one  of  the  26th  annual  Honor  Awards  for 
Distinguished  Service  in  Journalism  during 
the  1955  Journalism  Week  at  the  University 
of  Missouri.  He  was  the  first  publisher  in 
his  field  to  gain  this  recognition. 


Old  Trading  Post"  in  Lisbon  "where  Paul 
Rothenberger  conducts  a  nationwide  busi- 
ness in  used  books.  Unfortunately,  Paul 
was  out  auction-stalking,  but  his  charm- 
ing wife  conducted  us  through  his  ram- 
bling New  England  home,  crammed  and 
jammed  with  books  from  floor  to  ceiling 
— over  200,000  of  them.  And,  according 
to  his  wife,  Paul  can  lay  his  hands  ac- 
curately on  any  one  of  them.  Paul's  busi- 
ness slogan — "We  buy  antiques,  books  or 
truck  and  trash" — has  appeal. 


JACK  MONK 


1925 


Dr.  Andrew  Zwick  has  purchased  the 
practice  of  the  late  Dr.  Thomas  F.  Bax- 
ter and  has  set  up  practice  in  Thomaston, 
Conn. 

Charles  P.  Ives  has  the  sympathy  of  his 
Classmates  on  the  death  of  his  father, 
Paul  P.  Ives,  May  22  in  Baltimore. 

1926 

Prof.  Arthur  E.  Jensen,  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  English  at  Dartmouth 
College,  became  Dean  of  the  Faculty  ef- 
fective Sept.  1.  His  primary  responsibil- 
ity will  be  to  work  with  the  Provost  of 
the  College  on  personnel  matters,  includ- 
ing particularly  the  recruitment  and  de- 
velopment of  new  teachers.  However,  in 
addition  to  these  administrative  duties, 
Jensen  will  continue  to  teach  a  course  in 
Late  Victorian  Literature  during  the  first 
semester  this  fall,  and  he  will  participate 
in  either  Freshman  English  or  honors 
work  during  the  second  semester. 

Emery  B.  Danzell  has  been  named 
President  of  the  Western  Company,  sil- 
versmiths in  Attleboro.  The  firm  was  re- 
cently taken  over  by  the  Wallace  Com- 
pany of  Wallingford,  Conn. 

Milt  Raffle's  son,  Stephen,  has  been 
elected  Captain  of  the  Varsity  Tennis 
team  at  Hopkins  Grammar  School  in 
New  Haven. 

Percy  Bailey's  boy,  Dick,  was  gradu- 
ated from  Governor  Dummer  Academy 
in  June.  During  his  last  year  at  the  Acad- 
emy, Dick  won  Varsity  letters  in  Hockey, 
Soccer  and  Lacrosse.  He  was  Captain  of 
the  Lacrosse  squad  and  was  voted  the 
team's  most  valuable  player. 

Classmates  offer  their  sympathy  to 
George  C.  Cranston,  Jr.,  and  Ormond  B. 
Cook  on  the  deaths  of  their  mothers,  and 
to  H.  Cushman  Anthony  on  the  death  of 
his  father. 

1927 

Fred  Schmidt,  just  returned  from  a  sab- 
batical leave,  is  again  teaching  in  the  De- 
partment of  Chemistry  at  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. 

The  Luther's  Corner  Union  Congrega- 
tional Church  in  Seekonk,  Mass.,  ac- 
cepted with  regret  on  June  20  the  resig- 
nation of  Joel  S.  Carlson,  pastor  for  the 
past  seven  years.  During  his  pastorate, 
the  physical  property  of  the  church  has 
expanded  and  the  membership  has  in- 
creased. He  has  not  announced  any  fu- 
ture plans. 

1928 

George  J.  Merewether,  Principal  of  the 
Piatt  School  in  Riverside,  R.  I.,  had  the 
honor  of  presenting  gifts  to  Miss  Mary  E. 
Dodge,  a  38-year  veteran  teacher  in  the 
town's  school  system,  when  she  retired 
this  June. 

Walter  D.  Shackleton  returned  to 
Rhode  Island  this  June  to  participate  in 


OCTOBER   1955 


49 


the  program  celebrating  the  founding  of 
the  first  public  high  school  in  Pawtucket 
100  years  ago.  Walt  was  President  of  his 
high  school  class  of  1922.  He  has  spent 
much  time  in  India  in  recent  years. 

Loring  Litchfield  was  on  the  arrange- 
ment committee  as  the  Chemical  Club  of 
New  England  held  its  seventh  annual 
baseball  party  in  July.  The  Club  mem- 
bers were  treated  to  a  fine  ball  game  at 
Fenway  Park. 

Norman  L.  Kilpatrick.  Director  of  Li- 
braries at  Florida  State  University,  last 
May  was  initiated  into  the  Delta  chapter 
of  Phi  Alpha  Theta,  national  history 
honorary. 

1929 

John  Dreasen,  Supervisor  of  Camping, 
Children's  Aid  Society,  has  been  elected 
President  of  the  New  York  Section  of  the 
American  Camping  Association.  He  is  a 
member  of  the  Boys  Clubs  of  America 
National  Committee  on  Camping  and  has 
been  associated  with  this  field  for  30 
years. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Howard  F.  Eastwood  of 
Harrington,  R.  I.,  announce  the  marriage 
of  their  daughter  Judith  to  Pfc.  Roger 
Davis  Dobbrow  of  Michigan  June  24. 

1930 

Dave  Merrill  has  been  appointed  Man- 
ager of  Sales  for  the  Container  Division 
of  Jones  &  Laughlin  Steel  Corp.  He  has 
been  Manager  of  Pail  Sales  for  the  Con- 
tainer Division  since  he  joined  that  firm 
in  1950.  In  his  new  post,  Merrill  will  su- 
pervise the  nationwide  distribution  of  gal- 
vanized ware,  steel  shipping  pails,  and 
steel  drums. 

1931 

Bill  Atwill  has  accepted  the  position  of 
Co-Chairman  of  the  Middle  Atlantic  Re- 
gion's 2.')th  Anniversary  Gift  Committee 
for  the  Class.  He  is  Consultant  Super- 
visor in  the  Engineering  Department  of 
the  DuPont  Company  in  Wilmington, 
Del.  In  a  recent  letter  to  Wes  Moulton, 
he  emphasized  the  point  that  "The  Du- 
Pont Company  is  a  far  flung  and  enor- 
mous organization:  we  have  2500  people 
in  the  Engineering  Department  alone." 

George  Washington  University  an- 
nounced June  4  the  appointment  of  Dr. 
Angus  Maclvor  Griffin  to  the  newly  cre- 
ated post  of  Assistant  Dean  of  the  School 
of  Medicine.  Dr.  Griffin  has  been  Pro- 
fessor of  Bacteriology  at  the  University 
since  1949. 

Howie  Rex  was  sworn  in  as  the  new 
Pawtucket  City  Clerk  by  Mayor  Law- 
rence McCarthy  '23  in  July.  To  give  his 
full  time  and  attention  to  this  new  posi- 
tion, Howie  resigned  as  Secretary  of  the 
Pawtucket  Personnel  Board  before  ac- 
cepting his  new  appointment. 

W.  Elliott  Schultz  has  accepted  the  po- 
sition of  National  Sales  Manager  of  R.  R. 
Williams,  Inc.,  of  Canaan,  Conn.  He  has 
moved  from  Illinois  to  15  Westover  Rd., 
Verona,  N.  J. 

Ray  Ely  and  his  wife  moved  to  27 
Audubon  Rd.,  Wellesley,  this  summer. 
Ray  is  Director  of  Merchandising  for 
New  England  Tel  &  Tel. 

Dr.  Frederick  J.  Carpenter  was  the  re- 
cipient of  the  first  annual  award  as  "out- 
standing Catholic  layman"  given  by  the 
Bishop  Conaty  Assembly,  Fourth  Degree, 
Knights  of  Columbus  of  Pittsfield,  Mass. 
A  practicing  physician  and  surgeon  in 
Pittsfield  for  the  past  14  years.  Carpenter 
has  remained  active  in  community  affairs 


FREDERICK  T.  ALLEN  '38,  Production  Man- 
ager of  Pitney-Bowes,  Inc.,  of  Stamford,  has 
moved  up  to  new  duties  as  Vice. President 
for  Manufacturing.  His  promotion  wos  de- 
scribed by  Walter  H.  Wheeler,  Jr.,  Presi- 
dent, as  "recognition  of  outstanding  per- 
formance in  the  manufacturing  division  over 
16  yeors."  He  joined  PB  as  an  apprentice 
at  graduation. 


such  as  the  YMCA  and  the  local  school 
board. 

Gordon  Ingerson,  who  has  been  Assist- 
ant Director  of  the  Warren  F.  Kaynor 
Technical  School  in  Waterbury,  Conn., 
has  been  appointed  Director  of  the  Henry 
Abbott  Technical  School  in  Danbury, 
Conn. 

Bob  Gurnham  was  representative  for 
the  Preparatory  Schools  Department  at 
the  Physics  Evaluation  Conference  the 
latter  part  of  June.  The  Conference  stud- 
ied the  matter  of  admissions  with  ad- 
vanced standing,  a  total  of  25  public  and 
private  schools  and  eight  colleges  being 
represented.  The  Ford  Foundation  has 
financed  the  study  for  the  past  three  years 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Gordon  Chalm- 
ers '25,  and  an  evaluation  is  now  being 
made. 

The  Class  offers  its  deepest  sympathy 
to  Donald  M.  Clayton  on  the  death  of  his 
mother,  Mrs.  Myrtis  A.  Clayton,  late  in 
July. 

1932 

Alan  P.  Cusick  has  set  up  a  new  law  li- 
brary at  39  Union  St.,  Taunton,  Mass. 
This  will  be  in  addition  to  his  present 
offices  in  Providence  and  Boston.  Alan  is 
the  President  of  the  Brown  Club  of 
Rhode  Island. 

H.  William  Koster,  General  Manager 
of  Radio  Station  WEAN  in  Providence, 
has  been  re-elected  President  of  the 
Rhode  Island  Radio  and  Television 
Broadcasters  Association. 

Sympathy  from  his  Classmates  is  ex- 
tended to  Dr.  Morris  Botvin  on  the  death 
of  his  father,  Abraham  Botvin,  July  8  in 
Providence. 

1933 

Rev.  Earle  C.  Hochwald  of  East  Cleve- 
land Congregational  Church  gave  the  key- 


note sermon  May  24  before  400  delegates 
from  the  Congregational  Christian 
Churches  of  Ohio  at  their  102nd  annual 
meeting  in  Cleveland.  He  was  elected  to 
this  honor  at  the  1954  meeting  of  the 
group. 

Robert  R.  Chase  has  been  promoted  by 
IBM  to  TE  Field  Manager,  Districts  2 
and  3.  Bob  has  been  with  IBM  since  his 
graduation  from  Brown  with  the  excep- 
tion of  time  spent  in  the  service  during 
the  War. 

Boys  of  the  Golden  Rule  Farm  at  Til- 
ton,  N.  H.  said  "So  long"  in  June  to  an 
old  friend,  Richard  P.  Smart.  Dick,  who 
had  been  Superintendent  for  five  years 
and  Director  for  two  years,  left  to  resume 
his  insurance  business,  a  business  he  had 
inaugurated  previous  to  his  role  as  Su- 
perintendent of  the  Golden  Rule  Farm. 
As  a  farewell  gift,  the  boys  presented  him 
with  an  engraved  desk  set. 

1934 

John  B.  Harriman,  Assistant  Vice-Pres- 
ident of  the  Boston  Safe  Deposit  and 
Trust  Company,  has  been  re-elected 
Treasurer  of  the  Boston  Life  Insurance 
and  Trust  Council. 

George  A.  Baker,  Jr.,  Assistant  to  the 
President  of  the  American  Screw  Com- 
pany, spoke  at  the  Windham  High  com- 
mencement exercises  June  22  in  Hartford. 

Dr.  Conrad  C.  Clement,  who,  in  recent 
years,  has  been  practising  in  Hopkinton 
and  Stamford,  N.  Y.,  has  opened  an  of- 
fice for  medical  practice  at  Dennisport  on 
Cape  Cod. 

Arthur  Felton,  Director  of  Marketing 
for  Bruce  Payne  and  Associates,  Inc., 
management  consultants,  has  been  named 
a  Vice-President  and  member  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  of  that  company.  In 
his  new  position,  Felton  will  coordinate 
activities  of  branch  offices  in  New  York, 
Boston,  Chicago,  Atlanta,  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
Sao  Paulo,  and  Mexico  City. 

James  F.  Shurtleff,  successful  City 
Manager  at  Medford,  Mass.,  was  the 
"victim"  last  May  of  a  surprise  presenta- 
tion of  "This  Is  Your  Life."  A  delighted 
audience  of  more  than  500  friends 
watched  as  highlights  in  his  long  public 
service  career  were  dramatized  on  the 
popular  television  show.  A  sister  he 
hadn't  seen  in  10  years  made  the  trip 
from  Boulder,  Montana  to  add  to  the 
completeness  of  the  affair. 

William  C.  Strand  has  been  appointed 
Director  of  Information  and  Assistant  to 
the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  He  assumed 
his  new  duties  last  May. 

1935 

The  Rev.  John  Stewart  Cuthbert,  for- 
merly Rector  at  St.  Andrew's  Episcopal 
Church  in  Marbledale,  Conn.,  left  July 
17  to  become  Rector  of  St.  Thomas' 
Church  in  Bethel,  Conn. 

Ray  Mitchell  has  been  appointed  as  a 
teacher  of  Mathematics  and  General  Sci- 
ences at  the  high  school  in  Mansfield, 
Mass.  For  the  past  two  years,  he  has  been 
employed  by  the  Raytheon  Company  of 
Waltham,  electronics  firm. 

1936 

John  Davis  has  gone  into  partnership 
with  Paul  W.  Corrigan  and  has  organized 
the  firm  of  Davis  and  Corrigan,  Public 
Accountants.  Their  offices  are  located  at 
80  Federal  St.,  Boston  10. 

James  Edwards  has  been  promoted 
from  Assistant  Professor  to  Associate 
Professor  of  German  at  Clark  University. 


50 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


He  is  also  serving  as  Director  of  Dramat- 
ics and  Faculty  Advisor  to  CUPS,  stu- 
dent dramatic  group. 

The  Rev.  Terrell  B.  Crum,  Dean  of  the 
Providence  Bible  College  and  Director  of 
its  evening  division,  was  the  guest  speaker 
this  June  at  the  Alumni  meeting  of  the 
college  at  the  Community  Baptist  Church 
of  Addison,  Vt. 

Gustav  Olson  has  been  elected  Chair- 
man of  the  Republican  Town  Committee 
in  West  Warwick,  R.  1.  He  had  previously 
been  Vice-Chairman. 

1937 

Ed  Bancroft.  Branch  Manager  of 
IBM"s  Bridgeport  office,  has  been  named 
Chairman  of  the  Special  Gifts  division 
for  the  October  campaign  of  ihe  United 
Fund  of  Eastern  Fairfield  County,  Conn. 

Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr.,  was  appointed 
Chairman  of  the  Temporary  Commission 
on  Juvenile  Delinquency  June  10  by  Gov. 
Harriman  of  New  York.  The  Commis- 
sion, a  state  organization,  includes  mem- 
bers of  the  Senate  and  Assembly. 

Dr.  Harold  S.  Barrett.  Deputy  Com- 
missioner of  the  Connecticut  Department 
of  Health,  spoke  on  the  subject.  "The 
Community  Challenge  in  an  Aging  Popu- 
lation," last  spring  at  the  annual  Visiting 
Nurse  Association  meeting  in  New  Ca- 
naan, Conn.  Barrett  has  held  his  present 
position  since  1953. 

Prof.  Arthur  G.  Humes  has  been  pro- 
moted to  full  Professor  of  Biology  at 
Boston  University.  He  has  taught  Inverte- 
brate Zoology,  Parasitology,  and  Ento- 
mology at  the  University's  College  of 
Liberal  Arts  since  1947. 

1938 

Ben  Vaughan,  Jr.,  who  spent  over  three 
months  in  the  V.A.  Hospital  in  Bedford, 
Mass..  last  spring,  is  now  well  on  the  road 
to  recovery. 

Arthur  H.  Nobel,  Jr.,  former  Plant 
Manager  at  Charlotte,  N.  C,  for  Arnold, 
Hoffman,  Inc..  has  been  promoted  by  his 
company  to  Plant  Manager  of  the  Hark- 
ness  &  Cowing  division  at  Cincinnati. 

Frederick  T.  Allen,  former  Production 
Manager  at  Pitney-Bowes,  Inc..  at  Stam- 
ford, has  been  elected  Vice-President  for 
Manufacturing.  In  announcing  his  elec- 
tion, Walter  H.  Wheeler,  Jr.,  President 
of  the  firm,  said  the  promotion  was  made 
"in  recognition  of  his  outstanding  per- 
formance in  the  manufacturing  division 
over  16  years." 

Col.  Ray  Renola  is  now  Chief  of  the 
Logistics  Planning  Division  of  the  Seventh 
Army,  busily  engaged  with  emergency 
and  war  planning  tasks.  Previously,  he 
had  spent  a  year  with  the  U.S.  Embassy 
in  Brussels.  Belgium,  assisting  in  the 
training  and  build-up  of  the  Belgian  and 
Luxembourg  Armies. 

Dr.  Samuel  M.  Strong,  Professor  of 
Sociology  and  Chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment at  Carleton  College,  has  accepted 
appointment  to  the  National  Committee 
on  Research  of  the  American  Sociological 
Society.  Last  spring,  he  was  on  leave  of 
absence  from  Carleton  to  study  with  the 
Committee  on  Human  Development  at 
the  University  of  Chicago,  and  also  in 
the  Department  of  Social  Relations  at 
Harvard.  He  has  been  at  Carleton  since 
1946. 

The  Rev.  Fred  Halliwell,  Pastor  of  the 
First  Baptist  Church  in  Attleboro  since 
1953,  has  resigned  to  become  Associate 
Pastor  of  the  First  Baptist  Church  in 
Burlingame,   Cal.   He   will   also   serve   as 


the  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Peninsula 
Council  of  Churches. 

Dr.  Edmund  F.  Neves  is  Head  of 
Anesthesiology  at  St.  Anne's  Hospital  in 
Fall  River.  He  has  been  at  St.  Anne's 
since  1949  as  Chief  of  the  department  of 
Anesthetics. 

For  the  third  straight  year,  Roger  B. 
Francis,  Librarian  of  the  South  Bend, 
111.,  Public  Library,  has  been  awarded  the 
John  Cotton  Dana  medal.  The  award  is 
given  to  librarians  in  cities  in  the  100,000- 
200,000  bracket  of  population. 

The  Class  offers  its  sympathy  to  Wil- 
liam F.  Whitehouse,  3rd,  on  the  death 
of  his  father.  William  Fitzhugh  White- 
house,  May  27. 

1939 

Randall  McWilliams  was  sent  to  Mans- 
field, Ohio,  Aug.  10  to  act  as  Expediter 
for  the  Gilbane  Construction  Company 
in  connection  with  the  building  of  a  30- 
million  dollar  plant  for  the  Fisher  Body 
division  of  General  Motors. 

Al  Mell,  recent  winner  of  a  Fulbright 
Award,  is  now  Instructor  of  Music  at 
Queens  College,  Flushing.  N.  Y. 

Dr.  Morton  Bedrick  has  passed  the 
Eye  Specialty  Board  examinations  taken 
in  Philadelphia  last  spring  and  has  been 
granted  the  Certificate  of  the  American 
Board  of  Ophthalmology. 

Ralph  Fletcher,  who  has  been  em- 
ployed at  the  Industrial  National  Bank 
of  Providence  since  1948.  has  been  made 
an  Assistant  Vice-President. 

1940 

The  Rev.  Joseph  C.  Harvey,  Assistant 
at  Grace  Church,  Providence,  has  been 
called  as  Rector  of  the  Church  of  St. 
Michael  and  All  Angels,  Rumford,  R.  I. 
He  was  graduated  from  the  Episcopal 
Theological  School  in  Cambridge  last 
year. 

Bob  Engles  and  his  partner,  C.  George 
Taylor,  owners  of  the  highly  successful 
independent  radio  station,  WHIM  in 
Providence,  have  made  arrangements  to 
sell  the  station.  The  sale  is  necessary 
since  Engles  and  Taylor  were  required 
to  divest  themselves  of  all  radio  station 
interests  in  order  to  acquire  an  interest 
in  WPRO-TV. 

Don  McNeil,  one  of  the  owners  of  his 
late  father's  dairy  business,  moved  re- 
cently with  his  wife  and  three  children  to 
their  newly  completed  home  at  23  Wedge- 
wood  Road,  Wellesley,  Mass. 

Dr.  James  W.  Holt  of  Fall  River  has 
been  elected  President  of  the  New  Eng- 
land Dental  Society.  Holt  will  be  assum- 
ing an  office  held  by  his  father  a  decade 
ago. 

1941 

Dr.  Carlton  M.  Singleton,  Principal  of 
the  Countryside  Elementary  School  in 
Newton  Highlands  for  the  past  two  years, 
resigned  his  position  last  spring  to  ac- 
cept an  offer  from  Iowa  University,  where 
he  will  be  Assistant  Professor  at  the 
College  of  Education  in  the  Language 
Arts  Department. 

Fred  Jackson  joined  the  staff  of  the 
Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  in 
September  as  an  Executive  Assistant.  A 
scholar  in  American  history  and  con- 
temporary civilization.  Jackson  has  been 
teaching  in  the  History  department  at 
the  University  of  Illinois  since  1950.  His 
first  book,  "Simeon  Eben  Baldwin,  Law- 
yer, Social  Scientist,  Statesman"  came  off 
the  press  this  year. 


Leon  Tracy  has  been  promoted  to  the 
position  of  Associate  Director,  Sickness 
and  Accident  Insurance  Sales,  with  The 
Prudential  Insurance  Company  of  Amer- 
ica. 

Bob  Person  has  been  named  Chairman 
of  the  Pittsfield  United  Community  Serv- 
ices campaign.  Bob,  who  came  to  the 
Massachusetts  community  in  1951,  is 
Superintendent  of  Assembly  and  Tests  in 
the  Power  Transformer  Dept.  at  GE. 

Bill  Crolius,  a  Lieutenant  Commander 
in  the  Naval  Reserve,  participated  in 
anti-submarine  warfare  training  aboard 
the  USS  Antietam,  first  angled-deck  air- 
craft carrier  in  Naval  history  this  June. 
Also  aboard  was  LTJG  Bill  Roach  '48. 

1942 

Harry  Pogson  has  been  appointed  Dis- 
trict Sales  Manager  for  the  states  of 
Connecticut,  Vermont,  and  Western  Mas- 
sachusetts by  Ford  Steel  Products  Corp. 

Bob  Black,  who  is  employed  by  the 
Colgate-Palmolive  Company  in  New 
York,  is  now  living  at  195  Hillside  Ave., 
Glen  Ridge,  N.  J. 

Andrew  S.  Clark  has  been  appointed 
Construction  Manager  in  the  Engineering 
Department  of  Solvay  Process  Division, 
Allied  Chemical  and  Dye  Corporation. 
He  has  been  with  the  company  since  1946 
and  recently  completed  a  year's  study  at 
M.I.T.,  where  he  was  awarded  his  Mas- 
ter's degree  in  industrial  management. 
While  there,  he  won  the  Alfred  Sloan  Fel- 
lowship in  nationwide  competition. 

Moultrie  Patten  received  favorable  re- 
views for  the  parts  he  played  in  "Tonight 


JOSEPH  B.  BIDWELL  '42  became  the  new 
head  of  General  Motors'  Engineering  Me- 
chanics Department  in  July.  He  joined  the 
GM  Research  Laboratories  stafF  originally 
as  a  summer  student,  working  his  way  up 
through  various  posts  as  project  engineer 
to  executive  responsibility.  He  has  special- 
ized in  such  engineering  problems  as  lubri- 
cation,  bearings,  and  fundamental  friction 
studies.  He  also  aided  in  developing  the 
Electro  Stethogroph,  a  sensitive  instrument 
for  recording  the  human  heart's  inaudible 
vibrations.  In  his  new  post  he  will  specialize 
in  studies  to  improve  metal  faligue  life  and 
development  of  such  automotive  compo- 
nents as  gears,  brakes,  and  transmissions. 
He   lives   in    Royal   Oak,   Mich. 


OCTOBER   1955 


51 


RANGELEY,  MAINE,   received   presidential  congratulations  on  its  100th  anniversary  during   Dwight 

Eisenhov/er's  visit  last  summer.  The  letter  was  presented  to  Shelton  C.  Noyes  '38,  right.  President 

of  the  Rangeley  Trust  Co.  and  S.  C.  Noyes  Co.  Center  figure  is  Herbert  L.  Welch,  Rangeley  resident 

who  is  one  of  the  nation's  top  fly-casters. 


At  8:30,"  a  trio  of  Noel  Coward  plays 
presented  at  the  Newport  Casino  in  July. 
In  this  production,  Patten  had  the  pleas- 
ure of  appearing  with  the  vivacious  Jane 
Pickens. 

G.  Wightman  Williams  has  been  ap- 
pointed Secretary  of  The  Rhode  Island 
Foundation.  This  organization,  a  philan- 
thropic community  trust  founded  in  1916, 
applies  its  grants  periodically  for  the  pro- 
motion of  such  educational  and  charitable 
activities  as  tend  to  improve  living  con- 
ditions and  the  moral,  mental,  and  physi- 
cal well-being  of  the  inhabitants  of  Rhode 
Island. 

Jack  Rosenberg,  New  Bedford  attor- 
ney, has  been  named  Co-Chairman  of 
the  center  division  of  the  commercial 
branch  of  that  city's  1955  United  Fund 
appeal.  Jack  is  an  active  member  of  the 
Brown  Club  of  New  Bedford. 

Peter  J.  Klein  has  been  appointed  Dis- 
trict Representative  of  Moore-McCormack 
Lines  in  Portland,  Oregon.  He  has  been 
in  their  employee  since  1946. 

1943 

John  B.  Andrews,  former  Administra- 
tive Assistant  for  IBM  in  the  TE  Sales 
Management  Department  at  World  Head- 
quarters, has  been  promoted  to  TE  Man- 
ager in  the  Washington  Commercial  of- 
fice. 

Maurice  LeBoeuf,  a  Chemist  at  Gen- 
eral Electric,  is  now  a  Supervisor  of  the 
Analytical  Unit  at  the  Schenectady  plant. 


Dr.  Thomas  W.  Christopher  has  opened 
offices  for  the  practice  of  general  surgery 
at  his  home,  46  Church  St.,  Dedham, 
Mass.  He  has  just  completed  six  years 
of  surgical  training  and  is  on  the  staffs  of 
the  Faulkner  Hospital,  Norwood  Hospi- 
tal, the  Glover  Hospital,  and  the  New- 
ton-Wellesley  Hospital. 

Charles  Littlefield  was  recently  ap- 
pointed General  Credit  Manager  of 
LeTourneau-Westinghouse  Company  of 
Peoria,  111.  Until  1952,  he  was  a  Senior 
Credit  Analyst  of  Chase  Manhattan 
Bank;  more  recently  he  has  been  a  finan- 
cial analyst  with  the  Union  Electric  Light 
and  Power  Company  of  Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa.  His  two  boys,  Douglas,  S'Al,  and 
Bruce,  2,  are  future  Brunonians,  he  hopes. 

1944 

Bob  Berry  has  joined  Union  Bag  and 
Paper  Corporation  as  Assistant  to  the 
Executive  Vice-President  for  Sales.  He 
will  be  located  in  the  company's  execu- 
tive offices  in  the  Woolworth  Bldg.,  in 
New  York.  This  move  follows  six  and 
one-half  years  with  the  management  con- 
sulting firm  of  Booz,  Allen  and  Hamil- 
ton. 

Dr.  Hermes  C.  Grille  is  practicing 
general  surgery  and  chest  surgery  in  Bos- 
ton with  offices  in  the  Massachusetts 
General  Hospital.  He  is  also  Instructor 
in  Surgery  at  the  Harvard  Medical  School. 

Dr.  David  Moriarity,  Assistant  in  Psy- 
chiatry on  the  staff  of  Tufts  Medical 
School,   has   been    appointed  Temporary 


Director  of  the  Area  Mental  Health 
Clinic  in  Springfield,  Mass.  He  will  serve 
in  an  advisory  capacity,  meeting  once 
each  week  with  clinic  staff  members. 

Anthony  F.  Noll,  Jr.,  has  been  pro- 
moted to  Director  of  Group  Insurance 
Sales  in  the  group  department  of  the  New 
York  Life  Insurance  Company  in  New 
York.  He  had  an  outstanding  record  as 
District  Group  Supervisor  for  the  New 
York  City  group  office. 

Eugene  Duston  Rames  received  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  in  Medicine 
July  14  from  the  University  of  Miimesota. 

1945 

Bertrand  Spiotta  heads  his  own  insur- 
ance brokerage  office  as  President  of 
Spiotta  Brothers,  Inc.,  with  offices  in 
Newark.  He  is  also  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Directors,  City  National  Bank 
and  Trust  Company  of  Hackensack.  He 
and  his  wife  have  had  three  children, 
Douglas  Bertrand,  age  7;  Gilda  Esther, 
age  4;  and  Diane  Lillie,  age  1. 

M.  Andrew  Karnig  is  an  Account  Ex- 
ecutive with  Young  and  Rubican,  Inc.,  in 
New  York. 

Knight  Edwards  has  been  named  Vice- 
Chairman  of  the  attorney's  division  of 
the  special  gifts  department  of  the  United 
Fund  campaign  in  Rhode  Island  for  1955. 

Dr.  Robert  Schiler  has  been  promoted 
to  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics  at 
Brown.  He  has  been  at  Brown  since  1946. 

Dr.  James  B.  Gabriel,  a  staff  member 
at  the  Veterans  Administration  Hospital 
in  Brooklyn,  entered  the  Army  in  May 
and  took  basic  training  at  Fort  Sam 
Houston,  Tex. 

1946 

The  Rev.  Alan  P.  Maynard  was  or- 
dained to  the  diaconate  of  the  Episcopal 
Church  on  June  24  in  the  Cathedral  of 
St.  John,  Providence,  and  is  now  Curate 
of  Trinity  Church,  Newport.  Alan  for- 
merly worked  as  Assistant  to  the  Man- 
ager of  the  dining  halls  at  Brown. 

Ed  Murphy  is  now  Assistant  to  the 
Director  of  Public  Relations  with  the 
Borden  Company  at  their  New  York 
office,  350  Madison  Ave. 

The  Rev.  Robert  B.  Cook  is  Vicar  at 
the  Church  of  St.  John  the  Evangelist  in 
Mansfield,  Mass. 

1947 

Joe  Matarazzo  has  been  appointed  Re- 
search Associate  in  Psychology  at  the 
Harvard  Medical  School. 

Paul  Nickel  is  now  a  member  of  the 
technical  staff  of  the  Systems  Division, 
Hughes  Research  and  Development,  Cul- 
ver City,  Calif.  He  had  previously  been 
associated  with  Douglas  Aircraft. 

Jack  Fooks  has  been  appointed  Super- 
visory Assistant  to  the  Engineering  Man- 
ager at  Westinghouse  Transformer  Divi- 
sion in  Sharon,  Pa.  He  had  been  a  Senior 
Engineer  with  that  company. 

Tom  O'Reilly  has  joined  the  Newport 
branch  of  the  Acacia  Mutual  Life  In- 
surance Company.  He  received  his  dis- 
charge from  the  Marine  Corps,  in  which 
he  had  been  serving  as  a  Captain,  May  26. 

Al  Silverstein  has  set  up  law  practice 
with  Tom  Needham  and  Ray  LaFazia 
under  the  firm  name  of  Needham,  Sil- 
verstein &  LaFazia.  Their  offices  are  at 
530  Industrial  Bank  Bldg,,  in  Providence. 

Albert  D.  Crowell  has  been  appointed 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physics  at  the 
University  of  Vermont.  He  had  pre- 
viously taught  at  Amherst. 


52 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


1948 

Howie  Lane  received  his  M.B.A.  from 
Rutgers  University  June  8.  He  is  now 
working  as  a  Sales  Engineer  with  Dis- 
tributor for  the  Link  Belt  Company  in 
Newark,  N.  J. 

Ben  Latt,  who  received  his  Master  of 
Science  Degree  from  Columbia  on  June  1 
in  the  field  of  Hospital  Administration, 
has  been  appointed  to  the  Administrative 
Staff  of  the  Columbia  Presbyterian  Medi- 
cal Center  in  New  York. 

Dan  Bierman  is  the  Assistant  Manager 
of  Sears,  Roebuck  and  Company  at  West 
Springfield,  Mass. 

Bob  Johnson  is  Staff  Aide  to  the 
Treasurer  of  Chrysler  Corporation  at  the 
main  office  in  Detroit. 

John  Mealey  is  a  Research  Fellow  in 
Surgery  at  the  Harvard  Medical  School. 

Harold  Brooks  is  at  the  University  of 
Cincinnati  as  an  Assistant  Professor  in 
the  Geology  Department. 

The  Rev.  Roger  L.  Tiffany,  former 
Curate  at  Grace  Church  in  Providence, 
has  become  Rector  of  Trinity  Episcopal 
Church  in  Collinsville,  Conn.  He  con- 
ducted his  first  service  at  the  church  on 
Sunday,  Aug.  7.  He  has  the  honor  to 
be  the  first  full-time  minister  of  Trinity 
Church  since  its  incorporation  in  1875. 

Carlin  T.  Kindilien,  a  member  of  the 
faculty  of  Colby  College,  has  been  pro- 
moted from  Instructor  to  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  English. 

Kevin  Cash  has  been  appointed  Ac- 
count Executive  on  the  staff  of  the  Mer- 
vey  Jay  Weston  Associates,  Inc.,  adver- 
tising agency  in  Manchester,  N.  H.  Until 
recently.  Cash  had  been  Supervisor  of 
Field  Advertising  for  Procter  and  Gamble 
Company. 

Rupert  M.  Austin,  Jr.,  is  a  Textile 
Chemist  with  the  Allied  Chemical  and 
Dye  Corporation.  He  recently  had  an 
article  on  production  dyeing  published 
in  the  Dyeslnffs  magazine.  He  and  his 
wife  and  daughter  spent  "half  of  each 
day"  last  spring  looking  for  a  home  in 
Riverdale,  N.  Y. 

1949 

George  LaBonne,  associated  with  Na- 
tional Life  Insurance  Company  of  Ver- 
mont, has  opened  offices  in  the  Jarvis 
Bldg.  in  Manchester,  Conn.  He  recently 
received  his  law  degree  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Connecticut  School  of  Law 
and  will  specialize  in  the  fields  of  estate 
planning,  life  insurance,  tax  counselling, 
and  personal  finance  management.  In 
addition,  he  will  handle  lines  of  accident 
and  health  insurance  as  well  as  group 
coverages. 

Elton  H.  Sanford  has  been  appointed 
to  the  Commercial  Department  at  Durfee 
High  School  in  Fall  River.  He  was  grad- 
uated from  that  school  in  1943. 

Art  Bobrick  is  working  as  an  Adver- 
tising Representative  for  the  Wall  Street 
Journal  and  is  temporarily  located  in 
the  Atlanta  office. 

Tony  D'Antuono  has  been  named  Prin- 
cipal of  the  Cohasset  High  School  in 
Massachusetts.  He  began  his  duties  Aug. 
1,  the  first  time  that  the  school  had  a 
separate  Principal.  Previously  it  was  one 
of  the  functions  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Schools. 

John  Markham  has  been  appointed  to 
the  position  of  Brokerage  Supervisor  with 
the  Wendell  Berman  Insurance  Agency, 
general  agents  for  the  United  States  Life 
Insurance  Company  of  New  York.  In  his 
new  capacity,  John  will  acquaint  brokers 


throughout  Eastern  Massachusetts  of  the 
contracts  and  services  offered  by  United 
States  Life. 

Dr.  Albert  Gosselin  set  up  practice  in 
Jewett  City  in  July.  He  had  served  one 
year  as  a  rotating  interne  at  the  Lawrence 
Memorial  Hospital  in  New  London, 
Conn.,  and  one  year  as  a  Resident  Phy- 
sician in  Anesthesiology  at  the  New  Eng- 
land Deaconess  Hospital  in  Boston. 

After  receiving  his  Ph.D.  in  Clinical 
Psychology  at  Harvard  in  1953,  Tony 
Davids  has  just  completed  two  years  on 
the  Harvard  staff.  His  position  was  Lec- 
turer on  Clinical  Psychology  and  Re- 
search Associate  in  the  Laboratory  of 
Social  Relations.  In  July,  he  began  the 
joint  appointment  as  Assistant  Professor 
of  Psychology  at  Brown  and  Chief  Psy- 
chologist at  the  Emma  Pendleton  Bradley 
Home  in  East  Providence.  This  home  is  a 
private  residential  treatment  center  for 
children  with  severe  emotional  disturb- 
ances. 

Frank  Maloney  has  accepted  the  post 
of  Executive  Secretary  of  the  West  Met- 
ropolitan area  of  the  United  Community 
Services  of  Metropolitan  Boston.  His  job 
will  be  to  assist  the  community  chests  and 
councils  in  the  greater  Boston  area. 

Sympathy  from  his  Classmates  is  ex- 
tended to  Donald  Miller  on  the  death  of 
his  father  and  to  Tom  Coleman  on  the 
death  of  his  brother. 

Theodore  J.  Holmgren  has  been  grad- 
uated from  the  Harvard  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration.  He  received  a 
Master  in  Business  Administration  degree. 

Hazen  Mathewson  has  been  named  to 
head  the  advertising  and  publicity  pro- 
grams of  the  Camden  Trust  Company 
in  New  Jersey.  He  was  formerly  Adver- 
tising Manager  for  the  Corn  Exchange 
Bank  in  New  York  City. 

1950 

The  Rev.  Edgar  Stone,  Jr.,  has  been 
called  to  be  Pastor  of  the  First  Baptist 
Church  of  Adams,  Mass.,  and  has  moved 
to  15  Commercial  St.,  in  that  town.  He 
had  been  at  the  Andover  Newton  Theo- 
logical School  for  the  past  three  years. 

Dick  Taylor  is  working  for  RCA  as  a 
Field  Engineer  in  electronics  in  their 
Seattle,  Wash.,  plant. 

Joe  Carey  has  left  Draper  Corp.,  and 
is  now  with  Liberty  Mutual  Insurance 
Company  in  their  Business  Sales  Depart- 
ment. 

Jack  Guveyan  is  working  for  the  De- 
partment of  Public  Welfare  in  Dorches- 
ter, Mass.,  and  living  at  9  Egremont  Rd., 
Brookline. 

Dr.  Milt  Hodosh  has  announced  the 
opening  of  his  office  for  the  general  prac- 
tice of  Dentistry  at  243  Elmwood  Ave.  in 
Providence. 

Al  Mackie,  new  Traffic  Manager  of  the 
New  England  Tel.  and  Tel.  Company  in 
Augusta,  Me.,  has  some  comments  on 
his  newly  adopted  State:  "There  is  a 
great  deal  of  it;  the  people  are  earthy 
and  near  to  God;  and  Maine's  past  will 
be  humbled  by  its  future."  Our  next  re- 
port on  Al  will  probably  indicate  that  he 
has  joined  the  Maine  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce! 

Paul  Michael,  baritone  soloist  with  the 
Brown  University  orchestra  during  his 
undergraduate  days,  and  winner  of  the 
Verner  Z.  Reed  award  at  the  1954  New- 
port Music  Festival,  was  the  guest  artist 
at  the  May  7  meeting  of  the  Newport 
Music  Club. 

Ed  Ettele  received  his  M.B.A.  from 
Harvard  in  June  and  is  currently  doing 


purchasing  work  for  Westinghouse  Elec- 
tric at  the  Pittsburgh  headquarters. 

Tony  Combias  is  now  a  Salesman  with 
J.  P.  Stevens  and  Company  in  New  York. 

Phil  Curtis  is  teaching  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics  at  the  University  of 
California. 

Joe  Champ  is  Assistant  to  the  Director 
of  Research  with  Eaton  Mfg.  Company  in 
Ohio. 

Joe  Adams  left  his  position  with  Black- 
stone  Valley  Gas  and  Electric  Company 
and  is  now  Chief  Engineer  for  Hydro- 
therm,  Inc.,  in  Northvale,  N.  J. 

Haig  Varadian  acted  as  Director  of 
Camp  Massasoit  for  the  1955  season. 
Haig  isn't  entirely  new  to  this  position 
since  he  has  served  as  Unit  Director  of 
the  Senior  camp  for  the  past  four  sum- 
mers. He's  still  teaching  at  Bain  Junior 
High  School  and  coaching  wrestling  and 
track  at  Cranston  High. 

Stan  Greenberg  has  been  appointed 
Assistant  Director  of  the  Youth  Depart- 
ment of  the  American  Zionist  Council.  In 
his  new  position,  he  will  direct  the  work 
of  the  Student  Zionist  Organization,  ac- 
tive on  60  campuses  throughout  the 
country,  and  coordinate  all  campus  Zion- 
ist activity  for  the  Council. 

Stoughton  L.  Ellsworth  recently  joined 
the  Sales  Stafl[  of  Hollingsworth  &  Vose 
Company  of  East  Walpole  and  West 
Groton,  Mass.  He  is  now  studying  the 
manufacturing  processes  of  the  various 
grades  of  technical  and  industrial  papers 
manufactured  at  the  West  Groton  and 
East  Walpole  plants  of  the  company. 

Wally  Bolton  has  been  made  Divisional 
Manager  of  the  Emerson  division  at 
John  W.  Bolton  &  Sons,  Inc.,  Lawrence, 
Mass.  He  had  been  Production  Manager 
since  1952. 

Dr.  William  Leach,  who  received  his 
Doctor  of  Dental  Medicine  degree  from 
Tufts  University  School  of  Dental  Medi- 
cine June  12,  intends  to  establish  a  dental 
office  in  Springfield,  Vt.,  some  time  this 
fall. 

Bob  Perdue  is  Supervisor  in  charge  of 
the  Account  Analysis  Department  with 
the  Central  National  Bank  of  Cleveland, 
Ohio. 

Peter  J.  Petropoulos  has  been  ap- 
pointed Account  Manager  in  charge  of 
Advertising  and  Sales  Promotion  of  the 
Worthington  Standard  Products  account. 
He  has  been  with  the  company  since 
1950. 

Thomas  H.  George  has  received  a 
Fulbright  Exchange  award  and  will  study 
physics  at  Geor-August  University  at 
Goettingen,  Germany. 

Anthony  P.  Travisono  is  Treasurer  of 
the  Rhode  Island  chapter.  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Social  Workers. 

Ralph  E.  Lewis,  Jr.,  is  a  member  of 
the  Insurance  Agency  of  Lewis,  Clark, 
and  Brown,  with  a  new  office  opened  in 
the  Chamber  of  Commerce  Bldg.,  Bev- 
erly, Mass.  The  agency  is  prepared  to 
render  any  type  of  insurance  service 
through  association  with  the  leading  com- 
panies. 

Brad  Brown  was  awarded  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Medicine  at  Boston  University 
commencement  services  in  June.  He  be- 
gan his  internship  at  the  Rhode  Island 
Hospital  in  Providence  July  1. 

Joseph  S.  Crudele  has  been  elected 
President  of  the  Catholic  Social  Club  of 
St.  Mary's  Church,  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn.  He 
is  employed  by  Pratt  and  Whitney  at 
the  carbide  office  in  Oak  Ridge. 

Dean  B.  BuUard,  who  has  been  with 
IBM  since  his  graduation,  has  been  pro- 


OCTOBER   1955 


53 


moted  to  ET  Field  Supervisor  in  Boston. 
In  his  five  years  with  the  company,  he 
has  won  two  Suggestion  Plan  awards. 

Frank  Ebe  is  now  covering  New  Eng- 
land and  upstate  New  York  for  National 
Lock  Company  of  Rockford,  HI. 

Elliot  Berman  has  received  his  Doc- 
torate degree  in  Organic  Chemistry  from 
Boston  University  and  has  accepted  a 
position  with  the  Fundamental  Research 
Division  of  the  National  Cash  Register 
Company  in  Dayton,  Ohio. 

LTJG  Jerry  Green,  while  in  the  Far 
East,  had  the  opportunity  to  serve  under 
Major  General  William  C.  Chase  "16. 
According  to  Jerry,  "To  say  that  Gen. 
Chase  was  well-liked  by  the  Chinese 
would  be  an  understatement.  On  his  way 
to  the  airport  and  home,  thousands  of 
Chinese  lined  the  route  to  wave  to  him. 
and,  in  the  custom  of  Chinese  good  na- 
ture, set  off  fire-crackers."  Jerry  expects 
to  return  to  Japan  in  the  near  future. 

Jerome  T.  Davis  has  entered  the  State 
University  of  Iowa  and  is  working  for  a 
B.S.  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

The  sympathy  of  the  Class  is  offered 
to  Alexander  G.  Lyle,  Jr.,  on  the  death 
of  his  father,  Vice-Admiral  Alexander  G. 
Lyle,  July  15  at  his  home  in  Portsmouth. 
Sympathy  is  also  extended  to  Ed  Berube. 
Jr.,  on  the  death  of  his  brother,  Ray- 
mond L.  Berube,  in  a  plane  crash  June  24. 

1951 

Charlie  Andrews  is  employed  as  a 
Field  Representative  with  the  General 
Motors  Acceptance  Corporation's  Provi- 
dence office. 

John  Hilpman  was  released  from  mili- 
tary duty  last  May  and  is  now  back  at 
work  with  International  General  Electric 
in  New  York. 

Jason  Greenstein  received  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine  from  the  Chicago 
Medical  School  June  18,  and  will  be  in- 
terning at  the  Rhode  Island  Hospital  in 
Providence  during  the  coming  year. 

Doug  Girard  has  left  the  Rodney  Hunt 
Machine  Company  of  Athol,  Mass.,  and 
has  joined  Hamilton-Standard,  Division 
of  United  Aircraft  in  Windsor  Locks, 
Conn. 

W.  P.  Emerson  has  been  released  from 
the  Navy  after  three  years  of  duty  aboard 
the  USS  New  Jersey.  He  intends  to  return 
to  work  for  Union  Carbide  and  Carbon 
Corp.,  in  New  York. 

John  Martinson,  former  Assistant  Man- 
ager of  the  Veterans  Hospital  in  In- 
dianapolis, has  moved  to  Sepulveda, 
Calif.,  where  he  is  Assistant  Manager  of 
the  Veterans  Administration  Hospital. 

Charlie  Vosmik  received  his  Doctor  of 
Dental  Surgery  degree  from  Western  Re- 
serve University  on  June  15. 

Don  Swindells  is  out  of  the  Navy  and 
is  working  as  a  Cable  Engineer  with 
Simplex  Wire  and  Cable  Company  in 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Paul  Woodward  is  Rhode  Island  Sales 
Representative  for  the  General  Insurance 
Company  of  America. 

Stephen  Smith  is  now  living  in  New 
Jersey  and  teaching  at  Moorestown  High 
School. 

After  27'/2  months  in  the  Orient  (Ko- 
rea then  Japan)  Gray  Andrews  sailed 
home  July  30  aboard  the  USNS  General 
E.  D.  Patrick,  bound  for  San  Francisco. 
He  expected  assignment  to  duty  in  New 
York  until  his  expected  discharge  in 
March.  According  to  Gray,  he  already 
has  "eyes"  on  the  Columbia  game  in 
New  York  Sept.  24. 


Fred  Schaefer,  John  Woods,  Dave 
Murphy,  and  Shep  Sykes  were  present  at 
the  funeral  of  Russell  G.  Winnie,  II, 
whose  untimely  death  May  28  was  a 
shock  to  all  his  Classmates.  Schaefer  for- 
warded a  memorial  check  to  Brown  in 
the  amount  of  $15  "with  the  thought 
that  a  gift  in  Griff's  name  would  please 
my  old  friend  as  he  was  very  "Brown 
conscious.'  " 

The  Rev,  Richard  S.  Parker,  Student- 
Minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  in 
South  Meriden,  Conn.,  until  last  spring, 
has  been  appointed  Pastor  of  the  Ken- 
sington Methodist  Church.  Dick  has  been 
a  student  at  Yale  Divinity  School  for 
the  past  four  years  and  was  graduated 
from  there  June  13.  He  assumed  his  new 
duties  in  Kensington  on  Sunday,  June  19. 

Bill  Glavin  began  work  in  the  Fall 
River  school  system  this  fall.  Upon  leav- 
ing Brown,  he  had  done  graduate  work 
at  Johns  Hopkins. 

Saverio  Caputi,  Jr.,  received  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine  from  the  Boston 
University  School  of  Medicine  this  spring. 
He  has  received  a  two-year  appointment 
at  the  Rhode  Island  Hospital,  one  year 
on  a  rotating  internship  and  the  other  in 
medical  or  surgical  residency. 

LTJG  George  Schnitzer  was  hospital- 
ized in  June  with  injuries  he  received 
when  a  Navy  TV-2  jet  trainer  crashed 
on  takeoff  at  Kingsville,  Tex.  He  is  a 
veteran  of  149  combat  missions  in  Korea. 

John  Brogden  received  his  Doctor  of 
Medicine  degree  from  Tufts  University  in 
June.  He  is  serving  his  internship  at  Bos- 
ton City  Hospital. 

William  A.  Welch,  Jr.,  was  selected 
for  membership  in  the  National  Honor 
Society  of  Phi  Delta  Kappa  last  spring. 
This  society  is  restricted  to  graduate  stu- 
dents who  have  received  the  highest 
academic  marks  while  earning  their  Mas- 
ter's degree  and  who  have  specialized  in 
education. 

Socrates  Lagois  will  teach  English  in 
the  high  school  at  Concord,  Mass.,  this 
year.  He  holds  a  Master's  degree  in 
teaching  from  Harvard  and  had  a  year's 
teaching  experience  at  Dover  High  last 
year. 

1952 

Ens.  John  Henningson  is  stationed 
aboard  the  USS  Sanborn  and  is  already 
sending  names  of  prospective  applicants 
for  admission  to  his  Classmate,  Ben 
McKendall,  in  the  Admissions  Office  at 
University  Hall. 

Richard  Tauber  is  out  of  the  service 
and  back  with  Guaranty  Trust  Company 
in  New  York.  He  had  been  stationed  in 
Nurnberg,  Germany,  as  a  Lt.  with  the 
Army. 

Ed  Traverso  has  been  employed  to 
teach  social  studies  at  Amherst  Junior 
High  School  at  Amherst,  Mass.  His  wife, 
Georgina,  a  graduate  of  the  Rhode 
Island  School  of  Design  and  for  several 
years  a  member  of  the  Faculty  at  the 
Mary  C.  Wheeler  School  in  Providence, 
will  be  Supervisor  of  Art  in  the  ele- 
mentary schools  of  Amherst  and  Pelham. 

Two  Classmates,  Allen  Bartunek  and 
Allen  Boyer,  received  their  Law  degrees 
June  15  from  Western  Reserve  Univer- 
sity. 

John  Hertzman  received  his  B.S.  de- 
gree from  the  Institute  of  Design  at  the 
Illinois  Institute  of  Technology  on  June 
10. 

Maurice  Thornton  has  become  a  bit 
skeptical  about  that  old  chestnut,  "Join 
the   Navy   and   See   the   World."   He   re- 


cently joined  the  Navy  and,  so  far,  has 
seen  only  Camp  Lejeune,  N.  C. 

Davis  Jackson,  after  serving  as  an 
Engineering  officer  aboard  the  Destroyer 
Trathen,  attached  to  the  Pacific  fleet,  has 
received  his  discharge. 

Ralph  R.  Crosby,  Jr.,  has  been  re- 
leased from  the  Navy  and  has  accepted 
a  position  with  Lybrand,  Ross  Bros,  and 
Montgomery,  Certified  Public  Account- 
ants, in  their  Pittsburgh  office.  Ralph  re- 
ports that  Max  Dyett  '52  was  also  re- 
leased from  the  Navy  at  the  same  time 
and  has  gone  to  work  for  IBM.  While 
on  a  job-hunting  trip  to  Pittsburgh  in 
May,  Ralph  "had  the  pleasure  of  being 
escorted  through  the  magnificent  ALCOA 
building  by  Dick  Gage  '51  of  the  per- 
sonnel department."  His  travels  also 
brought  him  in  contact  with  Dave  Curry 
and  John  Hooton,  both  of  '51,  who  are 
fast  becoming  the  "most  eligible  bache- 
lors of  Pittsburgh." 

LTJG  Rogers  Elliott,  a  Navy  "frog- 
man," has  undergone  intensive  training 
as  a  Platoon  Officer  in  the  Underwater 
Demolition  Team  at  Coronado,  Calif. 

Bennett  S.  Aisenberg  was  graduated 
cum  laude  from  Harvard  University  Law 
School  in  June. 

The  Rev.  William  E.  Downey  has  ac- 
cepted the  call  to  become  Minister  of 
Christian  Education  at  the  Woodbridge 
Congregational  Church  in  Cranston,  R.  I. 
He  began  his  duties  Sept.  1.  He  will  have 
direct  responsibility  for  the  total  Chris- 
tian educational  program,  including  the 
Church  School,  the  youth  groups,  and 
the  family  activities. 

While  back  from  a  tour  of  duty  in 
Pusan,  Korea,  Lt.  Don  Stehle  and  his 
wife  managed  to  make  it  to  Providence  in 
time  for  the  big  Commencement  week- 
end. 

Harold  Rosenthal  has  been  appointed 
Director  and  Assistant  Treasurer  in 
charge  of  purchasing  and  credit  man- 
agement for  the  Korn  Leather  Com- 
pany. He  was  discharged  from  the  Navy 
last  spring. 

1st  Lt.  Bradley  S.  Snell  was  graduated 
in  June  from  the  Accountable  Officers' 
Course  at  the  Marine  Corps  Supply 
School  at  Camp  Lejeune,  N.  C.  He  was 
formerly  with  the  Seventh  Marine  Regi- 
ment, 1st  Marine  Division  in  Korea. 

Vincent  R.  Keating  has  joined  the 
Stamford  office  of  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce, 
Fenner  and  Beane  as  an  Account  Execu- 
tive. 

Miles  Cunat,  Alumni  Regional  Secre- 
tary in  the  Chicago  area,  bumped  into 
Ray  Sayoc  at  the  annual  Chicago  Brown 
Club  outing.  Ray  was  released  from  the 
Navy  in  May  and  now  has  a  sales  posi- 
tion with  the  International  Harvester 
company  in  Chicago. 

1953 

Richard  A.  Dawley,  who  left  the 
Sperry  Gyroscope  Company  of  Flushing, 
Long  Island,  last  February  to  enter  Offi- 
cers Candidate  School  of  the  U.  S.  Coast 
Guard  at  New  London,  received  his  com- 
mission on  June  10  and  is  now  stationed 
at  Alameda,  Calif.  He  married  Miss  Jean 
Lotridge  on  June  12,  now  with  him  in 
California. 

Walter  S.  De  Wolf  received  the  degree 
of  Master  of  Automotive  Engineering 
June  7  with  the  23rd  graduating  class  of 
the  Chrysler  Institute  of  Engineering. 
De  Wolf  was  one  of  the  76  engineering 
graduates  selected  from  41  colleges  and 
universities  throughout  the  United  States 
and  Canada  for  participation  in  the  In- 


54 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


BRUNONIANS  OFFERED  their  sympathy  this  summer  to  President  Wriston  following  the  death  of 
his  father  on  July  31  in  Sarasota,  Flo.  The  Rev.  Henry  Lincoln  Wriston,  a  prominent  Methodist 
minister,  was  in  his  95th  year.  He  hod  held  pastorates  in  Colorado,  Wyoming,  and  Massachusetts 
ond  was  the  senior  member  of  the  New  England  Conference  of  Methodists.  He  had  been  the  old- 
est living  graduate  of  Denver  University,  which  had  also  conferred  an  honorary  D.D.  upon  him; 
he  also  held  degrees  from  Ohio  Wesleyan  and  Boston  University.  The  photo  above,  taken  during 
World  War  II,  shows  the  senior  Wriston  with  grandson  Walter  and  the  President-Emeritus. 


stitute's  two-year,  post-graduate  course  in 
automotive  engineering. 

LTJG  Len  Glaser,  as  Signal  Officer 
and  Communication  Watch  Officer  aboard 
the  USS  Northampton,  went  to  Europe 
on  the  annual  Midshipman  Cruise. 

Dick  Pollack  was  awarded  his  M.B.A. 
degree  with  high  distinction  at  com- 
mencement exercises  at  Harvard  on  June 
16. 

Llewellyn  R.  Johnson  has  entered  the 
Law  School  at  the  University  of  Wis- 
consin. 

M.  Timothy  Sullivan  has  been  ap- 
pointed as  Salesman  in  the  Boston  office 
of  the  Clayton  Securities  Corporation. 

LTJG  Steven  van  Westendorp  is  now 
"living  in  Laguna  Beach  (a  sort  of  Prov- 
incetown  of  the  West)  working  for  the 
Marine  Corps  at  Camp  Pendleton."  He's 
looking  forward  to  his  discharge  in  June 
of  '56. 

PFC  Karl  Ryder  played  baseball  last 
summer  in  France  with  the  Army's  Croix 
Chapeau  Medical  Center  team.  Overseas 
since  May,  he  is  a  member  of  the  special 
services  section  in  the  7810th  Army 
Unit's  Headquarters  and  Service  Com- 
pany. 

Gene  D'Andrea  is  still  serving  in  Eng- 
land with  the  Air  Force  as  an  Intelligence 
Officer  with  the  40th  Bombardment 
Wing.  Some  of  his  missions  have  been  to 
France  and  Africa,  and  he  is  getting  a 
chance  to  "see  the  world." 

LTJG  Greg  Sutliff  is  the  only  Naval 
Officer  serving  with  the  3rd  Marine  Divi- 
sion. He's  serving  as  a  Naval  Gunnery 
Liaison  Officer  about  nine  miles  south- 
east of  Mount  Fuji  in  Japan.  In  the  past 
two  years,  Greg  has  seen  Northern  Eu- 
rope, South  America,  South  Africa,  and 
many  ports  in  the  Orient,  including  For- 
mosa. He  expects  to  be  discharged  in 
June  after  36  months  of  service.  Greg 
recently  spent  some  time  with  Ted  Jadick, 
a   First   Lieutenant   in   the   USMC.   Ted 


is  also  at  Middle  Camp,  Fuji  and  is 
serving  as  a  platoon  leader. 

LTJG  Bob  Eiseman  has  been  trans- 
ferred to  the  USS  Lloyd  and,  in  his  trav- 
els, has  come  across  a  number  of  Brown 
men  of  his  era.  Among  those  he's  seen 
are  Bob  Copp  '54,  Joe  Coughlin  '53,  Bill 
Blake  '53,  Bill  Young  '53,  and  Dick 
Webb  '53.  All  are  serving  in  the  Navy. 

Ens.  Horace  H.  Barker,  Jr.,  is  Engineer 
Officer  of  the  destroyer  USS  Willard 
Keith.  He  recently  participated  in  a 
round-the-world-cruise  for  Uncle  Sam. 

Thomas  H.  Patten,  Jr.,  received  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Science  from  the 
Graduate  School  of  Cornell  University 
in  June.  He  is  now  working  as  a  Junior 
Program  Analyst  on  the  President's  Com- 
mission on  Veterans'  Pensions  in  Wash- 
ington. This  commission  is  headed  by 
Gen.  Omar  Bradley  and  is  currently  con- 
ducting research  on  the  veterans'  benefit 
programs. 

Dale  W.  Strand  is  handling  publicity 
type  work  for  the  Atomic  Products  Divi- 
sion in  the  Washington  Office  of  the 
General  Electric  Company.  He  hopes  to 
be  back  in  Providence  to  see  the  Dart- 
mouth Homecoming  game. 

Martin  Cohen  has  been  promoted  to 
1st  Lt.  on  Okinawa  where  he  is  a  Battery 
Executive  Officer  in  the  Third  Marine 
Division. 

PFC  John  Hannan  recently  had  a 
chance  to  spend  a  week  in  Japan  while 
on  leave  from  his  unit  in  Korea.  He's  a 
clerk  at  the  port  of  Inchon. 

2nd  Lt.  Alan  Bauer  has  joined  Marine 
Air  Control  Squadron  3,  a  radar  unit  of 
the  1st  Marine  Aircraft  Wing  in  Korea, 
to  serve  as  an  Assistant  Security  Officer. 

1954 

Pvt.  Ross  Andrew  and  Pvt.  Ed  Beadle 
have  completed  their  eight-week  course 
of    advanced    basic    training    at    Brooks 


Army  Medical  Training  Center,  Fort  Sam 
Houston,  Tex.  This  is  the  Army's  only 
basic  training  center  for  combat  airmen 
and  medical  corpsmen  and  prepares  the 
trainee  for  service  with  the  Army  Medical 
Service. 

PFC  Bayard  Bidwell,  serving  in  the 
Western  Area  Command,  received  a  high 
honor  in  July  when  he  was  selected 
"Soldier  of  the  Month"  for  his  command 
in  Germany.  Assigned  to  the  Classifica- 
tion and  Assignment  section  of  the  com- 
mand's 527th  Replacement  Company, 
Bidwell  was  selected  for  his  soldierly  ap- 
pearance, knowledge  of  duties,  and  mili- 
tary courtesy. 

Paul  Taylor  is  with  the  Medical  De- 
tachment of  the  1st  Infantry  Division's 
63rd  Tank  Battalion  in  Germany.  He 
went  overseas  last  April  after  finishing 
basic  training  at  Fort  Dix. 

Ens.  Bill  Polleys  has  qualified  as  a 
carrier  pilot  after  six  landings  aboard 
the  light  aircraft  carrier  Saipan  in  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  landings  com- 
pleted the  gunnery  and  carrier  qualifica- 
tion phases  of  his  flight  training. 

Pvt.  Bob  Hawley,  stationed  at  Fort 
Lee,  Va.,  is  doing  line  drawings  used  as 
illustrations  in  the  Quartermaster  Corps 
technical  publications.  His  wife,  the 
former  Shirley  E.  Adams,  Pembroke  '54, 
joined  him  in  June  after  completing  a 
year  of  teaching  in  Barrington,  R.  I. 
While  on  KP  recently.  Bob  met  Pvt.  Paul 
Benedum  '54  and  exchanged  some  "Brown 
talk." 

Pvt.  Phil  Nash  has  been  playing  base- 
ball in  Germany  on  the  Rhinos  of  the 
Rhine  Conference  League.  Overseas  since 
last  April,  Phil  is  a  Supply  Specialist  at 
the  Rhine  Engineer  Depot. 

Pvt.  Wilbur  Curtis  has  been  serving 
with  the  4th  Infantry  Division  in  Ger- 
many. He's  been,  appropriately  enough, 
in  what  is  known  as  the  "Ivy"  division. 

Pvt.  Dave  Milne  is  a  member  of  the 
25th  Infantry  Division  and  is  enjoying 
the  surf  and  sand  at  Hawaii.  He  is  pres- 
ently a  clerk. 

Pvt.  Alan  W.  Brownsword  sends  word 
that  Germany  is  being  turned  into  an 
"Ivy  campus."  Within  a  short  period  of 
time,  he  bumped  into  a  couple  of  old 
classmates,  Ben  Bidwell  and  Phil  Nash. 
According  to  Alan,  good  friend  Bidwell 
makes  it  a  point  to  greet  all  the  Brown 
men  that  pass  through  his  station. 

1955 

John  F.  Walter  began  his  teaching 
career  in  September  at  Uxbridge  High 
School  in  Massachusetts.  He  will  teach 
Mathematics  and  Science. 

Ens.  Hovey  M.  Tyndall  has  been  as- 
signed to  the  Recruit  Training  Command 
at  the  Naval  Training  Center  at  Great 
Lakes,  111.  For  a  while  he  had  served 
aboard  the  escort  carrier  Corregidor. 

Joe  Granger,  after  a  short  period  of 
training  with  the  Naval  Amphibious 
Command,  has  been  assigned  to  the  USS 
Oglethorpe.  He  has  been  a  member  of 
the  Naval  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  for  four  years,  and,  now,  will 
serve  two  years  on  active  duty. 

Henry  Cook  has  been  graduated  with 
high  distinction  with  the  degree  of  Bach- 
elor of  Science  in  Business  Administra- 
tion from  Babson  Institute  of  Business 
Administration. 

Joe  Boulay  was  honored  as  "Airman 
of  the  Month"  at  the  Suffolk  County  Air 
Force  Base  in  July.  He  was  presented 
with  a  suitable  certificate  and  a  check 
for  $25. 


OCTOBER   1955 


55 


Bureau  of  Vital  Statistics 


MARRIAGES 

1935 — Simon  England  and  Miss  Jane 
Chard  Parkman,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Harold 

E.  Parkman  of  Fairhaven,  Mass.,  and  the 
late  Mr.  Parkman,  June  1 1.  At  home:  186 
Wendell   Ave.,   Pittsfield,   Mass. 

1945 — Robert  H.  Burrage,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Jean  Winifred  Rowell,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Edith  A.  Rowell  of  Scituate,  Mass.,  July 
1.  At  home:  64  Long  Wharf,  Boston. 

1945 — Libero  N.  Cimini  and  Miss  Mar- 
jorie  Carol  Conner,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Ed- 
ward W.  Conner  of  Nahant,  Mass.,  and 
the  late  Mr.  Conner,  in  May.  Best  man 
was  David  Goldstein  '45.  Ushers  included 
Dr.  Edwin  L.  Votolato  '45  and  Dr.  Frank 
Montella  '45. 

1946 — Raymond  J.  Armstrong  and 
Miss  Maureen  Kiely,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Daniel  J.  Kiely  of  North  Providence, 
June  4.  James  Lodge  '46  was  an  usher. 

1946— The  Rev.  Hebert  W.  Bolles  and 
Miss  Elizabeth  Sands  Elliot,  daughter  of 
Mrs.  John  Harlin  O'Connell  of  New  York 
City  and  the  late  Capt.  Giraud  F.  Elliot, 
June  4.  Ushers  included  the  Rev.  Stuart  G. 
Ruth  '48  and  Dr.  Joseph  L.  Dowling  '47. 
At  home:  7  Kenyon  Ave.,  Wakefield,  R.  L 

1947— William  C.  Hayes  and  Miss  Lil- 
lian Wehr,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Con- 
rad Wehr,  Jr.,  of  Little  Ferry,  N.  J.,  Apr. 
16. 

1947 — Robert  D.  O'Brien  and  Miss 
Mary  Ellen  Brunkow,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Orvin  R.  Brunkow  of  Pelham 
Manor,  N.  Y.,  June  12. 

1948 — Walter  Dennis,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Joan  Katherine  Piatt,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Harold  L.  Piatt  of  Edgewood, 
R.  L,  July  2.  Best  man  was  Thomas  Swin- 
dells '51.  At  home:  16  Hazard  Ave.,  Prov- 
idence. 

1948— Lt.  Richard  B.  Edgar,  USN,  and 
Miss  Frances  Lee  Harrison,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leigh  C.  Harrison  of  Min- 
neapolis, May  20. 

1948 — R.  Gordon  McGovern  and  Miss 
Judy  Merrow,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Wolcott  Merrow  of  Winchester,  Mass., 
June  4.  Father  of  the  groom  is  James  J. 
McGovern  '14.  At  home:  320  Harvard 
St.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

1949 — Frederick  M.  Boyce,  Jr.,  and 
Miss  Carlene  G.  Lobley,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Carl  R.  Lobley  of  Bangor,  Me., 
June  5.  Frederick  M.  Boyce  '09  is  the 
groom's  father. 

1949— Lt.  (jg)  John  P.  Cady,  Jr.,  USN, 
and  Miss  Phyllis  Carolyn  Keune,  daughter 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clayton  H.  Keune  of 
Cranston,  R.  L,  June  4.  At  home:  125 
Litton  Ave.,  Groton,  Conn. 

1949 — The  Rev.  George  F.  French  and 
Miss  Susan  Tier  McNaughton,  daughter 
of  Mrs.  Archibald  G.  McNaughton  of 
Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  July  2. 

1949 — The  Rev.  William  M.  Hale  and 
Miss  Helen  Houston  Frost,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Rufus  S.  Frost  of  Worcester, 
Mass.,  June  16.  Stephen  Garratt  '49  was 
an  usher. 

1949 — Roe  P.  Hendrick  and  Miss  Bar- 
bara Anne  Travis,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Herbert  S.  Travis  of  Rumford,  R.  L, 
July  9.  Best  man  was  Howard  Kimball, 
Jr.  '49.  Ushers  included  Zenas  W.  Bliss  II 
'49,  Lincoln  E.  Barber,  Jr.  '50  and  Herbert 

F.  Hayden  '49. 


1949— Paul  F.  Hood  and  Miss  Anita 
M.  Montali,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Armando  P.  Montali  of  New  London, 
Conn.,  June  4.  Ushejs  included  Pierce  B. 
Smith  '49  and  Ralph  H.  Hood  '57,  brother 
of  the  groom.  At  home:  514  Arbutus  St., 
Philadelphia. 

1949 — Berton  J.  Kessler  and  Miss 
Elayne  I.  Rosenberg,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Raymond  Rosenberg  of  Providence, 
June  26.  Ushers  included  Morton  Blas- 
balg  '50  and  Dr.  Irwin  Kaplan  '52.  At 
home:   139  Byfield  St.,  Providence. 

1949— Dr.  Bruce  W.  Wild  and  Miss 
June  E.  Manchester,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Elmer  B.  Manchester,  Jr.,  of  West- 
port  Point,  Mass.,  May  2. 

1950— Donald  R.  Colo  and  Miss  Pru- 
dence Henderson,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Morris  J.  Henderson  of  Parma, 
Ohio,  May  28. 

1950 — Jack  Guveyan  and  Miss  Arpine 
Varjabedian,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Ardashes  Varjabedian  of  Worcester, 
Mass.,  May  22.  Ushers  included  David  H. 
Hawkins  '50  and  Richard  W.  White  '50. 

1950 — David  H.  Hawkins  and  Miss 
Nancy  Griffin  Osgood,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  William  C.  Osgood  of  Wellesley 
Hills,  Mass.,  June  25.  At  home:  293  Bea- 
con St.,  Boston. 

1950— Richard  D.  Knott  and  Miss 
Mary  Eileen  Dunleavy,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Frank  J.  Dunleavy  of  Ellsworth,  Me., 
June  25.  Best  man  was  Robert  Kulason 
'50. 

1950 — Jack  MacFadden  and  Miss  Eve- 
lyn Olanoff,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Solomon  Olanoff  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 
June  26.  Ushers  included  John  A.  Black- 
hall  '50  and  Roland  F.  Dunn  '52. 

1950 — Francis  H.  Mahoney  and  Miss 
Joan  Lahart,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
William  T.  Lahart  of  Lenox,  Mass.,  May 
21.  Walter  J.  Mahoney,  Jr.  '50  was  best 
man  for  his  brother.  At  home:  1094  New 
York  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

1950 — Jeremiah  J.  O'Donnell,  Jr.,  and 
Miss  Joan  Frances  Murphy,  daughter  of 
Mrs.  Dorothy  B.  Murphy  of  Bridgeport, 
Conn.,  June  26. 

1950— Camille  E.  Pepin  and  Miss 
Jeanne  Rachel  Frappier,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Wilfred  Frappier  of  Woon- 
socket.  May  21.  At  home:  129  Lefrancois 
Blvd.,  Woonsocket. 

1950— Edward  DeWitt,  III,  and  Miss 
Edna  Nancy  Collins,  daughter  of  the  late 
Mr.  and  Mrs.   Edward  Collins,  in  June. 

1950— Dr.  Frederick  J.  O'Brien  and 
Miss  Virginia  Marie  Murphy,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  A.  Murphy  of  Mid- 
dletown.  Conn.,  July  2. 

1950— Lt.  R.  Wendell  Phillips,  Jr., 
USAF,  and  Miss  Elizabeth  Dewey  Moss, 
daughter  of  Mr.  James  W.  Moss  of  Chest- 
nut Hill,  Mass.,  and  the  late  Mrs.  Moss, 
June  18.  Best  man  was  Howard  Kimball 
"49.  Ushers  included  Zenas  W.  Bliss  '49 
and  Roe  Hendrick  '49. 

1950 — Richard  E.  Rodman  and  Miss 
Elizabeth  Thayer  Aldrich  of  Providence, 
daughter  of  the  late  Mrs.  Ronald  Bishop, 
June  18.  Ushers  included  Zachary  P.  Mor- 
fogen  '50,  Donald  W.  Heiferman  '50  and 
Robert  Butler  '51.  Father  of  the  groom 
is  Robert  F.  Rodman,  Jr.  '24.  At  home: 
6817  High  Meadows  Dr.,  Cincinnati. 


1951 — Louis  W.  Anthony  and  Miss 
Ann  Patricia  Condon,  daughter  of  Mr. 
John  P.  Condon  of  West  Concord,  Mass., 
June  4.  Father  of  the  groom  is  Elijah 
Anthony  II  '18. 

1951— 2nd  Lt.  Richard  J.  Israel  and 
Miss  Harriet  Gladstein,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Samuel  Gladstein  of  Providence,  June  26. 

1951 — John  K.  Maxtone-Graham  and 
Miss  Katrina  Kanzler,  daughter  of  Mr. 
Ernest  Kanzler  of  Grosse  Pointe,  Mich., 
and  the  late  Mrs.  Kanzler,  June  4.  Ushers 
included  David  Barus  '49  and  James  Pol- 
lock '51. 

1951 — Robert  N.  Noyes  and  Miss  Ann 
Simpson,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Thornton  Simpson  of  St.  Paul,  May  28. 

1951— Lt.  Carl  D.  Peterson,  USMC, 
and  Miss  Virginia  Burgess  King,  daughter 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Starr  M.  King  of  Beverly, 
Mass.,  in  June. 

1951 — Ivan  Spangenberg,  III,  and  Miss 
Delia  Ann  Graham,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Laurence  Graham  of  Wilton,  Conn., 
June  18.  Peter  Spangenberg  '54  was  best 
man  for  his  brother.  Walter  Crabtree  '51 
was  an  usher. 

1951 — Hugh  R.  Thomas  and  Miss  Dore 
Martin,  daughter  of  Mrs.  John  W.  Her- 
ron  of  Potomac,  Md.,  May  31.  Ushers  in- 
cluded Edward  P.  Flynn  '51,  Joseph  Hil- 
bish  '51  and  Barry  Shanahan  '51. 

1952 — Benjamin  D.  Berkman  and  Miss 
Georgia  Mildred  Simson,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  John  A.  W.  Simson  of  Green- 
wich, Conn.,  June  1 1. 

1952 — Elwood  Eldridge  and  Miss 
Nancy  I.  Pittsley,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Irene 
W.  Pittsley  of  Falmouth,  Mass.,  May  29. 

1952 — Daniel  W.  Grisley,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Catherine  Alice  Weaver,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Vincent  P.  Weaver  of  Water- 
bury,  Conn.,  June  25.  Donald  W.  Burlin- 
game  '52  and  R.  Tyler  Day  '52  were 
ushers. 

1952 — Stephen  Lalikos  and  Miss  Flor- 
ence Pavles,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Mitchell  Pavles  of  Lynn,  Mass.,  June  12. 
James  Lalikos  '47  was  an  usher. 

1952 — Harold  W.  Levin  and  Miss  Pat- 
ricia Ann  Hammer,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Morris  H.  Hammer  of  West  Hart- 
ford,   Conn.,    June    12.    Best    man    was 


The  Navy  Got  Him  Home 

Six  weeks  before  the  wedding 
day.  Ens.  Stephen  F.  Honan  '54 
shipped  out  of  Newport  on  the 
destroyer  McCaffrey  for  a  six 
weeks'  cruise.  Five  weeks  later, 
his  fiancee.  Miss  Frances  M. 
Goodwin,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  William  V.  Goodwin  of  Gar- 
den City,  R.  ].,  received  a  wireless 
message  that  said,  "Stand  by,  make 
plans  for  last-minute  arrival." 

The  night  before  the  wedding 
day,  there  was  a  radio  phone  call 
that  told  of  mechanical  troubles 
aboard  the  destroyer,  but  it  had 
cut  directly  through  a  violent 
storm  to  save  time.  At  1  a.m.  of 
the  wedding  day,  June  11,  the 
McCaffrey  reached  Newport.  Ho- 
nan took  a  taxi  home  to  Provi- 
dence, arriving  at  4  a.m.  At  7:45 
he  got  his  license  from  the  City 
Registrar,  Dr.  Joseph  Smith  '20, 
and  the  wedding  was  held  in  St. 
Mark's  Church,  Garden  City,  at 
10 — on  schedule. 


56 


BROWN   ALUMNI   MONTHLY 


Stephen  Fenn  '51.  David  N.  Freedman  '51 
was  an  usher.  At  home:  9  Anis  Rd.,  Bel- 
mont, Mass. 

1952 — David  G.  Lubrano  and  Miss 
Jean  Hambleton,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Her- 
bert L.  Hambleton  of  Lawrence,  Mass., 
June  18.  Best  man  was  Herbert  J.  HoU- 
berg  "52.  Ushers  included  Thomas  Dimeo 
'52  and  James  H.  Readio  III  '52.  The 
bride  is  Pembroke  '55.  Father  of  the 
groom  is  Jack  A.  Lubrano  '24. 

1952 — Joseph  E.  Manning  and  Miss 
Joan  Marie  Dragon,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Arthur  J.  Dragon  of  Milton,  Mass., 
May  7.  At  home:  176  Summit  Ave.,  Wol- 
laston,  Mass. 

1952 — Joseph  A.  McOsker,  Jr.,  and 
Miss  Marcia  Jane  Dowd,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  G.  Leno.x  Dowd  of  Waban, 
Mass.,  June  18.  Best  man  was  Charles  L. 
Bryson  '51.  Ushers  included  John  F. 
O'Connor  '47,  Norman  E.  Grenier  '49, 
John  J.  Gilbert  '52,  James  P.  Brown  '50, 
Stephen  Fenn  '51,  and  Conrad  Kronholm 
'53.  At  home:  17  Marlborough  St.,  Bos- 
ton. 

1952— Lt.  (jg)  Russell  A.  Preble,  Jr., 
USN,  and  Miss  Dorothy  Jean  Perdue, 
daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph  P.  Perdue 
of  Glenview,  111.,  June  18.  At  home:  300 
N.  26th  St.,  Camp  Hill,  Pa. 

1952 — Reginald  W.  Ray,  Jr.,  and  Miss 
Mona  Gill,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
John  E.  Gill  of  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico, 
June  25.  Best  man  was  David  Holmgren 
'51.  Ushers  included  Grant  McCargo  '52 
and  Vincent  Keating  '52.  Father  of  the 
groom  is  Brown  '27. 

1952 — Eugene  M.  Scanlon  and  Miss 
Dorothy  R.  Barlow,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Walter  A.  Barlow  of  Clinton,  Mass.,  May 
28.  At  home:  12  Front  St.,  Clinton. 

1952 — Theodore  B.  Selover,  Jr.,  and 
Miss  Barbara  Jeanne  Allen,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harvey  K.  Allen  of  Forest 
Hills,  N.  Y.  At  home:  Suite  9,  23341  Lake 
Shore  Blvd.,  Euclid  23,  Ohio. 

1952 — Richard  M.  Stockwell  and  Miss 
Beatrice  Marie  Clayton,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Harold  Clayton  of  Rye,  N.  Y., 
June  11. 

1952 — Leo  Vine  and  Miss  Doris  Helen 
Kreiger,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis 
Kreiger  of  Ansonia,  Conn.,  June  26. 

1953 — Robert  C.  Carson  and  Miss 
Mary  Anne  Mako,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  John  S.  Mako  of  Providence,  July  2. 
At  home:  722  Clark  St.,  Evanston,  111. 

1953 — Raymond  A.  Covill  and  Miss 
Ruth  Ann  Porter,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Rounseville  Porter  of  Rochester,  June  26. 

1953 — Ens.  Richard  A.  Dawley, 
USCG,  and  Miss  Jean  Lotridge,  daughter 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  T.  Lotridge  of 
Cambria  Heights,  N.  Y.,  June  12. 

1953 — Lt.  (jg)  Richard  C.  Dunham, 
USN,  and  Miss  Nancy  G.  Leslie,  daughter 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  H.  Leslie  of  Me- 
thuen,  Mass.,  June  25.  The  bride  is  Pem- 
broke '54.  Best  man  was  Robert  Dunham 
'50,  brother  of  the  groom.  Father  of  the 
groom  is  Carlton  L.  Dunham  '21. 

1953 — Edward  A.  Johnson  and  Miss 
Marilyn  Full,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Frederic  M.  Full  of  Marblehead,  Mass., 
June  18.  Ushers  included  Edward  B.  Hal- 
lett  '53  and  M.  Leonard  Erickson  '52. 

1953— Pfc.  James  D.  Lynn,  USA,  and 
Miss  Patricia  Mayo  Hackett,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Arthur  Hackett  of  Beacon 
Falls,  Mass.,  May  21.  Martin  F.  Lynn  '42 
was  best  man  for  his  brother.  His  brother, 
Robert  Lynn  '51,  ushered.  At  home:  431 
Main  St.,  Acton,  Mass. 

1953 — Robert  S.  Manley  and  Miss 
Mary  Jo  Wagner,  daughter  of  the  Rev. 


Co-Ed  Among  Men 

A  CHANGE  in  housing  policy  was 
necessary  on  June  8  in  Waller  Hall, 
a  men's  residence  hall  at  State 
College  of  Washington  at  Pullman. 
The  first  co-ed  arrived,  the  daugh- 
ter of  William  B.  Crafts  '50  and 
Mrs.  Crafts,  resident  couple  in  the 
dormitory.  Her  name:  Marianne 
Gail. 

A  mimeograph  report.  Waller 
Winds,  described  the  new  co-ed  as 
conducting  research  on  "nutrition 
and  narcolepsy."  "Although  she  has 
her  noisy  times  (as  do  all  the  resi- 
dents of  the  Hall),  she  is  in  gen- 
eral a  quiet,  mannerly  House  citi- 
zen," said  the  announcement.  "I'm 
so  glad  to  have  a  girl  around  after 
so  many  boys,"  Mrs.  Crafts  com- 
mented. "Now  I'll  have  someone 
who  enjoys  'woman-talk.'  " 

The  revolution  in  Waller  Hall 
was  short  in  duration,  for  the 
Crafts  left  in  July  for  Penn  State, 
where  Bill  is  a  new  Assistant  to 
the  Dean  of  Men. 


and  Mrs.  H.  Hughes  Wagner  of  Spring- 
field, Mass.,  June  18.  At  home:  102  Gil- 
bert Ave.,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

1953 — Thomas  A.  Marshall  and  Miss 
Elizabeth  Anne  Murphy,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
M.  A.  Cecile  Murphy  of  Providence,  June 
2 

1953 — pvt.  Robert  E.  McNamara, 
USA,  and  Miss  Catherine  Agatha  Model- 
ski,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  P. 
Modelski  of  Providence,  June  18. 

1953_Pfc.  William  H.  Miller,  USA, 
and  Miss  Inabeth  Rabinowitz,  daughter 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  L.  Rabinowitz  of 
Providence,  June  5.  Richard  H.  Miller  '50 
was  best  man  for  his  brother. 

1953— Lt.  (jg)  William  B.  Moniz,  Jr., 
USN,  and  Miss  Virginia  Joan  Twardow- 
ski,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Adolphe  J.  Twar- 
dowski  of  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  June  25. 
William  Ohnesorge  '53  was  an  usher. 

1953 — William  F.  Sammartino  and 
Miss  Joan  Claire  Chiappinelli,  daughter 
of  Mrs.  Bart  Chiappinelli  of  Edgewood, 
R.  I.,  July  16.  Ushers  included  Everett 
Sammartino  '53  and  John  Sammartino 
'55. 

1953 — Lt.  James  R.  Winoker,  US.A,, 
and  Miss  Marilyn  Horovitz,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sigmund  Horovitz  of  War- 
wick, R.  I.,  July  3. 

1954 — Ens.  Henry  C.  Atwood,  Jr., 
USNR,  and  Miss  Shirley  Louise  Burke, 
daughter  of  Col.  and  Mrs.  Carl  V.  Burke 
of  Wellfleet,  Mass.,  Apr.  30.  Best  man  was 
Pvt.  Herbert  Achtmeyer  '54. 

1954 — Sidney  Baumgarten  and  Miss 
Sylvia  Rosen,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Harry  Rosen  of  Longmeadow,  Mass., 
June  26.  The  bride  is  Pembroke  '55. 

1954 — Joseph  F.  Bombino  and  Miss 
Nancy  Elizabeth  Blais,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  John  A.  Blais  of  Winthrop, 
Mass.,  June  4.  Ushers  included  John  F. 
Larson  '52,  Walter  Woolley,  Jr.  '54  and 
Edwin  C.  Ballard,  Jr.  '54. 

1954 — Stanley  H.  Boulas  and  Miss 
Demetra  Protulis,  daughter  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Charles  J.  Protulis  of  Newport,  R.  I., 
July  3.  At  home:  4329  Spruce  St.,  Phil- 
adelphia. 

1954 — Ens.  Kenneth  B.  Bourne,  Jr.. 
USNR,  and  Miss  Mary  Lu  Clark,  daugh- 
ter of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brackett  H.  Clark  of 


Washington,  Conn.,  July  18.  Best  man 
was  John  Dorer  '55.  The  bride  is  Pem- 
broke '54. 

1954 — Barry  D.  Brown  and  Miss  Ruth 
Eleanor  Brown,  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Robert  Brown  of  Providence,  July  3.  Best 
man  was  John  Sklar  '54.  Ushers  included 
Robert  Furman  '55  and  Lawrence  Marx 
"55.  At  home:  3242  84th  St.,  Jackson  Hts., 
N.  Y. 

1954 — Walter  M.  Cook  and  Miss  Polly 
Weeks,  daughter  of  Brig.  Gen.  and  Mrs. 
Lawrence  B.  Weeks  of  South  Orange, 
N.  J.,  July  2. 

1954 — Edward  J.  Gauthier  and  Miss 
Carolyn  Violet  Nave,  daughter  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Vincent  Nave  of  North  Provi- 
dence, July  4.  Father  of  the  groom  is 
Edward   H.   Gauthier   '31. 

(OUR  APOLOGIES  to  34  grooms  in 
the  Classes  of  1954  and  1955.  Notes  on 
their  weddings,  crowded  out  of  this  issue, 
will  appear  in  November.) 


BIRTHS 

1929— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Douglas  H. 
Borden  of  Swansea,  Mass.,  a  daughter, 
Martha  Jeanne,  Aug.  8. 

1933— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  Walsh 
of  Atlanta,  their  fourth  child  and  third 
son,  June  29. 

1935 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  Brainard 
Fancher  of  Syracuse,  a  daughter,  Judith 
Leslie,  Mar.  15. 

1936 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  D. 
Wass  of  Barrington,  R.  I.,  their  fourth 
child  and  first  son,  Charles  Edward,  May 
22. 

1936 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gardner  E. 
Wheeler,  Jr.,  of  Branford,  Conn.,  a  daugh- 
ter. Wendy  C,  Nov.  24,  1954. 

1939— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  J. 
Deignan  of  Warwick,  R.  I.,  their  fourth 
child  and  second  daughter,  Carol,  July  12. 

1939— To  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Jacob  Stone  of 
Providence,  their  third  child,  a  son,  Kevin 
Robert,  June  4. 

1939— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  B.  Wil- 
mot  of  Buskirk,  N.  Y.,  their  third  child 
and  second  son,  David  Barr  Wilmot,  Jr., 
June  28.  Grandfather  is  Sydney  Wilmot 
"09. 

1940— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clark  T.  Foster 
of  Ramsey,  N.  J.,  their  third  child  and 
second  daughter.  Joanne  Evelyn,  June  19. 

1941— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Herbert  H. 
Maass,  Jr.,  of  New  York  City,  their  first 
child,  a  son,  Jeff'rey  Paul,  Mav  26. 

1942— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  P. 
Donovan  of  Pelham,  N.  Y.,  their  fifth 
child  and  fourth  daughter,  Margaret,  May 
30.  Grandfather  is  Gerald  Donovan  '12. 

1944 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  L.  Mer- 
riam  of  Warwick,  R.  I.,  their  second  child, 
a  son.  David  Hall,  June  20. 

1945— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  C. 
Claflin  of  Harmony,  R.  I.,  their  third  child 
and  first  daughter.  Heather  Louise,  June 
8.  Grandfather  is  Albert  W.  Claflin  '06. 
Mrs.  Claflin  is  the  former  Janet  Cameron, 
Pembroke  '45. 

1946— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Russell 
Blease  of  Pawtucket,  their  second  child 
and  second  son,  John  Russell,  July  7. 

1946— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  J.  Del- 
zio  of  Madrid,  Spain,  their  first  child,  a 
son,  Frank  Xavier,  June  16. 

1946 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Philip  Lapides 
of  Providence,  their  second  daughter, 
Wendy  Rae,  June  27. 

1946 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lynn  Pease  of 
Madison,  N.  J.,  their  first  child,  a  daugh- 
ter, Joanna  Roberts,  May  13.  Grandfather 
is  Reginald  M.  Pease  '21. 


OCTOBER   1955 


57 


1946 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Allan  J.  Rosen- 
berg of  Marbiehead,  Mass.,  a  daughter, 
Nancy  Ellen,  Jan.  8. 

1946— To  Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  Mollis 
Tegarden  of  Portland,  Me.,  their  third 
child  and  second  daughter,  Pamela 
Adams,  June  10. 

1946— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Till- 
inghast,  11,  of  Providence,  their  second 
daughter,  Dorothy  Shaw,  June  23. 

1947 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Raymond  S. 
Barnstone  of  Silver  Spring.  Md.,  their  sec- 
ond son,  Wayne  Michael,  Mar.  28. 

1948 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  H. 
Campbell  of  Jiolbrook,  Mass.,  their  sec- 
ond child  and  first  daughter,  Martha,  July 
20.  Grandfather  is  Leonard  B.  Campbell 
'15. 

1948 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Howard  A. 
Lane  of  Plainfield,  N.  J.,  their  second  son, 
Kerry  Scott,  May  21,  1954. 

1948 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  J.  Re- 
gine,  Jr.,  of  Providence,  their  fifth  child 
and  fourth  daughter,  Elizabeth  Anne, 
June  19. 

1948_To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph  I.  Wil- 
cox of  Providence,  a  daughter,  Susan 
Ann,  June  30. 

1949 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Herbert  E. 
Bonacker  of  Springfield,  Mass.,  their  sec- 
ond daughter,  Janice  Lorraine,  July  27. 

1949 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  H. 
Glenney  of  Manchester,  Conn.,  their  sec- 
ond daughter,  Linda  Babson,  June  21. 
Mrs.  Glenney  is  the  former  Shirley  Ken- 
yon,  Pembroke  '50. 

1949 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edmands  P. 
Lingham,  Jr.,  of  Ashland,  Mass.,  their 
third  child  and  second  daughter,  Laurie 
Wright,  July  1.  Mrs.  Lingham  is  the  for- 
mer Priscilla  Wright,  Pembroke  '51. 

1949— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ellsworth  H. 
Ostergard  of  Beachwood,  Ohio,  their  third 
child  and  second  son,  Martin  Petersen,  II, 
May  12. 

1949 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Allen  J. 
Rooney  of  New  Milford,  N.  J.,  their  sec- 
ond child  and  first  son,  Allen  James 
Rooney,  III,  July  7.  Mrs.  Rooney  is  the 
former  Marian  Raab,  Pembroke  '49. 

1949 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Earle  G.  Sim- 
mons of  Warwick,  R.  I.,  their  third  child 
and  second  daughter,  Nancy  Ellen,  June 
22. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lincoln  E. 
Barber  of  Wellesley,  Mass.,  their  second 
son,  Lincoln  Edward  Barber,  HI,  May  17. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  E.  Car- 
bone  of  Providence,  twin  sons,  John  and 
Joseph,  July  9. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bruce  B. 
Chick  of  Rumford,  R.  I.,  their  first  child, 
a  daughter,  Deborah  Carol,  July  16.  Mrs. 
Chick  is  the  former  Caroline  M.  Decatur, 
Pembroke  '50.  Grandfather  is  Alton  C. 
Chick  '19. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  G. 
Davidson,  Jr.,  of  Bloominglon,  111.,  their 
first  child,  a  daughter,  Kathleen  Ann,  May 
12. 

1950— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  J.  De 
Nuccio  of  Hoxsie,  R.  I.,  their  fourth  son, 
John  Mark,  June  16. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lewis  D. 
Emerson,  Jr.,  their  first  child,  a  daughter, 
Laurie  Jean,  June  19. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stephen  Fisher 
of  Flushing,  L.  I.,  a  son,  Douglas,  June  1 1. 

1950— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Philbin  S. 
Flanagan  of  Norwalk,  Conn.,  their  second 
daughter,  Sarah,  May  30. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  P. 
Hubbard  of  Pawtucket,  their  third  son, 
James  Kirker,  June  21.  Grandfather  is 
Howard  G.  Hubbard  '11. 


1950— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Russell  E.  Hut- 
ton  of  Pawtucket,  their  second  child  and 
first  son,  Gordon  Ross,  June  8. 

1950— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Miller 
of  Peace  Dale,  R.  I.,  their  second  child 
and  first  son,  James  Walker,  July  27.  Pa- 
ternal grandfather  is  Clarence  W.  Miller 
'12.  Maternal  grandfather  is  Arthur  W. 
Bushell  '07. 

1950 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  P.  Rey- 
nolds of  Cranston,  R.  I.,  their  third  child 
and  second  son,  Stephen  Farrell,  May  26. 
Mrs.  Reynolds  is  the  former  Alice  G.  Far- 
rell, Pembroke  '49. 

1950— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  J.  Sulli- 
van, Jr.,  of  Danbury,  Conn.,  their  third 
child  and  second  son,  Michael  James,  Mav 
9. 

1951 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  A.  De- 
Curtis  of  Johnston,  R.  I.,  their  second 
child,  a  son,  Robert  Anthony  DeCurtis, 
Jr.,  May  22. 

1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  P. 
Emerson  of  Larchmont,  N.  Y.,  a  daughter, 
Catherine  Anne,  Aug.  27,  1954.  Mrs. 
Emerson  is  the  former  Anne  Bradley, 
Pembroke  '53. 

1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  H. 
Manning  of  Dalton,  Mass.,  their  third 
child  and  second  son,  John  Alexander, 
May  27. 

1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Rich- 
ardson of  Matawan,  N.  J.,  their  first  child, 
a  son,  John  Adams  Richardson,  Jr.,  Mav 
17.  '      '       y 


1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  S.  Rose 
of  Newtonville,  Mass.,  their  first  child,  a 
daughter,  Margery  Elizabeth,  Feb.   16. 

1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  M. 
Smith,  Jr.,  of  Riverside,  R.  I.,  their  sec- 
ond son,  Michael  Hall,  July  25. 

1951 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roderick  I. 
Sweet  of  Falls  Church,  Va.,  their  second 
child  and  first  son,  Bradford  Herndon, 
July  21. 

1951— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mason  B.  Wil- 
liams of  East  Longmeadow,  Mass.,  a 
daughter,  Diane  Benton,  April  26.  Grand- 
father is  Alonzo  B.  Williams  '25. 

1952— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  E. 
Boesel,  Jr.,  of  Mt.  Vernon,  N.  Y.,  a  son, 
Douglas  Nelson,  Oct.  6,  1954. 

1952 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  E. 
Fischer  of  Concord,  Mass.,  a  daughter, 
Lisa,  Nov.  29,  1954. 

1952— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  S.  Mut- 
terperl  of  Riverdale,  N.  Y.,  a  daughter, 
Louise  Ann,  in  June. 

1952— To  the  Rev.  and  Mrs.  Gordon  J. 
Stenning  of  Pawtucket,  their  first  child,  a 
son,  Mark  Luther,  June  26. 

1953— To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harold  E.  Big- 
ler,  Jr.,  of  Cranston,  R.  I.,  their  first  child, 
a  son,  John  Stephen,  July  10. 

1953— To  Lt.  (jg)  and  Mrs.  Vernon  L. 
Norwood,  II,  twins,  a  son,  Vernon  Lee 
Norwood,  III,  and  a  daughter,  Susan  Lyn, 
April  21. 

1954 — To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  P.  Gerald  De 
Simone  of  Levittown,  N.  Y.,  their  second 
daughter,  Joyce  Ann,  May  15. 


In  Memoriam 


GEORGE  McKINLEY  McCLELLAN 
'95  m  Fort  Lauderdale,  Fla.,  June  13. 
A  retired  attorney,  he  had  been  prior 
to  World  War  I  a  resident  representa- 
tive and  counsel  in  Washington,  D.  C. 
for  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of 
Honolulu.  In  1917  he  was  recalled  to 
that  position  for  the  duration  of  the 
war.  Stephen  A.  McClellan  '23  is  his 
son.  Zeta  Psi. 

MALCOLM   GREENE  CHACE   '96   in 

Hyannis,  Mass.,  July  16.  A  leading  tex- 
tile figure  in  New  England  and  one  of 
the  most  influential  men  in  develop- 
ment of  electric  power  in  the  Northeast, 
his  financial  interests  and  directorates 
embraced  many  various  forms  of  busi- 
ness, including  a  tanker  fleet  to  trans- 
port oil  into  New  England.  He  was  dis- 
tinguished, too,  for  his  skill  in  tennis, 
having  won  eight  national  titles.  He  is 
credited  with  having  helped  introduce 
the  game  of  hockey  to  the  United  States. 

DR.  HORATIO  CUSHING  ALLEN  '97 
in  New  Bedford,  June  29.  He  was  Chief 
of  the  Medical  Staff  at  St.  Luke's  Hos- 
pital in  New  Bedford  from  1923  to 
1931  and  in  recent  years  had  been  an 
honorary  member.  Edward  T.  Allen  '28 
is  his  son.  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  Chi  Phi. 

FAYETTE  GATES  '00  in  Calais,  Me., 
Sept.  28,  1954.  After  leaving  Brown  he 
became  connected  with  the  hotel  busi- 
ness and  served  as  manager  of  various 
hotels  in  Canada  and  Maine. 

WALTER  HOWARD  MITCHELL  '00  in 
Springfield,  Mass.,  June  10.  He  became 
associated  as  proofreader  with  the  F.  A. 
Bassette  Co.  of  Springfield,  a  printing 


firm,  immediately  upon  his  graduation 
and  served  in  many  capacities  with  the 
concern,  becoming  President  in  Nov. 
1927.  He  was  active  in  the  Connecticut 
Valley  Brown  Club,  a  Director  of  the 
Springfield  National  Bank  and  a  Trustee 
of  American  International  College. 
Sigma  Xi. 

LUCIAN  FENNER  KIMBALL  '01  in 
Pomt  Judith,  R.  I.,  July  13.  A  retired 
overseer  of  the  Peace  Dale  Mills  where 
he  had  worked  for  43  years,  he  also 
held  numerous  official  positions  in  the 
civic  affairs  of  his  community. 

DR.  THOMAS  BURGESS  '02  in  Hat- 
boro.  Pa.,  July  1.  A  retired  Episcopal 
clergyman,  he  had  spent  the  first  11 
years  of  his  ministry  as  a  missionary  in 
the  lumber  camps  of  Northern  Maine. 
Later,  he  served  as  rector  of  a  church 
in  Athol,  Mass.  His  publications  in- 
cluded "Greeks  in  America"  and  "For- 
eign-Born   Americans."    Thomas    Bur- 


"Last  White  Line" 

Acknowledging  the  sympathy 
of  Alumni  Secretary  McCormick, 
the  widow  of  Thomas  S.  Nelson 
'27  wrote  in  August:  "The  lessons 
learned  and  the  friendships  made 
on  Campus  and  later  were  treas- 
ured by  my  husband.  He  took  a 
keen  interest  in  Brown  men  and 
their  activities  'until  the  last  white 
line  is  crossed,'  which  for  him  was 
on  January  14  of  this  year." 


58 


BROWN   ALUMNI    MONTHLY 


gess,  Jr.  '31  is  his  son;  Dr.  Alexander 
M.  Burgess  '06  and  George  S.  Burgess 
'12,  his  brothers.  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  Al- 
pha Delta  Phi. 

SAMUEL  COHEN  "02  in  Utica,  N.  Y., 
June  14.  He  had  been  engaged  in  the 
business  of  merchandising  on  Broad- 
way, New  York  City,  for  many  years 
and  held  active  membership  in  Masonic 
organizations  and  the  Brown  Club  of 
New  York.  He  was  Clerk  of  the  Com- 
munity Church  in  New  York. 

JOHN  HENRY  BRESLIN  '06,  former 
hotel  proprietor.  His  death  on  Feb.  18, 
1952,  has  been  confirmed  by  his  widow, 
Mrs.  Ethel  Breslin  of  Charleton  Rd., 
Belmont,  Mass.  He  had  operated  the 
Hotel  Hampton  in  Boston.  Phi  Kappa. 

CHESTER  LeROY  HAYWARD  '06  on 

May  15,  1954.  A  retired  civil  engineer, 
he  had  worked  in  the  State  of  New 
York  in  connection  with  the  construc- 
tion of  the  barge  canal,  highways,  roads 
and  the  rapid  transit  system.  His  last 
position  before  retirement  was  with  the 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Public  Roads. 

CARLETON  DOTY  MORSE  '13  in 
Needham,  Mass.,  June  2.  President  and 
Treasurer  of  Clearwater  Laundry  Co 
and  Sterling  Cleaners  of  Boston,  his 
outside  interests  were  many  and  varied. 
They  included  Historical  Societies, 
whaling  research,  the  Glover  Memorial 
Hospital,  Masons,  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, Brown  Club  of  Boston  and  the 
Appalachian  Mountain  Club.  He  was 
founder  and  first  Chairman  of  Friends 
of  the  Library  at  Brown  and  a  Past 
chairman  of  the  Board  of  Editors  of 
this  magazine.  During  World  War  I,  he 
served  as  Captain  in  the  Infantry.  He 
was  Brown's  Chief  Marshal  at  the  1953 
Commencement.  His  daughter  is  Eliza- 
beth Anne  Morse,  Pembroke  '56.  Delta 
Upsilon. 

COL.  JOHN  LINDLEY  GAMMELL  '15 
in  Gulfport,  Fla.,  July  8.  In  World  War 
I,  he  served  under  Gen.  Douglas  Mac- 
Arthur  on  the  Western  front,  partici- 
pated in  four  major  campaigns,  and  was 
cited  for  gallantry  in  action.  In  World 
War  II,  he  served  as  commandant  of 
one  of  the  largest  prisoner-of-war 
camps  in  the  country,  at  Camp  Atter- 
bury,  Ind.  Upon  retirement  from  the 
Army  in  1947,  he  became  President  of 
the  Gulfport  Town  Council.  His  most 
recent  post  was  as  Commandant  of  Ad- 
miral Farragut  Naval  Academy.  A 
great  athlete  as  an  undergraduate,  he 
continued  his  interest  in  football  for  23 
years  as  an  intercollegiate  official,  10 
of  them  in  the  National  Professional 
Football  League.  Phi  Delta  Theta. 

JAMES  RUSSELL  AUGUSTINE  MUR- 
PHY '20  in  Lynn,  Mass.,  July  8.  For 
many  years  a  rehabilitation  officer  for 
the  Veterans  Administration  in  Lynn, 
he  was  formerly  well  known  as  a  semi- 
pro  baseball  player  and  was  star  out- 
fielder for  the  Cornet  All-Stars  30  years 
ago.  Phi  Kappa. 

GARDNER  SWENTZEL  '20  in  New 
York  City,  May  20.  He  had  been  asso- 
ciated with  Taylor-Bates  Co..  stock- 
brokers, and  more  recently  with  John 
P.  White  Co.  During  World  War  I  he 
served  in  the  Navy.  Delta  Phi. 

PHILIP  KENDALL  FINEGOLD  '23  in 
Brookline,  Mass.,  March  5.  A  success- 
ful attorney,  he  had  practiced  law  in  the 


Lost  off  Japan 

They  looked  in  vain  for  David 
W.  Bell  '54.  His  plane  disappeared 
in  the  Pacific  off  southern  Japan 
late  in  June.  Rescue  planes,  flying 
hundreds  of  missions,  thought  once 
or  twice  that  his  life-raft  had  been 
located;  there  was  faint  radio 
response  when  night-flares  were 
dropped.  Then  all  contact  was  lost, 
although  the  search  continued  for 
more  than  a  week  over  more  than 
80,000  square  miles  of  ocean  and 
cost  two  additional  lives. 

Marine  Lt.  Bell  was  ordnance 
officer  with  Capt.  H.  P.  Montague, 
pilot,  when  their  plane  ran  out  of 
gas  while  lost  in  the  fog  on  Sun- 
day. June  26.  His  wife,  who  had 
flown  to  Japan  to  join  him,  learned 
of  his  loss  upon  her  arrival. 

Bell  was  24  years  old.  a  resident 
of  Minneapolis,  where  his  father 
is  President  of  General  Mills.  He 
prepared  for  Brown  at  Governor 
Dummer,  was  a  popular  student 
leader  on  the  Hill.  He  was  elected 
Cammarian  Club  President,  took 
part  in  WBRU,  rifle  team,  Brunav- 
ians,  and  Varsity  skiing.  He  was 
an  officer  of  his  fraternity,  Psi 
Upsilon. 


city  of  Boston  for  the  past  25  years.  He 
was  a  member  of  the  Knights  of 
Pythias,  Elks  and  Masons.  Samuel  R. 
Finegold  '25  and  Herman  C.  Finegold 
'29  are  his  brothers. 

MAJ.  GEN.  KERN  DeLOS  METZGER 

'24  in  Brecksville,  Ohio,  June  19.  He 
was  President  of  the  Cleveland  insur- 
ance firm  of  Metzger-Gongwer-Metz- 
ger  and  also  widely  known  in  military 
circles.  In  addition  to  his  civilian  occu- 
pation he  had  been  in  recent  months  a 
consultant  to  the  Air  Force  and  until 
last  September  one  of  the  top  men  in 
the  U.S.A.F.  production  and  mobiliza- 
tion field.  Beta  Theta  Pi. 

THOMAS  SANFORD  NELSON  '27  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  Jan.  14.  After  grad- 
uation from  Fordham  Law  School  with 
an  LL.B.  in  1930,  he  practised  law  in 
addition  to  activity  as  a  broker,  hold- 
ing a  seat  on  the  American  Exchange. 
At  one  time  he  was  Assistant  Purchas- 
ing Agent  for  the  Kingsbury  Ordnance 
Plant  at  LaPorte,  Ind.,  and  also  was 
President  of  Nelson-Mason  Supply 
Corp.  His  widow  is  Mrs.  Beatrice  Alma 
O'Neil  Nelson  of  1400  Fairmont  St., 
N.W.,  Washington  9,  D.  C.  A  brother 
is  Raymond  F.  Nelson  '33.  Phi  Kappa 
Psi. 

DORMAN  WINSLOW  SEARLE  '30  in 
Providence,  June  14.  Town  Treasurer 
of  East  Providence  since  1948,  Vice- 
President  and  Treasurer  of  the  Provi- 
dence Public  Markets  and  one-time 
Brown  football  player,  he  was  espe- 
cially well  known  for  his  long  associa- 
tion with  the  sport  of  boxing,  as  a 
teacher,  coach  and  official.  Delta  Kappa 
Epsilon. 

JOSIAH  ENSIGN  GREENE  '33,  novel- 
ist, in  Duluth,  Minn.,  June  12.  His 
first  serious  novel  written  in  1944,  en- 
titled "Not  in  Our  Stars,"  won  the  Mc- 
Millan Centenary  Award  for  fiction  in 


1945.  Amateur  dramatics  claimed  his 
interest  as  technical  director  of  the  Du- 
luth Playhouse.  Kenyon  W.  Greene  '41 
and  Duty  W.  Greene  '35  are  his  broth- 
ers. His  wife  is  the  former  Elizabeth 
deCourcy.  Pembroke  '31.  Phi  Beta 
Kappa.  Phi  Sigma  Kappa. 

DR.  SAMUEL  BERTRAM  SOSTEK  '33 
in  Boston,  May  1.  A  prominent  physi- 
cian and  a  specialist  in  the  field  of  in- 
ternal medicine,  he  was  associated  with 
a  number  of  hospitals  and  medical  in- 
stitutions and  a  staff  member  of  the 
Boston  City  Hospital.  He  was  an  As- 
sistant Professor  at  Boston  University 
School  of  Medicine.  During  World  War 
II,  he  served  as  a  Lieutenant  in  the 
Navy  on  an  L.S.T.  in  the  Pacific  Thea- 
tre. Phi  Beta  Kappa. 

DR.  HERBERT  BERNARD  HOLLEB 
'35  in  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  June  28.  Direc- 
tor of  Pathology  at  the  Huntington, 
L.  I.,  Hospital  and  the  Brunswick  Hos- 
pital at  Amityville,  he  was  also  a  mem- 
ber of  the  American  Board  of  Path- 
ology, the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion and  the  American  Society  of  Clini- 
cal Pathology.  Dr.  Arthur  I.  Holleb  '41 
is  his  brother.  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  Sigma 
Xi. 

JOHN  OTTO  STOLE  '51  in  an  airplane 
accident  just  outside  of  Toledo,  Ohio, 
Nov.  25,  1954.  His  business  was  lo- 
cated in  Toledo. 

RUSSELL  GRIFFITH  WINNIE,  II,  '51 

in  Chicago,  May  28.  At  Brown  he  was 
a  soloist  with  the  university  Glee  Club 
and  a  member  of  the  Ivy  League  octet. 
He  had  been  a  Chicago  representative 
of  the  Connecticut  Life  Insurance  Co. 
since  1953.  Zeta  Psi. 

LT.  (jg)  CLAYTON  CHARLES  KNIGHT 

'53  near  Holtville,  Calif.,  June  16,  when 
his  Navy  bomber  crashed  and  burned 
during  a  practice  bombing  run.  He  was 
in  the  Naval  ROTC  at  Brown  and  re- 
ceived his  pilot's  wings  last  fall. 


BROWN 

ALUMNI  MONTHLY 

Published   by    Brown    University    for   its 
A I II 171  ni 

MEMBER,  AMERICAN  ALUMNI  COUNCIL 

Board  of  Editors 

Chairman 
C.  ARTHUR  BRAITSCH  '23 

Vice-chairman 
GEORGE  W.  POTTER,  '21 

GARRETT  D.  BYRNES  '26 
WARREN  L.  CARLEEN  '48 
CARLETON  GOFF  '24 
ROBERT  H.  GOFF  '24 
ELMER  S.  HORTON  '10 
PROF.  L  J.  KAPSTEIN  '26 

Managing-Editor 
CHESLEY  WORTHINGTON  '23 

Assistant  Editor 
JOHN  F.  BARRY,  JR.,  '50 


OCTOBER   1955 


59 


Mr.   Karl  H.   Koopsnaa— 
Tha  Citadel 
1 CharL23ton,   S.   C. 


HOMECOMING  WEEKEND-OCTOBER  7  &  8 

BROWN  VS.  DARTMOUTI 


Come  To  The  1  st  Annual  Homecom- 
ing Football  Dinner  (for  combined 
Brown  and  Dartmouth  Alumni 
Groups). 

Friday,  October  7th  at  7: 
Sharpe  Refectory 

Enjoy  fine  food  .  .  .  listen  to  Tom 
Gilbane  as  toastmaster  and  guest 
speakers  Bill  Cunningham,  Paul 
Mackesey,  "Red"  Rolfe  and  Furber 
Marshall  .  .  ,  meet  the  1915  Brown 
Rose  Bowl  team  and  Dartmouth's 
1919  Big  Green  Team  .  .  .  and  hear 
songs  by  Brown's  famous  Jabbe- 
wocks. 


*{See  Inside  Story  for  Complete  Schedule  of  Events  during  Homecoming  Weeker 

30  p*  Vn*  SEND  YOUR   RESERVATIONS   IN  TODi 

Make  Checks  Payable  to  Brown  Homecoming  Football  D 


r 


1st  ANNUAL  BROWN  HOMECOMING  FOOTBALL  DINNER 

P.  O.  Box  1854 
Brown  University 
Providence  12,  R.  I. 

Enclosed  Is  a  check  for  $  to  cover tickets  at  i 

each  for  the  1955  Homecoming  Football  Dinner.  I  prefer: 

I     I  Lobster  newburg 


I     [  Roast  sirloin  of  beef 
Nome  


Class. 


PLEASE 

PRINT         Street  &  No. 


City State.. 

(Your  dinner  tickets  will  be  mailed  to  you)